Remove my liberal use of 4 letter adjectives before merging. ;)

Remove my liberal use of 4 letter adjectives before merging. ;)

.cvsignore

@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-*.lo
-config.log
-config.h
-config.h.in
-libtool
-config.status
-stamp-h
-Makefile
-Makefile.in
-aclocal.m4
-configure
-gtk-config
-config.cache
-ABOUT-NLS
-intl
-stamp-h.in
-gtk+.spec
-missing
-install-sh
-mkinstalldirs

AUTHORS

@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-Original Authors
-----------------
-Peter Mattis      <petm@xcf.berkeley.edu>
-Spencer Kimball   <spencer@xcf.berkeley.edu>
-Josh MacDonald    <jmacd@xcf.berkeley.edu>
-
-Please do not mail the original authors asking questions about this 
-version of GTK+.
-
-The GTK+ Team (in alphabetical order)
--------------------------------------
-Shawn T. Amundson <amundson@gtk.org>
-Jerome Bolliet    <bolliet@gtk.org>
-Damon Chaplin     <damon@gtk.org>
-Tony Gale         <gale@gtk.org>
-Jeff Garzik       <jgarzik@gtk.org>
-Lars Hamann       <lars@gtk.org>
-Raja R Harinath   <harinath@gtk.org>
-Carsten Haitzler  <raster@gtk.org>
-Tim Janik         <timj@gtk.org>
-Stefan Jeske      <stefan@gtk.org>
-Elliot Lee        <sopwith@gtk.org>
-Raph Levien       <raph@gtk.org>
-Ian Main          <imain@gtk.org>
-Federico Mena     <quartic@gtk.org>
-Paolo Molaro      <lupus@gtk.org>
-Jay Painter       <jpaint@gtk.org>
-Manish Singh      <manish@gtk.org>
-Owen Taylor       <otaylor@gtk.org>
-
-There are many others who have contributed patches; we thank them,
-GTK+ is much better because of them.

COPYING

@@ -1,482 +0,0 @@
-		  GNU LIBRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
-		       Version 2, June 1991
-
- Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-    		    59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
- Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
- of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
-
-[This is the first released version of the library GPL.  It is
- numbered 2 because it goes with version 2 of the ordinary GPL.]
-
-			    Preamble
-
-  The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
-freedom to share and change it.  By contrast, the GNU General Public
-Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change
-free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.
-
-  This license, the Library General Public License, applies to some
-specially designated Free Software Foundation software, and to any
-other libraries whose authors decide to use it.  You can use it for
-your libraries, too.
-
-  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
-price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
-have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
-this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
-if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
-in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
-
-  To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
-anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
-These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if
-you distribute copies of the library, or if you modify it.
-
-  For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis
-or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave
-you.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source
-code.  If you link a program with the library, you must provide
-complete object files to the recipients so that they can relink them
-with the library, after making changes to the library and recompiling
-it.  And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
-
-  Our method of protecting your rights has two steps: (1) copyright
-the library, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal
-permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
-
-  Also, for each distributor's protection, we want to make certain
-that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
-library.  If the library is modified by someone else and passed on, we
-want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original
-version, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on
-the original authors' reputations.
-
-  Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
-patents.  We wish to avoid the danger that companies distributing free
-software will individually obtain patent licenses, thus in effect
-transforming the program into proprietary software.  To prevent this,
-we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's
-free use or not licensed at all.
-
-  Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the ordinary
-GNU General Public License, which was designed for utility programs.  This
-license, the GNU Library General Public License, applies to certain
-designated libraries.  This license is quite different from the ordinary
-one; be sure to read it in full, and don't assume that anything in it is
-the same as in the ordinary license.
-
-  The reason we have a separate public license for some libraries is that
-they blur the distinction we usually make between modifying or adding to a
-program and simply using it.  Linking a program with a library, without
-changing the library, is in some sense simply using the library, and is
-analogous to running a utility program or application program.  However, in
-a textual and legal sense, the linked executable is a combined work, a
-derivative of the original library, and the ordinary General Public License
-treats it as such.
-
-  Because of this blurred distinction, using the ordinary General
-Public License for libraries did not effectively promote software
-sharing, because most developers did not use the libraries.  We
-concluded that weaker conditions might promote sharing better.
-
-  However, unrestricted linking of non-free programs would deprive the
-users of those programs of all benefit from the free status of the
-libraries themselves.  This Library General Public License is intended to
-permit developers of non-free programs to use free libraries, while
-preserving your freedom as a user of such programs to change the free
-libraries that are incorporated in them.  (We have not seen how to achieve
-this as regards changes in header files, but we have achieved it as regards
-changes in the actual functions of the Library.)  The hope is that this
-will lead to faster development of free libraries.
-
-  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
-modification follow.  Pay close attention to the difference between a
-"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library".  The
-former contains code derived from the library, while the latter only
-works together with the library.
-
-  Note that it is possible for a library to be covered by the ordinary
-General Public License rather than by this special one.
-
-		  GNU LIBRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
-   TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
-
-  0. This License Agreement applies to any software library which
-contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or other authorized
-party saying it may be distributed under the terms of this Library
-General Public License (also called "this License").  Each licensee is
-addressed as "you".
-
-  A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data
-prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs
-(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.
-
-  The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work
-which has been distributed under these terms.  A "work based on the
-Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under
-copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a
-portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated
-straightforwardly into another language.  (Hereinafter, translation is
-included without limitation in the term "modification".)
-
-  "Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for
-making modifications to it.  For a library, complete source code means
-all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated
-interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation
-and installation of the library.
-
-  Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
-covered by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of
-running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from
-such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based
-on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for
-writing it).  Whether that is true depends on what the Library does
-and what the program that uses the Library does.
-  
-  1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's
-complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that
-you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
-appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact
-all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any
-warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the
-Library.
-
-  You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy,
-and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a
-fee.
-
-  2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion
-of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and
-distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
-above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
-
-    a) The modified work must itself be a software library.
-
-    b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices
-    stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
-
-    c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no
-    charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
-
-    d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a
-    table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses
-    the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility
-    is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that,
-    in the event an application does not supply such function or
-    table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of
-    its purpose remains meaningful.
-
-    (For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has
-    a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the
-    application.  Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any
-    application-supplied function or table used by this function must
-    be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square
-    root function must still compute square roots.)
-
-These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If
-identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library,
-and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
-themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
-sections when you distribute them as separate works.  But when you
-distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
-on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
-this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
-entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote
-it.
-
-Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
-your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
-exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
-collective works based on the Library.
-
-In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library
-with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of
-a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
-the scope of this License.
-
-  3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public
-License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library.  To do
-this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so
-that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2,
-instead of to this License.  (If a newer version than version 2 of the
-ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify
-that version instead if you wish.)  Do not make any other change in
-these notices.
-
-  Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for
-that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all
-subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
-
-  This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of
-the Library into a program that is not a library.
-
-  4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or
-derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form
-under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany
-it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which
-must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a
-medium customarily used for software interchange.
-
-  If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy
-from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the
-source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to
-distribute the source code, even though third parties are not
-compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
-
-  5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the
-Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or
-linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library".  Such a
-work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and
-therefore falls outside the scope of this License.
-
-  However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library
-creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it
-contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the
-library".  The executable is therefore covered by this License.
-Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.
-
-  When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file
-that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a
-derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not.
-Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be
-linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library.  The
-threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
-
-  If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data
-structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline
-functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object
-file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative
-work.  (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the
-Library will still fall under Section 6.)
-
-  Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may
-distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6.
-Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6,
-whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
-
-  6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also compile or
-link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a
-work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work
-under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit
-modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse
-engineering for debugging such modifications.
-
-  You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the
-Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by
-this License.  You must supply a copy of this License.  If the work
-during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the
-copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference
-directing the user to the copy of this License.  Also, you must do one
-of these things:
-
-    a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding
-    machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever
-    changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under
-    Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked
-    with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that
-    uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the
-    user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified
-    executable containing the modified Library.  (It is understood
-    that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the
-    Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application
-    to use the modified definitions.)
-
-    b) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at
-    least three years, to give the same user the materials
-    specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more
-    than the cost of performing this distribution.
-
-    c) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy
-    from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above
-    specified materials from the same place.
-
-    d) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these
-    materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.
-
-  For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the
-Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for
-reproducing the executable from it.  However, as a special exception,
-the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally
-distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
-components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on
-which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies
-the executable.
-
-  It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license
-restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally
-accompany the operating system.  Such a contradiction means you cannot
-use both them and the Library together in an executable that you
-distribute.
-
-  7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
-Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library
-facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined
-library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on
-the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise
-permitted, and provided that you do these two things:
-
-    a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work
-    based on the Library, uncombined with any other library
-    facilities.  This must be distributed under the terms of the
-    Sections above.
-
-    b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact
-    that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining
-    where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
-
-  8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute
-the Library except as expressly provided under this License.  Any
-attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or
-distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your
-rights under this License.  However, parties who have received copies,
-or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses
-terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
-
-  9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
-signed it.  However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
-distribute the Library or its derivative works.  These actions are
-prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.  Therefore, by
-modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the
-Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
-all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
-the Library or works based on it.
-
-  10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the
-Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
-original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library
-subject to these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further
-restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
-You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
-this License.
-
-  11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
-infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
-conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
-otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
-excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot
-distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
-License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
-may not distribute the Library at all.  For example, if a patent
-license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by
-all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
-the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
-refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.
-
-If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any
-particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply,
-and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
-
-It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
-patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
-such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
-integrity of the free software distribution system which is
-implemented by public license practices.  Many people have made
-generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
-through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
-system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
-to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
-impose that choice.
-
-This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
-be a consequence of the rest of this License.
-
-  12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in
-certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
-original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add
-an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries,
-so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus
-excluded.  In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if
-written in the body of this License.
-
-  13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
-versions of the Library General Public License from time to time.
-Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version,
-but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
-
-Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Library
-specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and
-"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and
-conditions either of that version or of any later version published by
-the Free Software Foundation.  If the Library does not specify a
-license version number, you may choose any version ever published by
-the Free Software Foundation.
-
-  14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free
-programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these,
-write to the author to ask for permission.  For software which is
-copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free
-Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this.  Our
-decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status
-of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
-and reuse of software generally.
-
-			    NO WARRANTY
-
-  15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
-WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
-EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
-OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
-KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
-LIBRARY IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME
-THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
-
-  16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
-WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY
-AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
-FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
-CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
-LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
-RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A
-FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF
-SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGES.
-
-		     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
-
-           How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries
-
-  If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest
-possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that
-everyone can redistribute and change.  You can do so by permitting
-redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the
-ordinary General Public License).
-
-  To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library.  It is
-safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
-convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
-"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
-
-    <one line to give the library's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
-    Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
-
-    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
-    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
-    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-    Library General Public License for more details.
-
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-    License along with this library; if not, write to the 
-    Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, 
-    Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA.
-
-Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
-
-You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
-school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if
-necessary.  Here is a sample; alter the names:
-
-  Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the
-  library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker.
-
-  <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1990
-  Ty Coon, President of Vice
-
-That's all there is to it!

HACKING

@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-If you want to hack on the Gtk+ project, it will make you life easier
-to have the following packages installed:
-
-	- GNU autoconf 2.13
-	- GNU automake 1.4
-	        (Beta releases are at ftp://ftp.cygnus.com/pub/tromey)
-	- GNU libtool 1.2d
-	- indent (GNU indent 1.9.1 is known good)
-	- GNU gettext 10.35
-		Available in ftp://alpha.gnu.org/gnu
-
-These should be available by ftp from ftp.gnu.org or any of the
-fine GNU mirrors.  Beta software can be found at alpha.gnu.org.
-
-In order to get CVS gtk+ installed on your system, you need to have
-the most recent CVS version of glib installed as well.
-The installation process of glib is similar to that of gtk+, but
-needs to be fulfilled prior to installation of gtk+.
-
-To compile a CVS version of gtk+ on your system, you will need to take
-several steps to setup the tree for compilation.  You can do all these
-steps at once by running:
-
-        cvsroot/gtk+# ./autogen.sh
-   
-Basically this does the following for you:
-
-  	cvsroot/gtk+# aclocal; automake; autoconf
-
-        The above commands create the "configure" script.  Now you
-	can run the configure script in cvsroot/gtk+ to create all
-	the Makefiles.
-
-Before running autogen.sh or configure, make sure you have libtool 
-in your path.  
-
-Note that autogen.sh runs configure for you.  If you wish to pass
-options like --prefix=/usr to configure you can give those options
-to autogen.sh and they will be passed on to configure.
-
-If at all possible, please use CVS to get the latest development version of
-gtk+ and glib.  You can do the following to get glib and gtk+ from cvs:
-
-   $ export CVSROOT=':pserver:anonymous@cvs.gimp.org:/debian/home/gnomecvs'
-   $ cvs login
-     (there is no password, just hit return)
-   $ cvs -z9 checkout glib
-   $ cvs -z9 checkout gtk+
-
-Please submit patches to the gtk-list@redhat.com mailing list (you must
-subscribe before you post, e-mail gtk-list-request@redhat.com with a
-subject of "subscribe"). All kinds of contributions are accepted.
-Patches that you wish to go into the distribution should also be uploaded 
-to ftp://ftp.gimp.org/incoming.  Follow the rules there for naming your
-patches. 
-

INSTALL

@@ -1,187 +0,0 @@
-Prerequisites
-=============
-
-GTK+ requires the GLIB library, available at the same location as
-you got this package.
-
-Simple install procedure
-========================
-
-  % gzip -cd gtk+-1.2.5.tar.gz | tar xvf - # unpack the sources
-  % cd gtk+-1.2.5			   # change to the toplevel directory
-  % ./configure				   # run the `configure' script
-  % make				   # build GTK
-  [ Become root if necessary ]
-  % make install			   # install GTK
-
-The Nitty-Gritty
-================
-
-The 'configure' script can be given a number of options to enable
-and disable various features. For a complete list, type:
-
-  ./configure --help
-
-A few of the more important ones:
-
-*  --prefix=PREFIX         install architecture-independent files in PREFIX
-                           [ Defaults to /usr/local ]
-
-*  --exec-prefix=EPREFIX   install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX
-                           [ Defaults to the value given to --prefix ]
-
-*  --with-xinput=[no/gxi/xfree] support XInput [default=no]
-
-The --with-xinput flag specifies whether to compile with support
-for the XInput extension (mainly used for graphics tablets), and
-which form of support to use:
-
-  no    : no support 
-  gxi   : Use generic XInput support
-  xfree : Use special features in the Wacom drivers in XFree86 3.3.1
-          and later.
-
-For more information, follow the link from http://www.gtk.org
-
-*  --disable-nls           do not use Native Language Support
-
-If this flag is not specified, GTK+ will try to find
-and use the gettext() set of functions to provide translations
-of the strings in the standard dialogs into the
-user's native language.
-
-*  --enable-xim            support XIM [default=yes]
-
-Specifying --disable-xim will disable support for entering
-internationalized text using X Input Methods. This will give some
-slight savings in speed and memory use and might be necessary
-with older versions of X.
-
-*  --with-locale=LOCALE    locale name you want to use
-
-The --with-locale options is used to determine if your operating
-system has support for the locale you will be using. If not, X's
-built in locale support will be used.
-
-Because of bugs in autoconf, it is necessary to specify this
-option even if your LANG environment variable is correctly set.
-
-This option does not determine which locale GTK will use at
-runtime. That will be determined from the usual environment
-variables.  If you will be using multiple locales with GTK,
-specify the one for which your operating system has the worst
-support for the --with-locale option.
-
-
-Options can be given to the compiler and linker by setting
-environment variables before running configure. A few of the more
-important ones:
-
- CC       : The C compiler to use
- CPPFLAGS : Flags for the C preprocesser such as -I and -D
- CFLAGS   : C compiler flags
-
-The most important use of this is to set the
-optimization/debugging flags. For instance, to compile with no
-debugging information at all, run configure as:
-
- CFLAGS=-O2 ./configure           # Bourne compatible shells (sh/bash/zsh)
-
-or,
-
- setenv CFLAGS -O2 ; ./configure  # csh and variants
-
-Native-Language Support and gettext()
-=====================================
-
-To provide native-language support (NLS) GTK+ uses the
-gettext() set of functions. These functions are found
-in the C library on many systems, such as the Solaris
-C library and the GNU C Library, version 2.
-
-If your C library does not provide the necessary functionality,
-you may wish to install the GNU gettext package. You'll
-need version 0.10.35 or better. Version 0.10.35 is
-available from ftp://alpha.gnu.org/pub/gnu
-
-Generally, GTK+ will properly detect what is installed
-on your system and enable or disable NLS as appropriate.
-However, in rare cases, it may be necessary to disable
-NLS manually to get GTK+ to compile. You can do this
-by specifying the --disable-nls flag when configuring
-GTK+.
-
-Using an uninstalled copy of GLIB [ Unsupported ]
-=================================================
-
-You can compile GTK+ against a copy of GLIB that you have not
-yet installed. To do this, give the --with-glib=DIR options
-to ./configure. For instance:
-
- ./configure --with-glib=../glib-1.2.5
-
-This, however, will not work if you built GLIB with different
-source and build directories.
-
-It is recommended that you install GLIB before compiling
-GTK+. The --with-glib option is not regularly tested
-and may not function correctly. In addition, 
-inter-library dependencies won't be generated when
-using --with-glib=.
-
-Installation directories
-========================
-
-The location of the installed files is determined by the --prefix
-and --exec-prefix options given to configure. There are also more
-detailed flags to control individual directories. However, the
-use of these flags is not tested.
-
-One particular detail to note, is that the architecture-dependent
-include file glibconfig.h is installed in:
-
-  $exec_pref/lib/glib/include/
-
-if you have a version in $prefix/include, this is out of date
-and should be deleted.
-
-A shell script gtk-config is created during the configure
-process, and installed in the bin/ directory
-($exec_prefix/bin). This is used to determine the location of GTK
-when building applications.  If you move GTK after installation,
-it will be necessary to edit this file.
-
-For complete details, see the file docs/gtk-config.txt
-
-
-Notes for using XIM support for Japanese input
-==============================================
-
-* There is a bug in older versions of kinput2 that will cause GTK+
-to hang when destroying a text entry. The latest versions of
-kinput is available from:
-
-  ftp://ftp.sra.co.jp/pub/x11/kinput2
-
-* The locale information file for the ja_JP EUC locale
-distributed with some recent versions of X11 specifies to use the
-C library multibyte functions. Unless your C library has support
-for Japanese locales, this is incorrect, and will cause problems
-for GTK's internationalization.
-
-(In particular, this occurs with GNU libc 2.0 and 2.1, in which
-the multibyte functions always translate to and from UTF-8; but
-the problem may occur for other C libraries, and other operating
-systems as well.)
-
-To fix this, change the line:
-
-use_stdc_env		True
-
-to 
-
-use_stdc_env		False
-
-in the file /usr/X11R6/lib/X11/locale/ja_JP/XLC_LOCALE.
-
-

INSTALL.in

@@ -1,187 +0,0 @@
-Prerequisites
-=============
-
-GTK+ requires the GLIB library, available at the same location as
-you got this package.
-
-Simple install procedure
-========================
-
-  % gzip -cd gtk+-@GTK_VERSION@.tar.gz | tar xvf - # unpack the sources
-  % cd gtk+-@GTK_VERSION@			   # change to the toplevel directory
-  % ./configure				   # run the `configure' script
-  % make				   # build GTK
-  [ Become root if necessary ]
-  % make install			   # install GTK
-
-The Nitty-Gritty
-================
-
-The 'configure' script can be given a number of options to enable
-and disable various features. For a complete list, type:
-
-  ./configure --help
-
-A few of the more important ones:
-
-*  --prefix=PREFIX         install architecture-independent files in PREFIX
-                           [ Defaults to /usr/local ]
-
-*  --exec-prefix=EPREFIX   install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX
-                           [ Defaults to the value given to --prefix ]
-
-*  --with-xinput=[no/gxi/xfree] support XInput [default=no]
-
-The --with-xinput flag specifies whether to compile with support
-for the XInput extension (mainly used for graphics tablets), and
-which form of support to use:
-
-  no    : no support 
-  gxi   : Use generic XInput support
-  xfree : Use special features in the Wacom drivers in XFree86 3.3.1
-          and later.
-
-For more information, follow the link from http://www.gtk.org
-
-*  --disable-nls           do not use Native Language Support
-
-If this flag is not specified, GTK+ will try to find
-and use the gettext() set of functions to provide translations
-of the strings in the standard dialogs into the
-user's native language.
-
-*  --enable-xim            support XIM [default=yes]
-
-Specifying --disable-xim will disable support for entering
-internationalized text using X Input Methods. This will give some
-slight savings in speed and memory use and might be necessary
-with older versions of X.
-
-*  --with-locale=LOCALE    locale name you want to use
-
-The --with-locale options is used to determine if your operating
-system has support for the locale you will be using. If not, X's
-built in locale support will be used.
-
-Because of bugs in autoconf, it is necessary to specify this
-option even if your LANG environment variable is correctly set.
-
-This option does not determine which locale GTK will use at
-runtime. That will be determined from the usual environment
-variables.  If you will be using multiple locales with GTK,
-specify the one for which your operating system has the worst
-support for the --with-locale option.
-
-
-Options can be given to the compiler and linker by setting
-environment variables before running configure. A few of the more
-important ones:
-
- CC       : The C compiler to use
- CPPFLAGS : Flags for the C preprocesser such as -I and -D
- CFLAGS   : C compiler flags
-
-The most important use of this is to set the
-optimization/debugging flags. For instance, to compile with no
-debugging information at all, run configure as:
-
- CFLAGS=-O2 ./configure           # Bourne compatible shells (sh/bash/zsh)
-
-or,
-
- setenv CFLAGS -O2 ; ./configure  # csh and variants
-
-Native-Language Support and gettext()
-=====================================
-
-To provide native-language support (NLS) GTK+ uses the
-gettext() set of functions. These functions are found
-in the C library on many systems, such as the Solaris
-C library and the GNU C Library, version 2.
-
-If your C library does not provide the necessary functionality,
-you may wish to install the GNU gettext package. You'll
-need version 0.10.35 or better. Version 0.10.35 is
-available from ftp://alpha.gnu.org/pub/gnu
-
-Generally, GTK+ will properly detect what is installed
-on your system and enable or disable NLS as appropriate.
-However, in rare cases, it may be necessary to disable
-NLS manually to get GTK+ to compile. You can do this
-by specifying the --disable-nls flag when configuring
-GTK+.
-
-Using an uninstalled copy of GLIB [ Unsupported ]
-=================================================
-
-You can compile GTK+ against a copy of GLIB that you have not
-yet installed. To do this, give the --with-glib=DIR options
-to ./configure. For instance:
-
- ./configure --with-glib=../glib-@GTK_VERSION@
-
-This, however, will not work if you built GLIB with different
-source and build directories.
-
-It is recommended that you install GLIB before compiling
-GTK+. The --with-glib option is not regularly tested
-and may not function correctly. In addition, 
-inter-library dependencies won't be generated when
-using --with-glib=.
-
-Installation directories
-========================
-
-The location of the installed files is determined by the --prefix
-and --exec-prefix options given to configure. There are also more
-detailed flags to control individual directories. However, the
-use of these flags is not tested.
-
-One particular detail to note, is that the architecture-dependent
-include file glibconfig.h is installed in:
-
-  $exec_pref/lib/glib/include/
-
-if you have a version in $prefix/include, this is out of date
-and should be deleted.
-
-A shell script gtk-config is created during the configure
-process, and installed in the bin/ directory
-($exec_prefix/bin). This is used to determine the location of GTK
-when building applications.  If you move GTK after installation,
-it will be necessary to edit this file.
-
-For complete details, see the file docs/gtk-config.txt
-
-
-Notes for using XIM support for Japanese input
-==============================================
-
-* There is a bug in older versions of kinput2 that will cause GTK+
-to hang when destroying a text entry. The latest versions of
-kinput is available from:
-
-  ftp://ftp.sra.co.jp/pub/x11/kinput2
-
-* The locale information file for the ja_JP EUC locale
-distributed with some recent versions of X11 specifies to use the
-C library multibyte functions. Unless your C library has support
-for Japanese locales, this is incorrect, and will cause problems
-for GTK's internationalization.
-
-(In particular, this occurs with GNU libc 2.0 in which
-the multibyte functions always translate to and from UTF-8; but
-the problem may occur for other C libraries, and other operating
-systems as well.)
-
-To fix this, change the line:
-
-use_stdc_env		True
-
-to 
-
-use_stdc_env		False
-
-in the file /usr/X11R6/lib/X11/locale/ja_JP/XLC_LOCALE.
-
-

Makefile.am

@@ -1,138 +0,0 @@
-## Makefile.am for GTK+
-
-SRC_SUBDIRS = gdk gtk
-SUBDIRS = po $(SRC_SUBDIRS) docs
-
-bin_SCRIPTS = gtk-config
-
-# require automake 1.4
-AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = 1.4
-
-EXTRA_DIST =	\
-	HACKING		\
-	gtk+.spec.in	\
-        gtk.m4          \
-	makecopyright	\
-	TODO		\
-	NEWS.pre-1-0	\
-	ChangeLog.pre-1-0	\
-	README.cvs-commits	\
-	README.win32	\
-	intl/libgettext.h	\
-	intl/po2tbl.sed.in	\
-	examples/aspectframe/Makefile  \
-	examples/aspectframe/aspectframe.c  \
-	examples/Makefile  \
-	examples/README.1ST  \
-	examples/extract.awk  \
-	examples/extract.sh  \
-	examples/base/Makefile  \
-	examples/base/base.c  \
-	examples/buttons/Makefile  \
-	examples/buttons/buttons.c  \
-	examples/buttons/info.xpm  \
-	examples/calendar/Makefile  \
-	examples/calendar/gcalendar.c  \
-	examples/clist/Makefile  \
-	examples/clist/clist.c  \
-	examples/entry/Makefile  \
-	examples/entry/entry.c  \
-	examples/eventbox/Makefile  \
-	examples/eventbox/eventbox.c  \
-	examples/filesel/Makefile  \
-	examples/filesel/filesel.c  \
-	examples/gtkdial/Makefile  \
-	examples/gtkdial/dial_test.c  \
-	examples/gtkdial/gtkdial.c  \
-	examples/gtkdial/gtkdial.h  \
-	examples/helloworld/Makefile  \
-	examples/helloworld/helloworld.c  \
-	examples/helloworld2/Makefile  \
-	examples/helloworld2/helloworld2.c  \
-	examples/list/Makefile  \
-	examples/list/list.c  \
-	examples/menu/Makefile  \
-	examples/menu/menu.c  \
-	examples/menu/itemfactory.c  \
-	examples/notebook/Makefile  \
-	examples/notebook/notebook.c  \
-	examples/packbox/Makefile  \
-	examples/packbox/packbox.c  \
-	examples/packer/Makefile  \
-	examples/packer/pack.c  \
-	examples/paned/Makefile  \
-	examples/paned/paned.c  \
-	examples/pixmap/Makefile  \
-	examples/pixmap/pixmap.c  \
-	examples/progressbar/Makefile  \
-	examples/progressbar/progressbar.c  \
-	examples/radiobuttons/Makefile  \
-	examples/radiobuttons/radiobuttons.c  \
-	examples/rangewidgets/Makefile  \
-	examples/rangewidgets/rangewidgets.c  \
-	examples/rulers/Makefile  \
-	examples/rulers/rulers.c  \
-	examples/scribble-simple/Makefile  \
-	examples/scribble-simple/scribble-simple.c  \
-	examples/scrolledwin/Makefile  \
-	examples/scrolledwin/scrolledwin.c  \
-	examples/selection/Makefile  \
-	examples/selection/gettargets.c  \
-	examples/selection/setselection.c  \
-	examples/statusbar/Makefile  \
-	examples/statusbar/statusbar.c  \
-	examples/table/Makefile  \
-	examples/table/table.c  \
-	examples/text/Makefile  \
-	examples/text/text.c  \
-	examples/tictactoe/Makefile  \
-	examples/tictactoe/tictactoe.c  \
-	examples/tictactoe/tictactoe.h  \
-	examples/tictactoe/ttt_test.c  \
-	examples/tree/Makefile  \
-	examples/tree/tree.c  \
-	examples/wheelbarrow/Makefile  \
-	examples/wheelbarrow/wheelbarrow.c  \
-	examples/fixed/fixed.c  \
-	examples/fixed/Makefile  \
-	examples/frame/frame.c  \
-	examples/frame/Makefile  \
-	examples/spinbutton/spinbutton.c  \
-	examples/spinbutton/Makefile  \
-	examples/find-examples.sh
-
-dist-hook: gtk+.spec
-	if test -e $(srcdir)/INSTALL.in && test -e $(srcdir)/README.in ; then \
-	     CONFIG_FILES="INSTALL:$(srcdir)/INSTALL.in README:$(srcdir)/README.in" \
-	     CONFIG_HEADERS= \
-	     $(SHELL) config.status \
-	     && cp INSTALL README $(distdir) ; \
-	fi \
-	&& cp gtk+.spec $(distdir)
-
-m4datadir = $(datadir)/aclocal
-m4data_DATA = gtk.m4
-
-.PHONY: files release sanity snapshot
-
-files:
-	@files=`ls $(DISTFILES) 2> /dev/null `; for p in $$files; do \
-	  echo $$p; \
-	done
-	@for subdir in $(SUBDIRS); do \
-	  files=`cd $$subdir; $(MAKE) files | grep -v "make\[[1-9]\]"`; \
-	  for file in $$files; do \
-	    echo $$subdir/$$file; \
-	  done; \
-	done
-
-release:
-	rm -rf .deps */.deps
-	$(MAKE) distcheck
-
-sanity:
-	./sanity_check $(VERSION)
-
-
-snapshot:
-	$(MAKE) dist distdir=$(PACKAGE)`date +"%y%m%d"`

NEWS

@@ -1,411 +0,0 @@
-Overview of Changes in GTK+ 1.2.6:
-
-* container queue_resize fixes
-* gtk[vh]scale: minor fixups
-* rename idle to idle_id in testgtk to avoid conflicts with 
-  broken libs
-* More consistant naming of gtkrc files
-* Added language support: ro, uk
-
-Overview of Changes in GTK+ 1.2.5:
-
-* more GtkCTree and GtkWindow bug fixes.
-* more redraw/resize queue fixes, better expose event
-  discarding code.
-* more miscellaneous bugs fixed
-* new configure.in option --disable-rebuilds to completely disable
-  rebuilds of autogenerated sources.
-* check for 5.002 now, to avoid failing autogeneration build rules due
-  to old perl versions.
-* fonts (and fontsets) are cached now.
-* more autogeneration make rules and dependancy fixups, we should be
-  save with autogeneration up to make -j12 now ;)
-* new window position GTK_WIN_POS_CENTER_ALWAYS, which will recenter the
-  GtkWindow on every size change.
-* major rework of window manager hints handling code, fixed a bunch of
-  races with the new resizing code.
-* the new wm hints and resizing code is absolutely perfect and bug free now,
-  it only lacks testing ;)
-* fixed up various rc style memory prolems.
-* gtk_widget_modify_style() now properly changes the style of realized widgets
-  and references the style passed into it. if people worked around this bug,
-  this will introduce a slight memory leak in their code.
-  The code should typically look like:
-            GtkRcStyle *rc_style = gtk_rc_style_new ();
-            [...]
-            gtk_widget_modify_style (widget, rc_style);
-            gtk_rc_style_unref (rc_style);
-* fix problems with positioning menus offscreen.
-* GtkText fixes for some crashes and drawing errors.
-* Better handling for unexpected window destroys in GDK and GTK+.
-  This should make it possible to use a GtkPlug and catch the
-  case where its parent socket is randomly killed.
-* FAQ updates.
-* FileSelection i18n patches, RadioButton fixups.
-* many translation improvements.
-* miscellaneous other bugs fixed.
-
-Overview of Changes in GTK+ 1.2.4:
-
-* DnD improvements (drags can be canceled with Esc now).
-* suppressed configure event reordering in Gdk.
-* rewrite of Gtk's configure event handling.
-* major improvements for the object argument system (Elena Devdariani).
-* major bugfixes for threading, GtkNotebook, GtkItemFactory, GtkCList and
-  GtkCTree.
-* tutorial/FAQ updates, new file generation.txt on autogenerated sources.
-* configure's --with-glib= is "officially" unsupported.
-* upgrade to libtool 1.3.3.
-* various buglets fixed.
-
-Overview of Changes in GTK+ 1.2.3:
-
-* Upgrade to libtool 1.3
-* Check for dgettext (for systems with old versions of GNU Gettext)
-* Many bug fixes (see ChangeLog for details)
-
-Overview of Changes in GTK+ 1.2.2:
-
-* Improved Dnd behaviour with Motif applications.
-* Bug fixes for the Gtk selection code.
-* Minor bug fixes to the Gdk Atom cache and Dnd code (with --display option).
-* Bug fixes and leak plugs for the Gdk IM code.
-* Added gtk_object_get() facility to retrive object arguments easily.
-  The var args list expects ("arg-name", &value) pairs.
-* Fixed mapping for GdkInputCondition<->GIOCondition, this should fix
-  problems where closed pipes were no longer signalling GDK_INPUT_READ on
-  systems with a native poll().
-* Some cleanups to GtkLabel's memory allocation code (shouldn't leak memory
-  anymore).
-* We don't attempt to lookup xpm color "None" anymore, this should prevent
-  eXodus (commercial X windows server) from popping up a color dialog every
-  time a transparent pixmap is created.
-* Fixed bug where Gtk timout/idle handlers would execute without the global
-  Gdk lock being held.
-* Other minor bug fixes.
-
-Overview of Changes in GTK+ 1.2.1:
-
-* Many Bug fixes have been applied to the menu and accelerator code.
-* GtkItemFactory can "adopt" foreign menu items now and manage their
-  accelerator installation. This is often required to get GtkItemFactory
-  like accelerator propagation between different windows with the same
-  menu heirarchy and for centralized parsing and saving of accelerators.
-* GtkCList/GtkCTree buttons should always display correctly now.
-* Miscellaneous other bug fixes.
-
-What's New in GTK+ 1.2.0 (since 1.0.x):
-
-* New widgets: GtkFontSelector, GtkPacker, GtkItemFactory, GtkCTree,
-  GtkInvisible, GtkCalendar, GtkLayout, GtkPlug, GtkSocket
-* Many new features and robustness for existing widgets
-* Theme support
-* New DND implementation
-* Internationalization of standard dialogs
-* New key binding system
-* Tearoff menus and menu accelerators
-* Wide character support for entry and text
-* Resizing code has been overhauled
-* Queued redraws of partial areas
-* Far better support for object arguments
-* Speed optimizations
-* Runtime loading of dynamic modules
-* Support for GLib log domains
-* Tutorial improvements
-* A bug fix or two
-
-Overview of Changes in GTK+ 1.1.16:
-
-* Major fixes and improvements for handlebox
-* A change to the way widget->requisition works. Now,
-  widget->requisition is always what the widget requested,
-  unmodified by the usize. See Changes-1.2.txt for details.
-  This correct various bugs with gtk_widget_set_usize().
-* Fixes for XIM on X11R5 systems
-* Don't allow cut-and-paste of text in password-style entries
-* --enable-debug is now on by default for the development releaes.
-  (When compiling for "production", use --enable-debug=minimum)
-* Handle systems where Helvetica is not present more gracefully
-* Fixes for memory leaks
-* CList and CTree fixes
-* Bug fixes for drawing problems. 
-* Miscellaneous bug fixes to GtkLabel, GtkCList, GtkCTree,
-  GtkColorsel, Focusing, DND
-* Tutorial improvements
-
-Overview of Changes in GTK+ 1.1.15:
-
-* Tutorial Updates
-* Added --libs gthread to gtk-config 
-* Bug fixes
-
-What is new in GTK+ 1.1.14:
-
-* Additions to docs/Changes-1.2.txt
-* Just warn when loading theme engine fails
-* CLAMP GtkScale digits to a meaningful range
-* GTK_LOCALDIR is now defined in a better fashion
-* New functions (feature freeze, we know...):
-    gtk_menu_set_title()
-    gtk_toggle_button_get_active()
-* Some locale fixups in gtkrc code
-* Fixes to make gtk_radio_button_set_group() keep only
-  one radio button in the group active
-* Foreign windows are now always treated as viewable; this fixes
-  a problem where updating didn't occure properly in GtkPlug
-* DND fixes for 64 bit architectures, and for specifying operations 
-  with modifier keys.
-* Major revisions to GtkLayout: avoid having to create window
-  for NO_WINDOW children, adjust allocations of children as 
-  scrolled so queued draws work, and a resize is queued instead
-  of allocating directly in a put() or move()
-
-What is new in GTK+ 1.1.13:
-
-* Dnd and selection bug fixes and memory purification.
-* Widget sensitivity fixups.
-* Tooltips windows are now named "gtk-tooltips" so rc file rules
-  can match tooltips windows. Fixed interaction of tooltips and NO_WINDOW
-  widgets.
-* Spin buttons now update their values upon value retrival.
-* Overhaul of the resizing vs. redrawing logic to reduce redrawing needs
-  a lot. Gtk makes full use of the draw_area coalescing code now, which
-  got minorly improved as well.
-* Containers map their Gdk windows after their children now to reduce
-  expose event generation.
-* Gdk event queue fixups, this solves the double-click problems people were
-  recently having.
-* Account for the fact that GSource's are only properly reentrant from
-  within dispatch(), thus we don't do Gdk event processing from within
-  check() or prepare() anymore.
-* Rc files feature a bg_pixmap value of "<none>" now.
-* Improved session management support in Gdk.  
-* Automatic disabling of NLS if no gettext is found should work now.
-* Removed deprecated functions, docs/Changes-1.2.txt gives an overview.
-* Gtk+ development now requires GNU autoconf 2.13, GNU automake 1.4
-  and GNU libtool 1.2d.
-* More bug fixes all over the place.
-
-What is new in GTK+ 1.1.12:
-
-* Korean translation added
-* Fixed memory leaks
-* A few other bug fixes
-
-What is new in GTK+ 1.1.11:
-
-* Dutch, Japanese, Swedish, Polish, and Norwegian translations
-* Removed deprecated _interp variants: gtk_container_foreach_interp, 
-  gtk_idle_add_interp, gtk_timeout_add_interp, gtk_signal_connect_interp
-* Lots of cast corrections
-* Many fixes 
-
-What is new in GTK+ 1.1.9:
-
-* Check for broken glibc 2.0 mb functions and avoid them
-* Label and Entry display fixes 
-* Move main thread back to GDK, for locking when translating events
-* Bug fixes
-
-What is new in GTK+ 1.1.8:
-
-* Added support for gettext and the localization of the standard
-  dialogs.
-* Added line-wrapping for the label, and JUSTIFY_FILL
-* Support reordering via drag and drop in  CList and CTree.
-* Replaced GtkDrawWindow widget with a GTK_USER_DRAW flag
-* Extended gtkpaned API to support minimum sizes and proportional
-  resizing.
-* Changed the handling of shared memory segments so as to 
-  remove the need for GTK+ to set up signal handlers.
-* Re-implemented event loop in terms of the event loop
-  that has been added to GLib 1.1.8
-* Added 'grab_focus' signal to allow keyboard accelerators
-  for entries.
-* Load locale specific RC files if present.
-* Bug fixes.
-
-What is new in GTK+ 1.1.7:
-
-* Fixed memory mis-allocation in default files code
-* Various event handling fixes
-* Wide character support for entry and text
-* Destroy widgets _after_ propagating unrealize signals through 
-  widget heirarchy
-* Only build XIM-support if available
-* Tutorial and examples updates
-* Added gtk_drag_source_unset()
-
-What is new in GTK+ 1.1.6:
-
-* The signal system now features emission hooks whith special semantics,
-  refer to the ChangeLog for this.
-* Minor? speedups and memory reductions to the emission handling of the
-  signal system.
-* _interp() function variants are deprecated now. the corresponding *_full()
-  variants are provided for a long time now.
-* Dnd abort timeout increased to 10 minutes.
-* GtkScrolledWindow inherits from GtkBin now.
-* GTK_POLICY_NEVER is implemented for scrolled windows now.
-* Lots of API clean ups.
-* Incremental freezing abilities.
-* Integrated widgets from the GNOME tree: GtkLayout, GtkPlug and GtkSocket.
-* New window functions for transient relationship, default size, and 
-  geometry hints
-* Default rc files are now read in (<sysconfdir/etc/gtkrc and ~/.gtkrc)
-  GTK_RC_FILES environment variable and functions are provided to configure
-  this behavior
-* Read doc/Changes-1.2.txt to properly adapt your code.
-* Bug Fixes.
-
-What is new in GTK+ 1.1.5:
-
-* Theme integration
-* Widget style modification is now handled through GtkRcStyles
-* GtkPixmaps now grey out pixmaps when insensitive
-* Notebook enhancements
-* Shadow configurability for menubars and handleboxes
-* DND enhancements
-* gtkfilesel now supports automounters better
-* Implementation of expose compression
-* Queued redraws of partial areas
-* Scrolledwindow (+Viewport) source incompatibilities, children that are added
-  to a scrolled window don't get an automatic viewport anymore. a convenience
-  function gtk_scrolled_window_add_with_viewport() is suplied for this task
-* Deprecated functions will now issue a message, informing the programmer about
-  the use of this function. These functions will get removed in future versions
-* Non-functional functions got removed entirely
-* gtk_widget_new() and gtk_object_new() will now auto-construct new objects.
-  A new function gtk_object_default_construct() is provided now which should
-  be called after every gtk_type_new() to perfom the auto-construction
-* Improved argument support of several widgets
-* Bug Fixes
-
-What is new in GTK+ 1.1.3:
-
-* GtkCList/GtkCTree now have the ability to:
-    - hide/show individual columns
-    - disable/enable column resizing
-    - set min and max for column widths
-    - set expander style of the ctree
-    - set/get row and cell styles
-    - set spacing between tree expander and cell contents in ctree
-    - toggle auto_resize for columns
-* Must enhanced DND support, removed old DND code
-* Idle functions are now implemented via GHook, giving a slight speed
-  improvement
-* An environment variable GTK_MODULES which takes a colon seperated
-  list of module names GTK+ will now automatically load at gtk_init() startup
-* GtkFontSel now has support for an extra 'base' filter
-* New function gdk_window_set_root_origin to get the real geometry taking
-  into account window manager offsets
-* New function gtk_text_set_line_wrap to toggle line wrapping
-* New function gtk_widget_add_events which safely adds additional
-  events to a widget's event mask
-* New function gdk_event_get_time to get the timestamp from a generic
-  event
-* New widget GtkCalendar
-* New widget GtkInvisible - InputOnly offscreen windows used for reliable
-  pointer grabs and selection handling in DND code
-* New functions gtk_object_remove_no_notify[_by_id] to remove a certain
-  data portion without invokation of its destroy notifier 
-* gtk_spin_button_construct is now deprecated, use gtk_spin_button_configure
-  instead 
-* gtk_clist_set_border is now deprecated, use gtk_clist_set_shadow_type 
-  instead
-* Removed functions gtk_object_set_data_destroy[_by_id] 
-* Documentation additions/updates 
-* HTML and plain text files are now included in the distribution
-* Bug fixes, typeness corrections, and general fixups
-
-What is new in GTK+ 1.1.2:
-
-* Gtk+ is now featuring runtime loading of dynamic modules via the
-  --gtk-modules= command line switch. such modules have to export a
-  G_MODULE_EXPORT void gtk_module_init (gint *argc, gchar ***argv);
-  function which will be invoked to initialize the module. since such
-  modules may create new widget types, they are always resident.
-* The tutorial has been updated again.
-* Changes to menus including tearoff menus and accelerators.
-* Better support for modal dialogs.
-* Removed CAN_FOCUS by default from scrollbars and button children of toolbar.
-* More improvements and fixes for GtkCList and GtkCTree (i.e. row sorting).
-* GtkCTree rows can be unselectable now.
-* The GtkCTree API has undergone major renames (see ChangeLog entry from Lars
-  Hamann on Tue Aug 18 00:29:13 1998).
-* A bunch of varargs functions changed to get va_lists working on systems that
-  implement va_lists as arrays.
-* Improvements to the gdkrgb code.
-* Improvements to Gdk color handling so we greatly reduce server traffic and
-  don't leak colors anymore.
-* Improved internal widget tree iterators (the GtkContainer::foreach signal
-  vanished because of this).
-* Option menus can have the keyboard focus now.
-* More fixups to the text widget.
-* GtkFileSelection should behave much more nicely in combination with AFS now.
-* Support for label underlining.
-* Support for GLib 1.1.3 log domains.
-* Documentation improvements.
-* Configuration fixes on various platforms.
-* Miscellaneous fixes to XInput support.
-* Build with shared library dependencies on Linux
-* Fix for a major bug in the type systems memory allocation code that could
-  cause random crashes.
-* Libtool update to version 1.2b.
-* Lots of bugfixes and cleanups again ;)
-
-
-What is new in GTK+ 1.1.1:
-
-* Tutorial updates and additions.
-* Key binding support for GtkListItems and GtkList.
-* Extended selection mode and autoscrolling for GtkLists.
-* A GtkCtree now operates on GtkCTreeNode* structures rather than GList*.
-* GtkCTreeNodes can now be created from GNode trees.
-* Bug fixes for GtkNotebook, GtkCList, GtkCombo and GdkWindow reparentation.
-
-
-What is new in GTK+ 1.1.0:
-
-* New widget GtkFontSelector.
-* New featurefull progress bar.
-* New container widget GtkPacker.
-* New object GtkItemFactory, GtkMenuFactory is deprecated.
-* New key binding system, configurable via rcfiles, similar to styles.
-* New widget GtkCTree with drag selections and keyboard movement and
-  and horizontal scrolling. Features also implemented for GtkCList.
-* Significant speedups to widget creation and destruction through caching
-  colormap and visual queries to the XServer.
-* Speedups for type creation and especially gtk_type_is_a() checks.
-* Speedups in signal lookup, creation and emissions and connection handling.
-* Minor speedups with object data allocation and destruction.
-* Additions to the signal handling API (e.g. *_emitv).
-* Support for rc-file reparsing.
-* Resizing logic is now implemented on container widget basis, rather than
-  for toplevel GtkWindows only.
-* Buttons support relief styles now.
-* Some widgets are now allocated through memchunks to behave more memory wise.
-* Newly included file gtkfeatures.h which defines compatibility macros to
-  test for certain API features upon program compilation.
-* Child arguments support for container widgets.
-* Far better support for object arguments, revamp of the underlying
-  mechanism for speed and reusability. Child/object arguments don't
-  need to be preceeded by the "GtkType::" portion anymore.
-* Removed GtkAcceleratorTable in favour of GtkAccelGroup, accelerator display
-  is now performed by a new widget GtkAccelLabel.
-* Overhaul of the resizing code. Resizing behaviour can now be specified
-  on GtkContainer basis, so the underlying algorithm isn't only available
-  for GtkWindows.
-* GtkTables are now fully resizable.
-* The GtkType system now supports an additional base class initialization
-  function.
-* GtkStyles and key bindings can now be looked up depending on the base
-  types of a widget, through a new keyword `class' in rc files.
-* GtkButton derives from GtkBin (finally).  
-* More descriptive error messages on rc parsing.  
-* Runtime information is available to query enum/flag definition values.
-* Upgrade to libtool-1.2
-* Legions of bug fixes, memory leaks, segfaults, of-by-something errors...
-  including those that already went into the 1.0.x branch.
-* A big bunch of features and cosmetic fixups that just got lost in
-  the masses of changes.

NEWS.pre-1-0

@@ -1,124 +0,0 @@
-
-Overview of Changes in GTK+ 1.0.0:
-
-* A few bug fixes.
-
-Overview of Changes in GTK+ 0.99.10:
-
-* Lots of bug fixes
-* Documentation improvements
-* Better looking handlebox
-* A few convenience functions
-
-Overview of Changes in GTK+ 0.99.9:
-
-* Added examples directory, even more examples soon
-* Added optional word wrap to gtktext
-* Changes to gtkhandlebox
-* Lots of bug fixes
-
-Overview of Changes in GTK+ 0.99.8:
-
-* Compilation and configuration fixes
-* DND Fixes
-* New test in testgtk: cursors
-* Tutorial updates/additions
-* Few more FAQ additions
-* More prep for 1.0
-
-Overview of Changes in GTK+ 0.99.7:
-
-* This release is mainly because 0.99.6 did not compile completely
-  due to a missing file.
-* Fixes to Gtk's quit handlers.
-
-Overview of Changes in GTK+ 0.99.6:
-
-* Intermediate release to become 1.0.
-* More signedness corrections for handler functions in gtkmain.h.
-* Semantics of GtkWidget::delete_event changed.
-* Documentation updates.
-* Inclusion of Gtk tutorial.
-* Implementation of a new shutdown method for GtkObject's executed prior to
-  actual destruction. WARNING: this breaks binary compatibility, programs using
-  Gtk need to be recompiled.
-* Clean ups due to compiler warnings.
-* Various widget fixes.
-
-Overview of Fixes in GTK+ 0.99.5:
-
-* Signal signedness and naming corrections
-* rc/style fixes
-* text, entry widget fixes
-* gtkeditable fixes
-* scrollbar flickering fixed
-* check casts are more descriptive
-* DND fixes
-* FAQ updates
-* Bug fixes
-
-Overview of Changes in GTK+ 0.99.4:
-
-* Reference counting revolution integrated.
-  Refer to docs/refcounting.txt on this issue.
-* Implementation of a decent debugging system, you would want
-  to export GTK_DEBUG=objects if you are going to develop gtk applications,
-  refer to docs/debugging.txt for further information.
-* Additions on the signal code for querying information about certain signals,
-  and pending handlers of signals.
-* Support for user signals, and major changes to internal signal handler
-  handling for proper signal removal and invokation of after signals.
-* Additional signals for various widgets e.g, GtkHandleBox::child_attached,
-  GtkHandleBox::child_detached, GtkWidget::style_set, GtkWidget::parent_set.
-* GtkTooltips became a true descendant of GtkObject via derivation from
-  GtkData and facilitates an extra tip string which can be used as e.g. an
-  index into context help.
-* Split up of the widget/object flags into a private and a public portion,
-  consult docs/widget_system.txt on this.
-* Support for hot keys on gtk programs via gtk_key_snooper_install().
-* Reimplementation of the *_interp functions as *_full functions to provide
-  simple callback functions as well.
-* Idle functions are now prioritized.
-* Many enhancements to GtkNotebook.
-* New widget GtkSpinButton, check out testgtk.
-* New widget GtkTipsQuery for letting the user query tooltips of widgets.
-* Addition of GtkEditable base widget to encapsulate selection and
-  clipboard handling. (GtkEntry and GtkText use this)
-* Text widget more complete.
-* Additions to GtkStatusBar to make it complete.
-* Gdk now supports regions.
-* Access masks for widget arguments (GTK_ARG_READABLE/GTK_ARG_WRITABLE).
-* Function replacements:
-  g_string_hash() -> g_str_hash()
-  g_string_equal() -> g_str_equal()
-  gtk_tooltips_set_tips() -> gtk_tooltips_set_tip()
-* Support for quit handlers in gtk_main().
-* Motif window mangaer hints support.
-* Widget arguments are now flagged for readability/writability.
-* Additions to documentation.
-* Various FAQ updates. (FAQ now included)
-* Clean ups and many many bug fixes by a lot of people all over the place.
-* New, long and descriptive ChangeLog entries for bored readers ;)
-
-Overview of Changes in GTK+ 0.99.3:
-
-* Filesel enhancement / stability changes
-* New widget, gtkcombo 
-* Widgets in the toolbar do not get the focus
-* New widget, gtkstatusbar (still in-progress)
-* g_string_equal renamed g_str_equal
-* g_string_hash renamed g_str_hash
-* new gtkbox functions to allow modification of the child 
-  linkage after the widget tree is setup
-* gtk_*_get_arg() and gtk_*_set_arg() fixes and implementations
-* DND changes/fixes
-* Entry widget now has set_max_length function
-* Handlebox widget changes/fixes 
-* Some work on text widget (still in-progress)
-* Now the toolbar supports arbitrary widgets as well
-* CList has resizable columns again
-* CList now looks consistant with scrolled windows
-* Remove flickering from entry widget
-* Added switch_page signal to notebook widget
-* Documentation additions
-* Other bug fixes...

README

@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
-General Information
-===================
-
-This is GTK+ version 1.2.0.   GTK+, which stands for the Gimp ToolKit, 
-is a library for creating graphical user interfaces for the X Window 
-System. It is designed to be small, efficient, and flexible. GTK+ is 
-written in C with a very object-oriented approach.
-
-The official ftp site is:
-  ftp://ftp.gtk.org/pub/gtk
-
-The official web site is:
-  http://www.gtk.org/
-
-A mailing list is located at:
-  gtk-list@redhat.com
-
-To subscribe: mail -s subscribe gtk-list-request@redhat.com < /dev/null
-(Send mail to gtk-list-request@redhat.com with the subject "subscribe")
-
-Installation
-============
-
-See the file 'INSTALL'
-
-How to report bugs
-==================
-
-Bugs should be reported to the GNOME bug tracking
-system. (http://bugs.gnome.org). To report a problem
-about GTK+, send mail to submit@bugs.gnome.org.
-
-The subject of the mail should describe your problem.
-In the body of the mail, you should first include
-a "pseudo-header" that gives the package and 
-version number. This should be separated by a blank
-line from the actual headers.
-
- Package: gtk+
- Version: 1.2.0
-
-[ Please substitute 1.2.0 with the version of GTK+ that
-  you have installed ]
-
-Then describe the bug. Include:
-
-* Information about your system. For instance:
-
-   - What operating system and version
-   - What version of X
-   - For Linux, what version of the C library
-
-  And anything else you think is relevant.
-
-* How to reproduce the bug. 
-
-  If you can reproduce it with the testgtk program that is built 
-  in the gtk/ subdirectory, that will be most convenient.  Otherwise, 
-  please include a short test program that exhibits the behavior. 
-  As a last resort, you can also provide a pointer to a larger piece 
-  of software that can be downloaded.
-
-  (Bugs that can be reproduced within the  GIMP are almost as good 
-  as bugs that can be reproduced in testgtk. If you are reporting a 
-  bug found with the GIMP, please include the version number of the GIMP 
-  you are using)
-
-* If the bug was a crash, the exact text that was printed out
-  when the crash occured.
-
-* Further information such as stack traces may be useful, but
-  is not necessary. If you do send a stack trace, and the error
-  is an X error, it will be more useful if the stacktrace
-  is produced running the test program with the --sync command
-  line option.
-
-An example of a bug report:
-
-====
-To: submit@bugs.gnome.org
-From: yourname@your.address.org
-Subject: handlebox test in testgtk is misnamed.
-
-Package: gtk+
-Version: 1.2.0
-
-When I run gtk/testgtk, the button "handle box"
-is misnamed. There are multiple handle boxes in
-the demo, so it should be "handle boxes", to
-be like "buttons" or "check buttons".
-===
-
-Patches
-=======
-
-Patches can be uploaded to the incoming/ directory on
-ftp.gtk.org.  Please follow the instructions there, and include
-your name and email address in the README file.
-
-If the patch fixes a bug, it is usually a good idea to include
-all the information described in "How to Report Bugs".

README.cvs-commits

@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-GTK+ is part of the GNOME CVS repository. At the current time, any
-person with write access to the GNOME repository, can make changes to
-GTK+. This is a good thing, in that it encourages many people to work
-on GTK+, and progress can be made quickly. However, GTK+ is a fairly
-large and complicated package that many other things depend on, so to
-avoid unnecessary breakage, and to take advantage of the knowledge
-about GTK+ that has been built up over the last 18 months, we'd like
-to ask people commiting to GTK+ to follow a few rules:
-
-0) Ask first. If your changes are major, or could possibly break existing
-   code, you should always ask. If your change is minor and you've
-   been working on GTK+ for a while it probably isn't necessary
-   to ask. But when in doubt, ask. Even if your change is correct,
-   somebody may know a better way to do things.
-
-   If you are making changes to GTK+, you should be subscribed
-   to gtk-devel-list@redhat.com. (Subscription address:  
-   gtk-devel-list-request@redhat.com.) This is a good place to ask
-   about intended changes. 
-
-   If you just want to make a trivial change, and don't want to subscribe, 
-   you can also mail gtk-bugs@gtk.org. Or, alternatively, you can look in 
-   the ChangeLog for somebody who has been making changes to the file 
-   you want to change and email them.
-
-   #gimp on byxnet (irc.gimp.org, irc2.gimp.org, irc3.gimp.org, 
-   irc.germany.gimp.org...)s also a good place to find GTK+ developers to
-   discuss changes with, however, email to gtk-devel-list is the most
-   certain and preferred method.
-
-1) Ask _first_.
-
-2) There must be a ChangeLog for every commit. (If you discover that
-   you only committed half the files you meant to and need to fix that
-   up, or something, you don't need a new ChangeLog entry. But in general,
-   ChangeLog entries are mandatory.) Changes with out ChangeLog entries
-   will be reverted.
-
-3) There _must_ be a ChangeLog for every commit.
-
-Notes:
-
-* If you are going to be changing many files in an experimental fashion,
-  it probably is a good idea to create a separate branch for your changes.
-
-* The ChangeLog entries should preferrably match in date format
-  with the existing entries. You can set how emacs does this
-  by using customize mode:
-
-  - M-x customize
-  - set Programming/Tools/ChangeLog/Add Log Time Format to
-    'Old Format'
-
- Or, set the add-log-time-format to 'current-time-string in
- your .emacs file.
-
-Owen Taylor
-13 Aug 1998
-
-
-
-
-

README.in

@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
-General Information
-===================
-
-This is GTK+ version @GTK_VERSION@. GTK+, which stands for the Gimp ToolKit, 
-is a library for creating graphical user interfaces for the X Window 
-System. It is designed to be small, efficient, and flexible. GTK+ is 
-written in C with a very object-oriented approach.
-
-The official ftp site is:
-  ftp://ftp.gtk.org/pub/gtk
-
-The official web site is:
-  http://www.gtk.org/
-
-A mailing list is located at:
-  gtk-list@redhat.com
-
-To subscribe: mail -s subscribe gtk-list-request@redhat.com < /dev/null
-(Send mail to gtk-list-request@redhat.com with the subject "subscribe")
-
-Installation
-============
-
-See the file 'INSTALL'
-
-How to report bugs
-==================
-
-Bugs should be reported to the GNOME bug tracking
-system. (http://bugs.gnome.org). To report a problem
-about GTK+, send mail to submit@bugs.gnome.org.
-
-The subject of the mail should describe your problem.
-In the body of the mail, you should first include
-a "pseudo-header" that gives the package and 
-version number. This should be separated by a blank
-line from the actual headers.
-
- Package: gtk+
- Version: @GTK_VERSION@
-
-[ Please substitute @GTK_VERSION@ with the version of GTK+ that
-  you have installed ]
-
-Then describe the bug. Include:
-
-* Information about your system. For instance:
-
-   - What operating system and version
-   - What version of X
-   - For Linux, what version of the C library
-
-  And anything else you think is relevant.
-
-* How to reproduce the bug. 
-
-  If you can reproduce it with the testgtk program that is built 
-  in the gtk/ subdirectory, that will be most convenient.  Otherwise, 
-  please include a short test program that exhibits the behavior. 
-  As a last resort, you can also provide a pointer to a larger piece 
-  of software that can be downloaded.
-
-  (Bugs that can be reproduced within the  GIMP are almost as good 
-  as bugs that can be reproduced in testgtk. If you are reporting a 
-  bug found with the GIMP, please include the version number of the GIMP 
-  you are using)
-
-* If the bug was a crash, the exact text that was printed out
-  when the crash occured.
-
-* Further information such as stack traces may be useful, but
-  is not necessary. If you do send a stack trace, and the error
-  is an X error, it will be more useful if the stacktrace
-  is produced running the test program with the --sync command
-  line option.
-
-An example of a bug report:
-
-====
-To: submit@bugs.gnome.org
-From: yourname@your.address.org
-Subject: handlebox test in testgtk is misnamed.
-
-Package: gtk+
-Version: @GTK_VERSION@
-
-When I run gtk/testgtk, the button "handle box"
-is misnamed. There are multiple handle boxes in
-the demo, so it should be "handle boxes", to
-be like "buttons" or "check buttons".
-===
-
-Patches
-=======
-
-Patches can be uploaded to the incoming/ directory on
-ftp.gtk.org.  Please follow the instructions there, and include
-your name and email address in the README file.
-
-If the patch fixes a bug, it is usually a good idea to include
-all the information described in "How to Report Bugs".

README.win32

@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-The Win32 port of GTk+ is a work in progress, and not as stable or
-correct as the Unix/X11 version. For more information about the Win32
-port, see http://www.gimp.org/tml/gimp/win32/ or
-http://www.iki.fi/tml/gimp/win32/ .
-
-To build GTk+ on Win32, you need either the Microsoft compiler and
-tools, or gcc-2.95 or later running under cygwin-b20.1 or
-later. Compile in gdk\win32 and gtk with `nmake -f makefile.msc` or
-`make -f makefile.cygwin`. Before doing a install, check the BIN
-definition in gdk\win32\makefile.msc (or makefile.cygwin) and
-gtk\makefile.msc (or makefile.cygwin).
-
-See the README.win32 file in the GLib distribution for instructions
-how to build with gcc.
-
-To use GTk+ on Win32, you also need either of the above mentioned
-compilers. Other compilers might work, but don't count on it.  The
-same instructions on how to set up a correct version of gcc should
-also be followed if you want to build applications that use GTk+ with
-gcc.
-
-The tablet support uses the Wintab API. The Wintab development kit can
-be downloaded from http://www.pointing.com. If you don't care for
-that, undefine HAVE_WINTAB in config.h.win32 and remove references to
-the wntab32x library from the makefile before building.
-
-GTk+ wants to be built with the GNU "intl" library for
-internationalisation (i18n). Get the version ported to Win32 (not a
-very big deal) from tml's web site mentioned above. We build the
-"intl" library as a DLL called gnu-intl.dll (the "gnu" prefix is used
-to reduce name clash risks). If you don't want any i18n stuff,
-undefine ENABLE_NLS, HAVE_GETTEXT and HAVE_LIBINTL in the
-config.h.win32 file, and remove references to the gnu-intl library
-from the makefiles.
-
-Note that while the GNU gettext package is under the GPL, the "intl"
-part of it as distributed with GNU libc is under the LGPL (like GTk+
-or GLib). We want the LGPL one, even if they are the same, more or
-less.

TODO

@@ -1,200 +0,0 @@
-
-Outstanding items:
-
- * focus handling for GtkOptionMenu (needs the previous)
-
- * implement gtk_default_draw_oval and other missing things in gtkstyle.c.
- 
- * enforce invariants on *_RESIZE* and *_REDRAW* flags.
-
- * GtkToolTips: allocate GtkTooltipsData from memchunks
-                          
- * Make all widget attributes configurable after the widget is created (timj).
- 
- * Radio buttons need to display CAN/HAS_DEFAULT correctly, if draw_inidicator
-   is TRUE. (Radio buttons do not need to CAN_DEFAULT! OWT)
-
- * More dialogs: Print, maybe others...
-
- * make the gtk_main callbacks consistent in their add/remove behaviour.
- 
- * Check return values on all calls to XIC[Get/Set]Values
-
- * The "--geometry" option should be supported
-
-  - Having gdk_init() parse the geometry option. (putting it into
-    GDK means you can use XParseGeometry() without wrapping it)
-
-  - Add a call gdk_get_geometry() that retrieves the results 
-    in a form like that returned by XParseGeometry()
-
-  - The application then can modify the results (as would gemvt)
-    then call a routine gtk_window_set_geometry() on whatever
-    it considers to be its main window.
-
-  - Then in some manner GtkWindow takes that into account when
-    setting its hints. (Probably it uses the size and position
-    as the current uposition and usize, and modulates that
-    be the equivalents of the X flags
-
-     XValue, YValue, WidthValue, HeightValue, XNegative, or YNegative
-
-    ( You'd have to extend gdk_window_set_hints to accept the
-      window gravity option to get it right. )
-
- * Allow moving the separator for paned widgets by dragging 
-   it directly instead of using the handle. 
-
- * Check into XAddConnectionWatch - is this needed for XIM?
-
- * Places where a _full variant is needed:
-
-    gtk_init_add
-    gtk_menu_popup
-    gtk_toolbar_prepend_element
-    gtk_toolbar_insert_element
- 
- * Try to rationally deal with someone else deleting one of our
-   windows??? This would mean keeping track of our window heirarchy
-   ourselves, for one thing, and will never be safe, because of
-   race conditions.
-
- * Should all the default handlers really return FALSE? This can
-   cause confusing presses to be sent to containers that actually
-   want to get events on themselves.
-
- * The menu code should skip separators during keyboard navigation,
-   whether they are sensitive or insensitive.
-
- * OwnerButtonPressGrab needs to go!
-
-Text/Edit widget:
-
-  Bugs:
-
-  - Really big font (150 pt), plus lots of editing caused segfault
-
-  Improvements:
-
-  - Unify the key binding support in some fashion between the
-    Entry and Text widget widgets, use GtkBindings for this.
-
-  - Figure out a way not to recompute the geometry on insertions/deletions
-    which are large, but not a significant fraction of the
-    entire text. (e.g., compute the changes as when the widget
-    is not frozen, but without the actual scrolling)
-
-  - Prune the line start cache. But since it is only 68 bytes
-    per line, and it is a lot faster when lines are in the cache,
-    it may be better not to, at least for now.
-
-  - Show the non-editable state by changing colors. (Use the
-    style entries for insensitive?)
-
-  - Multibyte support for the Text widget.
-
-  - Unicode support to do the multi-byte right.
-
-  - Support an .inputrc. (The readline one doesn't really work,
-    unless it is extended because it can't represent X keysyms,
-    just terminal type input)
-
-  - A vi mode
-
-  - Word wrap, instead of line folding. (Should the continuation
-    characters be shown?)
-
-  - Horizontal scrolling
-
-  - Disable pasting compound text
-
-  - When showing background pixmap (not editable) actually set
-    the background pixmap as the windows bg pixmap, to improve
-    appearance on exposes. But this would require using another
-    window to get the origins.
-
-  - In word wrap mode, break:
-
-     aaaaaaaaaaa bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb
-
-     as:
-                            | Maximum column
-     aaaaaaaaaaa bbbbbbbbbbb|
-     bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb|
-     bbbbbbbbb              |
-
-     Instead of:
-                            | 
-     aaaaaaaaaaa            |
-     bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb|
-     bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb   |
-
-  - Blinking cursor
-
-  - API's : gtk_text_clear, gtk_text_delete_lines (gint start, gint end),
-    gtk_text_append/prepend, gtk_text_insert_at (gint row, gint column),
-    some function to get the row/column from the x/y-coordinates of a 
-    mouse click, some function to get the word/line under the mouse pointer 
-    [ From: Stefan Jeske <jeske@braunschweig.netsurf.de> ]
-
-  - "changed" emitted when doing deletes on empty Text widget.
-
-  - Delete IC in editable->unrealize, not editable->finalize?
-
-Themes
-======
-
- - When a scale gets shown/hidden only queue a redraw on the
-   non-window portion, not the whole area.
-
- - In various places, to avoid shaping windows excessively,
-   we set parent relative backgrounds. This is an ugly
-   hack and needs a better solution. Plus, I don't think
-   these parent-relative backgrounds always persist to
-   when they are actually needed.
-
-   Such calls exist in: GtkButton, GtkHandeBox, GtkItem,
-   GtkListItem, GtkMenu, GtkMenuItem, GtkMisc, 
-   GtkNoteBook, GtkOptionMenu, GtkPaned, GtkPreview,
-   GtkSpinButton and GtkTreeItem.
-
- - For menus and for GtkWindow's, the realize() function
-   calls paint(), so that background pixmaps can be set
-   ahead of time, and prevent flashing when the window is
-   shown. This is an ugly hack and needs a better solution.
-
-=======
-
-Calendar Widget:
-
- - The widget should be nicely resizeable vertical too.
-
- - CALENDAR_MARGIN should be removed, uses INNER_BORDER and
-   style->class->[xy]thickness insted.
-
- - Flag to choose between using standard three letter abbreviated
-   weekday name or just the first character from it. It looks like
-   that is what most other calendar-widgets do.
-
- - Arrows should resize with the header-font.
-
- - The keyboard support has to be finished.
-
-DND
-===
-
- - Use a cursor instead of an ICON when over Motif windows,
-   to get rid of the current junk that Motif leaves because
-   of its XCopyArea stupidity for doing highlighting.
-
- - Add a GTK_DRAG_VERIFY target flag and a "drag_data_verify"   
-   signal so that apps can easily check if a, say, 
-   text/uri-list URL looks OK during the drop.
-
- - Check more for memory leaks.
-
- - Drag and drop for Entry and Text widgets.
-
- - Send synthetic motion events on structure changes so 
-   drag_enter/leave get sent properly. (See the popup
-   in testdnd)

TODO.xml

@@ -1,400 +0,0 @@
-<!-- This is used to generate the online TODO list for GTK+ using
-     the script docs/make-todo. Whenever a change to this file is
-     committed to CVS,the file is run through make-todo and the online
-     version updated. If you modify this file, you should check for
-     parse errors by running:
-
-     $ docs/make-todo TODO.xml > /dev/null
-
-     before committing, or you may screw up the online version --> 
-<todo logourl="gtk-logo-rgb.gif">
-  <title>GTK+ TODO list</title>
-  <section>
-    <title>GDK</title>
-    
-    <entry size="medium" status="70%" target="1.4">
-      <title>Add backing store support</title>
-      <description>
-	<p>
-	  GTK+'s drawing model involves clearing to a background, and
-	  then drawing widgets on top of this. Without having
-	  backing-store support, this results in flickering in various
-	  situations. Backing store cannot be added widget-by-widget,
-	  because the drawing in a particular window is not confined
-	  to a single widget. Instead it needs to be added per GDK
-	  window. 
-	</p>
-	<p>
-	  The way this is done is by having
-	  <tt>gdk_window_begin_paint()</tt>
-	  and <tt>gdk_window_end_paint()</tt> functions that
-	  redirect all drawing to a particular window to an offscreen
-	  pixmap, and then copy that offscreen pixmap back onto the
-	  screen when the paint operation is done. The implementation
-	  of this is mostly complete in the <tt>gtk-no-flicker</tt> branch of
-	  GTK+.
-	</p>
-      </description>
-      <url>http://www.gtk.org/~otaylor/gtk/1.4/gdk-drawing.html</url>
-      <contact>Owen Taylor &lt;otaylor@redhat.com&gt;</contact>
-    </entry>
-
-    <entry size="medium" status="70%" target="1.4">
-      <title>32 Bit Coordinates</title>
-      <description>
-	<p>
-	  GTK+-1.2 and earlier share X's limitation on the
-	  size of coordinates and restrict all dimensions
-	  to 16 bit quantities. By clever use of X it is
-	  possible to lift this restriction and present a
-	  full 32-bit space to the user.
-	</p>
-	<p>
-	  There are some difficulties with performance in this
-	  approach - mostly because scrolling can involve mapping and
-	  unmapping lots of widgets, but in general, current
-	  trials in this area seem to work pretty well.  
-	</p>
-      </description>
-      <url>http://www.gtk.org/~otaylor/gtk/1.4/gdk-drawing.html</url>
-      <contact>Owen Taylor &lt;otaylor@redhat.com&gt;</contact>
-    </entry>
-
-    <entry size="small" status="0%" target="1.4">
-      <title>Customizable double-click timeout</title>
-      <description>
-	<p>
-	  The current fixed double-click timeout in GTK+
-	  is too small for some users. This needs to be
-	  customizable
-	</p>
-      </description>
-      <contact>gtk-devel-list@redhat.com</contact>
-      <bugs>#3958</bugs>
-    </entry>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>Internationalization</title>
-    
-    <entry size="big" status="0%" target="1.4">
-      <title>Integrate Pango</title>
-      <description>
-	<p>
-	  The purpose of the Pango project is to provide a system for
-	  layout and rendering of internationalized text. It handles
-	  most of the issues necessary to 
-	</p>
-      </description>
-      <url>http://www.pango.org</url>
-      <contact>gtk-i18n-list@redhat.com</contact>
-    </entry>
-
-    <entry size="medium" status="20%" target="1.4">
-      <title>Switch to using UTF-8</title>
-      <description>
-	<p>
-	  This is closely related to Pango integration. Pango deals
-	  with all strings in terms of UTF-8; by switching GTK+ over
-	  to UTF-8 we make it considerably simpler for developers to
-	  support multiple languages properly while still retaining
-	  a large degree of compatibility with existing programs.
-	</p>
-	<p>
-	  Some work has already been done on this as part of the Win32
-	  port, since the Win32 port is currently using UTF-8 for all
-	  strings. In general, this should be an easy job; the hardest
-	  parts are places like GtkFileSelection, cut and paste, and
-	  input method support where there is interaction between GTK+
-	  and the operating system.
-	</p>
-      </description>
-      <contact>gtk-i18n-list@redhat.com</contact>
-    </entry>
-
-    <entry size="big" status="0%" target="1.4">
-      <title>Rewrite Input Method Support</title>
-      <description>
-	<p>
-	  Current support for Input Methods is done via XIM, with
-	  supported styles being over-the-spot and the root-window
-	  styles. However, the over-the-spot style is not going to
-	  work well with the Pango integration, since it relies on the
-	  text rendering in the program being done in the standard
-	  Xlib style, so it will be necessary to also support
-	  on-the-spot input. On-the-spot input is done by supplying a
-	  set of callbacks that are invoked by the input methods.
-	</p>
-	<p>
-	  While adding the above support, it may be desirable to
-	  generalize the input-method support to the point where 
-	</p>
-      </description>
-      <contact>gtk-i18n-list@redhat.com</contact>
-    </entry>
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>GTK+ Core</title>
-
-    <entry size="big" status="5%" target="1.4">
-      <title>GLib based object and type system</title>
-      <description>
-	<p>
-	  The GTK+ object system is already in use in quite a few different
-	  non-GUI applications; it would be desirable for these uses
-	  to have the object and type systems separated from the GUI portions
-	  of GTK+ and be generalized for non-GUI usage.
-	</p>
-      </description>
-      <contact>Tim Janik &lt;timj@gtk.org&gt;</contact>
-    </entry>
-
-    <entry size="big" status="1%" target="1.4">
-      <title>Overall callback improvements</title>
-      <description>
-	<p>
-	  The GTK+ type and signal systems need significant improvements to
-	  allow signal creation with default handlers from language bindings
-	  and to aid language bindings in deriving new objects.
-	  One aspect of this is the Closure support, recently suggested by
-	  Karl Nelson &lt;kenelson@ece.ucdavis.edu&gt;, but this also
-	  requires a GLib based type and parameter system (ties in with
-	  "GLib based object and type system").
-	</p>
-      </description>
-      <contact>gtk-devel-list@redhat.com</contact>
-    </entry>
-
-    <entry size="big" status="0%" target="1.4">
-      <title>State change notification</title>
-      <description>
-	<p>
-	  GTK+ objects emit various types of signals, some to perform
-	  arbitrary actions, some to allow customization from user code,
-	  and some signals are emitted to notify of certain changes
-	  of an object. For the latter, what really is required is a
-	  gneneric signal that can be used to monitor *any* kind of object
-	  changes. For that, all object changes need to be routed through
-	  a central point (otherwise the signal emissions are spread all
-	  over the object implementation), i.e. an object argument setter.
-	  The state change notification signal doesn't need to be emitted
-	  syncronously, in fact, it's probably most effective to always
-	  emit this asynchronously, so subsequent changes are accumulated.
-	</p>
-      </description>
-      <contact>Tim Janik &lt;timj@gtk.org&gt;</contact>
-    </entry>
-
-    <entry size="big" status="5%" target="1.4">
-      <title>Widget as sensitivity/grab state machine</title>
-      <description>
-	<p>
-	  Maintenance of pointer and keybnoard grabs is currently very
-	  tedious and error-prone, most widget's cook up their own stuff
-	  in this regard.
-	  By moving the general concept of "Grabs" to the GTK+ level as
-	  a widget state, and providing a new signal for alterations of
-	  a widget's state ("visible", "visible+insensitive",
-	  "visible+grab", "hidden", "hidden+insensitive", etc.), things
-	  can be unified and more stabelize. A couple of bugs, such as
-	  insensitive widgets still holding a grab, or buttons that
-	  still think they are depressed when hidden, will be squeezed
-	  automatically with that.
-	</p>
-      </description>
-      <contact>Tim Janik &lt;timj@gtk.org&gt;</contact>
-    </entry>
-
-    <entry size="big" status="0%" target="1.4">
-      <title>Allow argument customization</title>
-      <description>
-	<p>
-	  Many types of object arguments (expander style in the CList,
-	  default padding in button boxes, etc), conceptually go with
-	  the theme, or as user preferences; they should not be set by
-	  a particular program.
-	</p>
-	<p>
-	  There needs to be a mechanism for themes to be able to
-	  control these arguments from the RC file. 
-	</p>
-      </description>
-    </entry>
-
-    <entry size="medium" status="0%" target="1.4">
-      <title>Allow global customization</title>
-      <description>
-	<p>
-	  There are a number of global parameters in GTK+ and GDK that should be
-	  customizable by the user, such as the double-click timeout,
-	  or whether widgets should be backing-stored by default. 
-	</p>
-	<p>
-	  If we had argument customization from an RC file, it might
-	  be possible to do this simply with a global object with
-	  arguments for the various global parameters that was
-	  customized in the same fashion as object arguments.
-	</p>
-      </description>
-    </entry>
-
-    <entry size="small" status="0%" target="1.4">
-      <title>Gtk+ Modules installation directory</title>
-      <description>
-	<p>
-	  Gtk+ needs to support an extra lib/ directory, to search
-	  for dynamically loadable modules, it also needs to support
-	  an environment variable to specify module search paths.
-	  This has quite some cross-platform issues with the GModule
-	  code (especially on AIX).
-	</p>
-      </description>
-      <contact>gtk-devel-list@redhat.com</contact>
-    </entry>
-
-  </section>
-
-  <section>
-    <title>GTK+ Widgets</title>
-
-    <entry size="small" status="0%" target="1.4">
-      <title>Make GtkFrame use a label</title>
-      <description>
-	<p>
-	  The title of a frame should simply be another child widget
-	  which, by default, holds a label widget. This will important
-	  with Pango where proper text behavior will be more complex to
-	  implement, but is also useful for certain user-interface
-	  designs. (It can be useful, for example, to put a checkbutton
-	  in that slot.)
-	</p>
-      </description>
-      <contact>gtk-devel-list@redhat.com</contact>
-    </entry>
-
-    <entry size="big" status="50%" target="1.4">
-      <title>Replace GtkText Widget</title>
-      <description>
-	<p>
-	  The GtkText widget is badly in need of replacement, since it is
-	  buggy and insufficiently feature rich. There are a number
-	  of possible candidates for a replacement, with the most
-	  promising at the current time being Havoc Pennington's
-	  (hp@redhat.com) port of the Tk Text widget.
-	</p>
-	<p>
-	  As part of this job it will be necessary to add
-	  <a href="http://www.pango.org">Pango</a> support to the
-	  replacement. The structure of the Tk text widget port seems
-	  suited to this as it works paragraph-by-paragraph, and
-	  Pango works at a sub-paragraph scale.
-	</p>
-      </description>
-      <contact>gtk-devel-list@redhat.com</contact>
-    </entry>
-
-    <entry size="small" status="0%" target="1.4">
-      <title>Improve Radio/Checkbutton Look</title>
-      <description>
-	<p>
-	  The default look for the radio and checkbuttons is both
-	  unattractive and not friendly to the user . Motif did not
-	  get this one right, and we should not keep on following the
-	  Motif look. The right thing here is probably to copy the
-	  Windows appearance for these controls fairly closely. This
-	  will fit in with well with the rest of the GTK+ look.
-	</p>
-      </description>
-      <contact>gtk-devel-list@redhat.com</contact>
-    </entry>
-
-    <entry size="small" status="0%" target="1.4">
-      <title>Improve Submenu Navigation</title>
-      <description>
-	<p>
-	  Navigating through a deep menu tree in GTK+ is currently
-	  quite tricky, because as soon as one leaves a menu item,
-	  the submenu disappears. The way that the Macintosh is
-	  reputed to handle this is that to pop down the current
-	  submenu, you have to leave the triangle defined by the
-	  upper left hand corner of the menu item and right
-	  side of the submenu.
-	</p>
-      </description>
-      <contact>gtk-devel-list@redhat.com</contact>
-    </entry>
-
-    <entry size="small" status="0%" target="1.4 ?">
-      <title>Improve Spinbutton Look</title>
-      <description>
-	<p>
-	  Spinbuttons currently appear to have lumpy boundaries,
-	  because sides of the arrows aren't at an angle that
-	  meshes well with the pixel grid. However, fixing this
-	  would require making the spinbuttons narrower and
-	  harder to hit. This points out a general problem with
-	  the spinbutton (and the arrows on the scrollbars) - the
-	  target area for clicks actually the bounding box of the
-	  arrows, but the user thinks that they must click on the
-	  arrows themselves. It would probably be more friendly
-	  to use a square button with an arrow drawn on top instead
-	  of a arrow-shaped button, the approach taken by most other
-	  windowing systems.
-	</p>
-      </description>
-      <contact>gtk-devel-list@redhat.com</contact>
-    </entry>
-
-    <entry size="big" status="90%" target="1.4">
-      <title>Supply horizontable/vertical wrapping boxes</title>
-      <description>
-	<p>
-	  An often requested feature are wrapping containers, at this
-	  point, gimp's development version already uses such widgets:
-	  horizontable/vertical wrap boxes, that need to go into 1.4
-	  proper at some point.
-	</p>
-      </description>
-      <contact>Tim Janik &lt;timj@gtk.org&gt;</contact>
-    </entry>
-
-    <entry size="medium" status="90%" target="1.4">
-      <title>Improved generic combo support</title>
-      <description>
-	<p>
-	  Gtk+'s combo box has several drawbacks in design and
-	  implementation. An new attempt at providing the combo box
-	  functionality with improved flexibility has been made with
-	  the GtkClueHunter widget, sitting in the CVS module "gle".
-	</p>
-      </description>
-      <contact>Tim Janik &lt;timj@gtk.org&gt;</contact>
-    </entry>
-
-    <entry size="big" status="0%" target="> 1.4">
-      <title>Add unified set of List/Tree/Grid widgets</title>
-      <description>
-	<p>
-	  Currently, GTK+ has a large number of list and tree widgets
-	  (GtkList, GtkTree, GtkCList, GtkCTree), none of which are
-	  ideal. The GtkList and GtkTree widgets perform badly on large
-	  number of items. (GtkTree widget is also quite buggy.) GtkCList
-	  and GtkCTree mostly solve the size problem, but are quite
-	  complex and, despite that, not very flexible. They are limited to
-	  displaying pixmaps and text, and can neither support arbitrary
-	  widgets nor custom drawing functions.
-	</p>
-	<p>
-	  In addition to list and tree widgets, a closely related need
-	  is a sheet widget that displays a (possibly editable) 2-D grid.
-	  It would be desirable to have a complete set of widgets that
-	  could be presented as the one-true-solution for these needs.
-	  Model/View techniques could be used effectively to increase
-	  both the simplicity and power of the interfaces.
-	</p>
-      </description>
-      <contact>gtk-devel-list@redhat.com</contact>
-    </entry>
-  </section>
-</todo>

acconfig.h

@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-/* acconfig.h
-   This file is in the public domain.
-
-   Descriptive text for the C preprocessor macros that
-   the distributed Autoconf macros can define.
-   No software package will use all of them; autoheader copies the ones
-   your configure.in uses into your configuration header file templates.
-
-   The entries are in sort -df order: alphabetical, case insensitive,
-   ignoring punctuation (such as underscores).  Although this order
-   can split up related entries, it makes it easier to check whether
-   a given entry is in the file.
-
-   Leave the following blank line there!!  Autoheader needs it.  */
-
-
-/* Other stuff */
-#undef ENABLE_NLS
-#undef GTK_COMPILED_WITH_DEBUGGING
-
-#undef HAVE_CATGETS
-#undef HAVE_DIRENT_H
-#undef HAVE_GETTEXT
-#undef HAVE_IPC_H
-#undef HAVE_LC_MESSAGES
-#undef HAVE_PWD_H
-#undef HAVE_SHM_H
-#undef HAVE_STPCPY
-#undef HAVE_XSHM_H
-#undef HAVE_SHAPE_EXT
-#undef HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H
-#undef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
-#undef HAVE_XCONVERTCASE
-
-#undef NO_FD_SET
-
-#undef RESOURCE_BASE
-
-/* Define to use X11R6 additions to XIM */
-#undef USE_X11R6_XIM
-
-#undef XINPUT_NONE
-#undef XINPUT_GXI
-#undef XINPUT_XFREE
-
-/* Define as the return type of signal handlers (int or void).  */
-#undef RETSIGTYPE
-
-/* Most machines will be happy with int or void.  IRIX requires '...' */
-#undef SIGNAL_ARG_TYPE
-
-/* #undef PACKAGE */
-/* #undef VERSION */
-
-
-/* Leave that blank line there!!  Autoheader needs it.
-   If you're adding to this file, keep in mind:
-   The entries are in sort -df order: alphabetical, case insensitive,
-   ignoring punctuation (such as underscores).  */

acinclude.m4

@@ -1,761 +0,0 @@
-## libtool.m4 - Configure libtool for the target system. -*-Shell-script-*-
-## Copyright (C) 1996-1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-## Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit <gord@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1996
-##
-## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-## the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-## (at your option) any later version.
-##
-## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-## WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-## General Public License for more details.
-##
-## You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-## along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-## Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-##
-## As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
-## distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
-## configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
-## the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
-
-# serial 40 AC_PROG_LIBTOOL
-AC_DEFUN(AC_PROG_LIBTOOL,
-[AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])dnl
-
-# Save cache, so that ltconfig can load it
-AC_CACHE_SAVE
-
-# Actually configure libtool.  ac_aux_dir is where install-sh is found.
-CC="$CC" CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" \
-LD="$LD" LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" LIBS="$LIBS" \
-LN_S="$LN_S" NM="$NM" RANLIB="$RANLIB" \
-DLLTOOL="$DLLTOOL" AS="$AS" OBJDUMP="$OBJDUMP" \
-${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $ac_aux_dir/ltconfig --no-reexec \
-$libtool_flags --no-verify $ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh $host \
-|| AC_MSG_ERROR([libtool configure failed])
-
-# Reload cache, that may have been modified by ltconfig
-AC_CACHE_LOAD
-
-# This can be used to rebuild libtool when needed
-LIBTOOL_DEPS="$ac_aux_dir/ltconfig $ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh"
-
-# Always use our own libtool.
-LIBTOOL='$(SHELL) $(top_builddir)/libtool'
-AC_SUBST(LIBTOOL)dnl
-
-# Redirect the config.log output again, so that the ltconfig log is not
-# clobbered by the next message.
-exec 5>>./config.log
-])
-
-AC_DEFUN(AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP,
-[AC_PREREQ(2.13)dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_ENABLE_SHARED])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_ENABLE_STATIC])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_BUILD])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_LD])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_NM])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_LN_S])dnl
-dnl
-
-# Check for any special flags to pass to ltconfig.
-libtool_flags="--cache-file=$cache_file"
-test "$enable_shared" = no && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --disable-shared"
-test "$enable_static" = no && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --disable-static"
-test "$enable_fast_install" = no && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --disable-fast-install"
-test "$ac_cv_prog_gcc" = yes && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --with-gcc"
-test "$ac_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --with-gnu-ld"
-ifdef([AC_PROVIDE_AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN],
-[libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --enable-dlopen"])
-ifdef([AC_PROVIDE_AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL],
-[libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --enable-win32-dll"])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(libtool-lock,
-  [  --disable-libtool-lock  avoid locking (might break parallel builds)])
-test "x$enable_libtool_lock" = xno && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --disable-lock"
-test x"$silent" = xyes && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --silent"
-
-# Some flags need to be propagated to the compiler or linker for good
-# libtool support.
-case "$host" in
-*-*-irix6*)
-  # Find out which ABI we are using.
-  echo '[#]line __oline__ "configure"' > conftest.$ac_ext
-  if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then
-    case "`/usr/bin/file conftest.o`" in
-    *32-bit*)
-      LD="${LD-ld} -32"
-      ;;
-    *N32*)
-      LD="${LD-ld} -n32"
-      ;;
-    *64-bit*)
-      LD="${LD-ld} -64"
-      ;;
-    esac
-  fi
-  rm -rf conftest*
-  ;;
-
-*-*-sco3.2v5*)
-  # On SCO OpenServer 5, we need -belf to get full-featured binaries.
-  SAVE_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
-  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -belf"
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether the C compiler needs -belf], lt_cv_cc_needs_belf,
-    [AC_TRY_LINK([],[],[lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=yes],[lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=no])])
-  if test x"$lt_cv_cc_needs_belf" != x"yes"; then
-    # this is probably gcc 2.8.0, egcs 1.0 or newer; no need for -belf
-    CFLAGS="$SAVE_CFLAGS"
-  fi
-  ;;
-
-ifdef([AC_PROVIDE_AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL],
-[*-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw*)
-  AC_CHECK_TOOL(DLLTOOL, dlltool, false)
-  AC_CHECK_TOOL(AS, as, false)
-  AC_CHECK_TOOL(OBJDUMP, objdump, false)
-  ;;
-])
-esac
-])
-
-# AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN - enable checks for dlopen support
-AC_DEFUN(AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN, [AC_BEFORE([$0],[AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])])
-
-# AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL - declare package support for building win32 dll's
-AC_DEFUN(AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL, [AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])])
-
-# AC_ENABLE_SHARED - implement the --enable-shared flag
-# Usage: AC_ENABLE_SHARED[(DEFAULT)]
-#   Where DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'.  If omitted, it defaults to
-#   `yes'.
-AC_DEFUN(AC_ENABLE_SHARED, [dnl
-define([AC_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT], ifelse($1, no, no, yes))dnl
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(shared,
-changequote(<<, >>)dnl
-<<  --enable-shared[=PKGS]  build shared libraries [default=>>AC_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT],
-changequote([, ])dnl
-[p=${PACKAGE-default}
-case "$enableval" in
-yes) enable_shared=yes ;;
-no) enable_shared=no ;;
-*)
-  enable_shared=no
-  # Look at the argument we got.  We use all the common list separators.
-  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:,"
-  for pkg in $enableval; do
-    if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then
-      enable_shared=yes
-    fi
-  done
-  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
-  ;;
-esac],
-enable_shared=AC_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT)dnl
-])
-
-# AC_DISABLE_SHARED - set the default shared flag to --disable-shared
-AC_DEFUN(AC_DISABLE_SHARED, [AC_BEFORE([$0],[AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])dnl
-AC_ENABLE_SHARED(no)])
-
-# AC_ENABLE_STATIC - implement the --enable-static flag
-# Usage: AC_ENABLE_STATIC[(DEFAULT)]
-#   Where DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'.  If omitted, it defaults to
-#   `yes'.
-AC_DEFUN(AC_ENABLE_STATIC, [dnl
-define([AC_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT], ifelse($1, no, no, yes))dnl
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(static,
-changequote(<<, >>)dnl
-<<  --enable-static[=PKGS]  build static libraries [default=>>AC_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT],
-changequote([, ])dnl
-[p=${PACKAGE-default}
-case "$enableval" in
-yes) enable_static=yes ;;
-no) enable_static=no ;;
-*)
-  enable_static=no
-  # Look at the argument we got.  We use all the common list separators.
-  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:,"
-  for pkg in $enableval; do
-    if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then
-      enable_static=yes
-    fi
-  done
-  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
-  ;;
-esac],
-enable_static=AC_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT)dnl
-])
-
-# AC_DISABLE_STATIC - set the default static flag to --disable-static
-AC_DEFUN(AC_DISABLE_STATIC, [AC_BEFORE([$0],[AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])dnl
-AC_ENABLE_STATIC(no)])
-
-
-# AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL - implement the --enable-fast-install flag
-# Usage: AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL[(DEFAULT)]
-#   Where DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'.  If omitted, it defaults to
-#   `yes'.
-AC_DEFUN(AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL, [dnl
-define([AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL_DEFAULT], ifelse($1, no, no, yes))dnl
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(fast-install,
-changequote(<<, >>)dnl
-<<  --enable-fast-install[=PKGS]  optimize for fast installation [default=>>AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL_DEFAULT],
-changequote([, ])dnl
-[p=${PACKAGE-default}
-case "$enableval" in
-yes) enable_fast_install=yes ;;
-no) enable_fast_install=no ;;
-*)
-  enable_fast_install=no
-  # Look at the argument we got.  We use all the common list separators.
-  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:,"
-  for pkg in $enableval; do
-    if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then
-      enable_fast_install=yes
-    fi
-  done
-  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
-  ;;
-esac],
-enable_fast_install=AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL_DEFAULT)dnl
-])
-
-# AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL - set the default to --disable-fast-install
-AC_DEFUN(AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL, [AC_BEFORE([$0],[AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])dnl
-AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL(no)])
-
-# AC_PROG_LD - find the path to the GNU or non-GNU linker
-AC_DEFUN(AC_PROG_LD,
-[AC_ARG_WITH(gnu-ld,
-[  --with-gnu-ld           assume the C compiler uses GNU ld [default=no]],
-test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes, with_gnu_ld=no)
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_BUILD])dnl
-ac_prog=ld
-if test "$ac_cv_prog_gcc" = yes; then
-  # Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path.
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for ld used by GCC])
-  ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5`
-  case "$ac_prog" in
-    # Accept absolute paths.
-changequote(,)dnl
-    [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*)
-      re_direlt='/[^/][^/]*/\.\./'
-changequote([,])dnl
-      # Canonicalize the path of ld
-      ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| sed 's%\\\\%/%g'`
-      while echo $ac_prog | grep "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do
-	ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| sed "s%$re_direlt%/%"`
-      done
-      test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog"
-      ;;
-  "")
-    # If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC.
-    ac_prog=ld
-    ;;
-  *)
-    # If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH.
-    with_gnu_ld=unknown
-    ;;
-  esac
-elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for GNU ld])
-else
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for non-GNU ld])
-fi
-AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_LD,
-[if test -z "$LD"; then
-  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}${PATH_SEPARATOR-:}"
-  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
-    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
-    if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" || test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exeext"; then
-      ac_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog"
-      # Check to see if the program is GNU ld.  I'd rather use --version,
-      # but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v.
-      # Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer.
-      if "$ac_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 < /dev/null | egrep '(GNU|with BFD)' > /dev/null; then
-	test "$with_gnu_ld" != no && break
-      else
-	test "$with_gnu_ld" != yes && break
-      fi
-    fi
-  done
-  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
-else
-  ac_cv_path_LD="$LD" # Let the user override the test with a path.
-fi])
-LD="$ac_cv_path_LD"
-if test -n "$LD"; then
-  AC_MSG_RESULT($LD)
-else
-  AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
-fi
-test -z "$LD" && AC_MSG_ERROR([no acceptable ld found in \$PATH])
-AC_SUBST(LD)
-AC_PROG_LD_GNU
-])
-
-AC_DEFUN(AC_PROG_LD_GNU,
-[AC_CACHE_CHECK([if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld], ac_cv_prog_gnu_ld,
-[# I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v.
-if $LD -v 2>&1 </dev/null | egrep '(GNU|with BFD)' 1>&5; then
-  ac_cv_prog_gnu_ld=yes
-else
-  ac_cv_prog_gnu_ld=no
-fi])
-])
-
-# AC_PROG_NM - find the path to a BSD-compatible name lister
-AC_DEFUN(AC_PROG_NM,
-[AC_MSG_CHECKING([for BSD-compatible nm])
-AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_NM,
-[if test -n "$NM"; then
-  # Let the user override the test.
-  ac_cv_path_NM="$NM"
-else
-  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}${PATH_SEPARATOR-:}"
-  for ac_dir in $PATH /usr/ccs/bin /usr/ucb /bin; do
-    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
-    if test -f $ac_dir/nm || test -f $ac_dir/nm$ac_exeext ; then
-      # Check to see if the nm accepts a BSD-compat flag.
-      # Adding the `sed 1q' prevents false positives on HP-UX, which says:
-      #   nm: unknown option "B" ignored
-      if ($ac_dir/nm -B /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'; exit 0) | egrep /dev/null >/dev/null; then
-	ac_cv_path_NM="$ac_dir/nm -B"
-	break
-      elif ($ac_dir/nm -p /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'; exit 0) | egrep /dev/null >/dev/null; then
-	ac_cv_path_NM="$ac_dir/nm -p"
-	break
-      else
-	ac_cv_path_NM=${ac_cv_path_NM="$ac_dir/nm"} # keep the first match, but
-	continue # so that we can try to find one that supports BSD flags
-      fi
-    fi
-  done
-  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
-  test -z "$ac_cv_path_NM" && ac_cv_path_NM=nm
-fi])
-NM="$ac_cv_path_NM"
-AC_MSG_RESULT([$NM])
-AC_SUBST(NM)
-])
-
-# AC_CHECK_LIBM - check for math library
-AC_DEFUN(AC_CHECK_LIBM,
-[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
-LIBM=
-case "$host" in
-*-*-beos* | *-*-cygwin*)
-  # These system don't have libm
-  ;;
-*-ncr-sysv4.3*)
-  AC_CHECK_LIB(mw, _mwvalidcheckl, LIBM="-lmw")
-  AC_CHECK_LIB(m, main, LIBM="$LIBM -lm")
-  ;;
-*)
-  AC_CHECK_LIB(m, main, LIBM="-lm")
-  ;;
-esac
-])
-
-# AC_LIBLTDL_CONVENIENCE[(dir)] - sets LIBLTDL to the link flags for
-# the libltdl convenience library, adds --enable-ltdl-convenience to
-# the configure arguments.  Note that LIBLTDL is not AC_SUBSTed, nor
-# is AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS called.  If DIR is not provided, it is assumed
-# to be `${top_builddir}/libltdl'.  Make sure you start DIR with
-# '${top_builddir}/' (note the single quotes!) if your package is not
-# flat, and, if you're not using automake, define top_builddir as
-# appropriate in the Makefiles.
-AC_DEFUN(AC_LIBLTDL_CONVENIENCE, [AC_BEFORE([$0],[AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])dnl
-  case "$enable_ltdl_convenience" in
-  no) AC_MSG_ERROR([this package needs a convenience libltdl]) ;;
-  "") enable_ltdl_convenience=yes
-      ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args --enable-ltdl-convenience" ;;
-  esac
-  LIBLTDL=ifelse($#,1,$1,['${top_builddir}/libltdl'])/libltdlc.la
-  INCLTDL=ifelse($#,1,-I$1,['-I${top_builddir}/libltdl'])
-])
-
-# AC_LIBLTDL_INSTALLABLE[(dir)] - sets LIBLTDL to the link flags for
-# the libltdl installable library, and adds --enable-ltdl-install to
-# the configure arguments.  Note that LIBLTDL is not AC_SUBSTed, nor
-# is AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS called.  If DIR is not provided, it is assumed
-# to be `${top_builddir}/libltdl'.  Make sure you start DIR with
-# '${top_builddir}/' (note the single quotes!) if your package is not
-# flat, and, if you're not using automake, define top_builddir as
-# appropriate in the Makefiles.
-# In the future, this macro may have to be called after AC_PROG_LIBTOOL.
-AC_DEFUN(AC_LIBLTDL_INSTALLABLE, [AC_BEFORE([$0],[AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])dnl
-  AC_CHECK_LIB(ltdl, main,
-  [test x"$enable_ltdl_install" != xyes && enable_ltdl_install=no],
-  [if test x"$enable_ltdl_install" = xno; then
-     AC_MSG_WARN([libltdl not installed, but installation disabled])
-   else
-     enable_ltdl_install=yes
-   fi
-  ])
-  if test x"$enable_ltdl_install" = x"yes"; then
-    ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args --enable-ltdl-install"
-    LIBLTDL=ifelse($#,1,$1,['${top_builddir}/libltdl'])/libltdl.la
-    INCLTDL=ifelse($#,1,-I$1,['-I${top_builddir}/libltdl'])
-  else
-    ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args --enable-ltdl-install=no"
-    LIBLTDL="-lltdl"
-    INCLTDL=
-  fi
-])
-
-dnl old names
-AC_DEFUN(AM_PROG_LIBTOOL, [indir([AC_PROG_LIBTOOL])])dnl
-AC_DEFUN(AM_ENABLE_SHARED, [indir([AC_ENABLE_SHARED], $@)])dnl
-AC_DEFUN(AM_ENABLE_STATIC, [indir([AC_ENABLE_STATIC], $@)])dnl
-AC_DEFUN(AM_DISABLE_SHARED, [indir([AC_DISABLE_SHARED], $@)])dnl
-AC_DEFUN(AM_DISABLE_STATIC, [indir([AC_DISABLE_STATIC], $@)])dnl
-AC_DEFUN(AM_PROG_LD, [indir([AC_PROG_LD])])dnl
-AC_DEFUN(AM_PROG_NM, [indir([AC_PROG_NM])])dnl
-
-dnl This is just to silence aclocal about the macro not being used
-ifelse([AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL])dnl
-
-# Macro to add for using GNU gettext.
-# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
-#
-# Modified to never use included libintl. 
-# Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com>, 12/15/1998
-#
-#
-# This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions.  It can
-# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU Public License
-# but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality.
-# Please note that the actual code is *not* freely available.
-
-# serial 5
-
-AC_DEFUN(AM_GTK_WITH_NLS,
-  [AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether NLS is requested])
-    dnl Default is enabled NLS
-    AC_ARG_ENABLE(nls,
-      [  --disable-nls           do not use Native Language Support],
-      USE_NLS=$enableval, USE_NLS=yes)
-    AC_MSG_RESULT($USE_NLS)
-    AC_SUBST(USE_NLS)
-
-    USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
-
-    dnl If we use NLS figure out what method
-    if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
-#      AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS)
-#      AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether included gettext is requested])
-#      AC_ARG_WITH(included-gettext,
-#        [  --with-included-gettext use the GNU gettext library included here],
-#        nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=$withval,
-#        nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=no)
-#      AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext)
-      nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext="no"
-
-      nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext="$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext"
-      if test "$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then
-        dnl User does not insist on using GNU NLS library.  Figure out what
-        dnl to use.  If gettext or catgets are available (in this order) we
-        dnl use this.  Else we have to fall back to GNU NLS library.
-	dnl catgets is only used if permitted by option --with-catgets.
-	nls_cv_header_intl=
-	nls_cv_header_libgt=
-	CATOBJEXT=NONE
-
-	AC_CHECK_HEADER(libintl.h,
-	  [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for dgettext in libc], gt_cv_func_dgettext_libc,
-	    [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>], [return (int) dgettext ("","")],
-	       gt_cv_func_dgettext_libc=yes, gt_cv_func_dgettext_libc=no)])
-
-	   if test "$gt_cv_func_dgettext_libc" != "yes"; then
-	     AC_CHECK_LIB(intl, bindtextdomain,
-	       [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for dgettext in libintl],
-		 gt_cv_func_dgettext_libintl,
-		 [AC_CHECK_LIB(intl, dgettext,
-		  gt_cv_func_dgettext_libintl=yes,
-		  gt_cv_func_dgettext_libintl=no)],
-		 gt_cv_func_dgettext_libintl=no)])
-	   fi
-
-	   if test "$gt_cv_func_dgettext_libc" = "yes" \
-	      || test "$gt_cv_func_dgettext_libintl" = "yes"; then
-	      AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTEXT)
-	      AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
-		[test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], no)dnl
-	      if test "$MSGFMT" != "no"; then
-		AC_CHECK_FUNCS(dcgettext)
-		AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
-		AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
-		  [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :)
-		AC_TRY_LINK(, [extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
-			       return _nl_msg_cat_cntr],
-		  [CATOBJEXT=.gmo
-		   DATADIRNAME=share],
-		  [CATOBJEXT=.mo
-		   DATADIRNAME=lib])
-		INSTOBJEXT=.mo
-	      fi
-	    fi
-
-	    # Added by Martin Baulig 12/15/98 for libc5 systems
-	    if test "$gt_cv_func_dgettext_libc" != "yes" \
-	       && test "$gt_cv_func_dgettext_libintl" = "yes"; then
-	       INTLLIBS=-lintl
-	       LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed -e 's/-lintl//'`
-	    fi
-	])
-
-        if test "$CATOBJEXT" = "NONE"; then
-	  AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether catgets can be used])
-	  AC_ARG_WITH(catgets,
-	    [  --with-catgets          use catgets functions if available],
-	    nls_cv_use_catgets=$withval, nls_cv_use_catgets=no)
-	  AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_use_catgets)
-
-	  if test "$nls_cv_use_catgets" = "yes"; then
-	    dnl No gettext in C library.  Try catgets next.
-	    AC_CHECK_LIB(i, main)
-	    AC_CHECK_FUNC(catgets,
-	      [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_CATGETS)
-	       INTLOBJS="\$(CATOBJS)"
-	       AC_PATH_PROG(GENCAT, gencat, no)dnl
-#	       if test "$GENCAT" != "no"; then
-#		 AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, no)
-#		 if test "$GMSGFMT" = "no"; then
-#		   AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(GMSGFMT, msgfmt,
-#		    [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], no)
-#		 fi
-#		 AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
-#		   [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :)
-#		 USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
-#		 CATOBJEXT=.cat
-#		 INSTOBJEXT=.cat
-#		 DATADIRNAME=lib
-#		 INTLDEPS='$(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.a'
-#		 INTLLIBS=$INTLDEPS
-#		 LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed -e 's/-lintl//'`
-#		 nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h
-#		 nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h
-#              fi
-            ])
-	  fi
-        fi
-
-        if test "$CATOBJEXT" = "NONE"; then
-	  dnl Neither gettext nor catgets in included in the C library.
-	  dnl Fall back on GNU gettext library.
-	  nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext=yes
-        fi
-      fi
-
-      if test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then
-        AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS)
-      else
-         # Unset this variable since we use the non-zero value as a flag.
-         CATOBJEXT=
-#        dnl Mark actions used to generate GNU NLS library.
-#        INTLOBJS="\$(GETTOBJS)"
-#        AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
-#	  [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], msgfmt)
-#        AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
-#        AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
-#	  [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :)
-#        AC_SUBST(MSGFMT)
-#	USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
-#        CATOBJEXT=.gmo
-#        INSTOBJEXT=.mo
-#        DATADIRNAME=share
-#	INTLDEPS='$(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.a'
-#	INTLLIBS=$INTLDEPS
-#	LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed -e 's/-lintl//'`
-#        nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h
-#        nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h
-      fi
-
-      dnl Test whether we really found GNU xgettext.
-      if test "$XGETTEXT" != ":"; then
-	dnl If it is no GNU xgettext we define it as : so that the
-	dnl Makefiles still can work.
-	if $XGETTEXT --omit-header /dev/null 2> /dev/null; then
-	  : ;
-	else
-	  AC_MSG_RESULT(
-	    [found xgettext program is not GNU xgettext; ignore it])
-	  XGETTEXT=":"
-	fi
-      fi
-
-      # We need to process the po/ directory.
-      POSUB=po
-    else
-      DATADIRNAME=share
-      nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h
-      nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h
-    fi
-    AC_LINK_FILES($nls_cv_header_libgt, $nls_cv_header_intl)
-    AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS(
-     [case "$CONFIG_FILES" in *po/Makefile.in*)
-        sed -e "/POTFILES =/r po/POTFILES" po/Makefile.in > po/Makefile
-      esac])
-
-
-#    # If this is used in GNU gettext we have to set USE_NLS to `yes'
-#    # because some of the sources are only built for this goal.
-#    if test "$PACKAGE" = gettext; then
-#      USE_NLS=yes
-#      USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
-#    fi
-
-    dnl These rules are solely for the distribution goal.  While doing this
-    dnl we only have to keep exactly one list of the available catalogs
-    dnl in configure.in.
-    for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
-      GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $lang.gmo"
-      POFILES="$POFILES $lang.po"
-    done
-
-    dnl Make all variables we use known to autoconf.
-    AC_SUBST(USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL)
-    AC_SUBST(CATALOGS)
-    AC_SUBST(CATOBJEXT)
-    AC_SUBST(DATADIRNAME)
-    AC_SUBST(GMOFILES)
-    AC_SUBST(INSTOBJEXT)
-    AC_SUBST(INTLDEPS)
-    AC_SUBST(INTLLIBS)
-    AC_SUBST(INTLOBJS)
-    AC_SUBST(POFILES)
-    AC_SUBST(POSUB)
-  ])
-
-AC_DEFUN(AM_GTK_GNU_GETTEXT,
-  [AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_ISC_POSIX])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDC])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_CONST])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_OFF_T])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_SIZE_T])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_ALLOCA])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_MMAP])dnl
-
-   AC_CHECK_HEADERS([argz.h limits.h locale.h nl_types.h malloc.h string.h \
-unistd.h sys/param.h])
-   AC_CHECK_FUNCS([getcwd munmap putenv setenv setlocale strchr strcasecmp \
-strdup __argz_count __argz_stringify __argz_next])
-
-   if test "${ac_cv_func_stpcpy+set}" != "set"; then
-     AC_CHECK_FUNCS(stpcpy)
-   fi
-   if test "${ac_cv_func_stpcpy}" = "yes"; then
-     AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STPCPY)
-   fi
-
-   AM_LC_MESSAGES
-   AM_GTK_WITH_NLS
-
-   if test "x$CATOBJEXT" != "x"; then
-     if test "x$ALL_LINGUAS" = "x"; then
-       LINGUAS=
-     else
-       AC_MSG_CHECKING(for catalogs to be installed)
-       NEW_LINGUAS=
-       for lang in ${LINGUAS=$ALL_LINGUAS}; do
-         case "$ALL_LINGUAS" in
-          *$lang*) NEW_LINGUAS="$NEW_LINGUAS $lang" ;;
-         esac
-       done
-       LINGUAS=$NEW_LINGUAS
-       AC_MSG_RESULT($LINGUAS)
-     fi
-
-     dnl Construct list of names of catalog files to be constructed.
-     if test -n "$LINGUAS"; then
-       for lang in $LINGUAS; do CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang$CATOBJEXT"; done
-     fi
-   fi
-
-   dnl The reference to <locale.h> in the installed <libintl.h> file
-   dnl must be resolved because we cannot expect the users of this
-   dnl to define HAVE_LOCALE_H.
-   if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then
-     INCLUDE_LOCALE_H="#include <locale.h>"
-   else
-     INCLUDE_LOCALE_H="\
-/* The system does not provide the header <locale.h>.  Take care yourself.  */"
-   fi
-   AC_SUBST(INCLUDE_LOCALE_H)
-
-   dnl Determine which catalog format we have (if any is needed)
-   dnl For now we know about two different formats:
-   dnl   Linux libc-5 and the normal X/Open format
-   test -d intl || mkdir intl
-   if test "$CATOBJEXT" = ".cat"; then
-     AC_CHECK_HEADER(linux/version.h, msgformat=linux, msgformat=xopen)
-
-     dnl Transform the SED scripts while copying because some dumb SEDs
-     dnl cannot handle comments.
-     sed -e '/^#/d' $srcdir/intl/$msgformat-msg.sed > intl/po2msg.sed
-   fi
-   dnl po2tbl.sed is always needed.
-   sed -e '/^#.*[^\\]$/d' -e '/^#$/d' \
-     $srcdir/intl/po2tbl.sed.in > intl/po2tbl.sed
-
-   dnl In the intl/Makefile.in we have a special dependency which makes
-   dnl only sense for gettext.  We comment this out for non-gettext
-   dnl packages.
-   if test "$PACKAGE" = "gettext"; then
-     GT_NO="#NO#"
-     GT_YES=
-   else
-     GT_NO=
-     GT_YES="#YES#"
-   fi
-   AC_SUBST(GT_NO)
-   AC_SUBST(GT_YES)
-
-   dnl If the AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR macro for autoconf is used we possibly
-   dnl find the mkinstalldirs script in another subdir but ($top_srcdir).
-   dnl Try to locate is.
-   MKINSTALLDIRS=
-   if test -n "$ac_aux_dir"; then
-     MKINSTALLDIRS="$ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs"
-   fi
-   if test -z "$MKINSTALLDIRS"; then
-     MKINSTALLDIRS="\$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs"
-   fi
-   AC_SUBST(MKINSTALLDIRS)
-
-   dnl *** For now the libtool support in intl/Makefile is not for real.
-   l=
-   AC_SUBST(l)
-
-   dnl Generate list of files to be processed by xgettext which will
-   dnl be included in po/Makefile.
-   test -d po || mkdir po
-   if test "x$srcdir" != "x."; then
-     if test "x`echo $srcdir | sed 's@/.*@@'`" = "x"; then
-       posrcprefix="$srcdir/"
-     else
-       posrcprefix="../$srcdir/"
-     fi
-   else
-     posrcprefix="../"
-   fi
-   rm -f po/POTFILES
-   sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^\$/d" -e "s,.*,	$posrcprefix& \\\\," -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" \
-	< $srcdir/po/POTFILES.in > po/POTFILES
-  ])
-

autogen.sh

@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-# Run this to generate all the initial makefiles, etc.
-
-srcdir=`dirname $0`
-test -z "$srcdir" && srcdir=.
-
-ORIGDIR=`pwd`
-cd $srcdir
-PROJECT=Gtk+
-TEST_TYPE=-d
-FILE=gdk
-
-DIE=0
-
-(autoconf --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 || {
-	echo
-	echo "You must have autoconf installed to compile $PROJECT."
-	echo "Download the appropriate package for your distribution,"
-	echo "or get the source tarball at ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/"
-	DIE=1
-}
-
-(automake --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 || {
-	echo
-	echo "You must have automake installed to compile $PROJECT."
-	echo "Get ftp://ftp.cygnus.com/pub/home/tromey/automake-1.2d.tar.gz"
-	echo "(or a newer version if it is available)"
-	DIE=1
-}
-
-if test "$DIE" -eq 1; then
-	exit 1
-fi
-
-test $TEST_TYPE $FILE || {
-	echo "You must run this script in the top-level $PROJECT directory"
-	exit 1
-}
-
-if test -z "$*"; then
-	echo "I am going to run ./configure with no arguments - if you wish "
-        echo "to pass any to it, please specify them on the $0 command line."
-fi
-
-case $CC in
-*xlc | *xlc\ * | *lcc | *lcc\ *) am_opt=--include-deps;;
-esac
-
-if test -z "$ACLOCAL_FLAGS"; then
-
-	acdir=`aclocal --print-ac-dir`
-        m4list="glib.m4 gettext.m4"
-
-	for file in $m4list
-	do
-		if [ ! -f "$acdir/$file" ]; then
-			echo "WARNING: aclocal's directory is $acdir, but..."
-			echo "         no file $acdir/$file"
-			echo "         You may see fatal macro warnings below."
-			echo "         If these files are installed in /some/dir, set the ACLOCAL_FLAGS "
-			echo "         environment variable to \"-I /some/dir\", or install"
-			echo "         $acdir/$file."
-			echo ""
-		fi
-	done
-fi
-
-echo "Running gettextize...  Ignore non-fatal messages."
-# Hmm, we specify --force here, since otherwise things dont'
-# get added reliably, but we don't want to overwrite intl
-# while making dist.
-echo "no" | gettextize --copy --force
-
-aclocal $ACLOCAL_FLAGS
-
-# optionally feature autoheader
-(autoheader --version)  < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 && autoheader
-
-automake -a $am_opt
-autoconf
-cd $ORIGDIR
-
-$srcdir/configure --enable-maintainer-mode "$@"
-
-echo 
-echo "Now type 'make' to compile $PROJECT."

config.h.win32

@@ -1,192 +0,0 @@
-/* config.h.win32.  Handcrafted for Microsoft C and gcc -mno-cygwin */
-
-#if ! (defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__GNUC__))
-#error Unrecognized Win32 compiler, edit config.h.win32 by hand
-#endif
-
-/* Define if using alloca.c.  */
-/* #undef C_ALLOCA */
-
-/* Define to empty if the keyword does not work.  */
-/* #undef const */
-
-/* Define to one of _getb67, GETB67, getb67 for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP systems.
-   This function is required for alloca.c support on those systems.  */
-/* #undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END */
-
-/* Define if you have alloca, as a function or macro.  */
-#define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-#define alloca _alloca
-#elif defined (__GNUC__)
-#define alloca __builtin_alloca
-#endif
-
-/* Define if you have <alloca.h> and it should be used (not on Ultrix).  */
-/* #undef HAVE_ALLOCA_H */
-
-/* Define if you have a working `mmap' system call.  */
-/* #undef HAVE_MMAP */
-
-/* Define to empty, or __inline if that's what your compiler wants.  */
-#define inline __inline
-
-/* Define to `long' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define.  */
-/* #undef off_t */
-
-/* Define if you need to in order for stat and other things to work.  */
-/* #undef _POSIX_SOURCE*/
-
-/* Define as the return type of signal handlers (int or void).  */
-#define RETSIGTYPE void
-
-/* Define to `unsigned' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define.  */
-/* #undef size_t */
-
-/* If using the C implementation of alloca, define if you know the
-   direction of stack growth for your system; otherwise it will be
-   automatically deduced at run-time.
- STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
- STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
- STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown
- */
-/* #undef STACK_DIRECTION */
-
-/* Define if you have the ANSI C header files.  */
-#define STDC_HEADERS 1
-
-/* Other stuff */
-#define ENABLE_NLS 1
-#define GTK_COMPILED_WITH_DEBUGGING "minimum"
-
-/* #undef HAVE_CATGETS */
-/* #undef HAVE_DIRENT_H */
-#define HAVE_GETTEXT 1
-/* #undef HAVE_IPC_H */
-/* #undef HAVE_LC_MESSAGES */
-/* #undef HAVE_PWD_H */
-/* #undef HAVE_SHM_H */
-/* #undef HAVE_STPCPY */
-/* #undef HAVE_XSHM_H */
-#define HAVE_SHAPE_EXT 1
-/* #undef HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H */
-/* #undef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H */
-/* #undef HAVE_XCONVERTCASE */
-
-/* #undef NO_FD_SET */
-
-/* #undef XINPUT_NONE */
-/* #undef XINPUT_GXI */
-/* #undef XINPUT_XFREE */
-#define XINPUT_WIN32 1
-
-/* Define as the return type of signal handlers (int or void).  */
-#define RETSIGTYPE void
-
-/* Define if you have the __argz_count function.  */
-/* #undef HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT */
-
-/* Define if you have the __argz_next function.  */
-/* #undef HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT */
-
-/* Define if you have the __argz_stringify function.  */
-/* #undef HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY */
-
-/* Define if you have the broken_wctype function.  */
-/* #undef HAVE_BROKEN_WCTYPE */
-
-/* Define if you have the dcgettext function.  */
-/* #undef HAVE_DCGETTEXT */
-
-/* Define if you have the getcwd function.  */
-#define HAVE_GETCWD 1
-
-/* Define if you have the getpagesize function.  */
-#define HAVE_GETPAGESIZE 1
-
-/* Define if you have the lstat function.  */
-/* #undef HAVE_LSTAT */
-
-/* Define if you have the munmap function.  */
-/* #undef HAVE_MUNMAP */
-
-/* Define if you have the putenv function.  */
-#define HAVE_PUTENV 1
-#define putenv _putenv
-
-/* Define if you have the setenv function.  */
-/* #undef HAVE_SETENV */
-
-/* Define if you have the setlocale function.  */
-#define HAVE_SETLOCALE 1
-
-/* Define if you have the stpcpy function.  */
-/* #undef HAVE_STPCPY */
-
-/* Define if you have the strcasecmp function.  */
-#define HAVE_STRCASECMP 1
-#define strcasecmp _stricmp
-
-/* Define if you have the strchr function.  */
-#define HAVE_STRCHR 1
-
-/* Define if you have the strdup function.  */
-#define HAVE_STRDUP 1
-
-/* Define if you have the <argz.h> header file.  */
-/* #undef HAVE_ARGZ_H */
-
-/* Define if you have the <dirent.h> header file.  */
-/* #undef HAVE_DIRENT_H */
-
-/* Define if you have the <limits.h> header file.  */
-#define HAVE_LIMITS_H 1
-
-/* Define if you have the <locale.h> header file.  */
-#define HAVE_LOCALE_H 1
-
-/* Define if you have the <malloc.h> header file.  */
-#define HAVE_MALLOC_H 1
-
-/* Define if you have the <nl_types.h> header file.  */
-/* #undef HAVE_NL_TYPES_H */
-
-/* Define if you have the <pwd.h> header file.  */
-/* #undef HAVE_PWD_H */
-
-/* Define if you have the <string.h> header file.  */
-#define HAVE_STRING_H 1
-
-/* Define if you have the <sys/param.h> header file.  */
-/* #undef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H */
-
-/* Define if you have the <sys/time.h> header file.  */
-/* #undef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H */
-
-/* Define if you have the <unistd.h> header file.  */
-/* #undef HAVE_UNISTD_H */
-
-/* Define if you have the <wchar.h> header file.  */
-#define HAVE_WCHAR_H 1
-
-/* Define if you have the <wctype.h> header file.  */
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-#define HAVE_WCTYPE_H 1
-#endif /* _MSC_VER */
-
-/* Define if you have the i library (-li).  */
-/* #undef HAVE_LIBI */
-
-/* Define if you have the intl library (-lintl).  */
-#define HAVE_LIBINTL 1
-
-/* define if compiled symbols have a leading underscore */
-/* #undef WITH_SYMBOL_UNDERSCORE */
-
-/* Define if you have the Wintab programmer's kit */
-#define HAVE_WINTAB 1
-
-/* Define if you have the <dimm.h> header file
- * (available in the Platform SDK)
-*/
-/* #define HAVE_DIMM_H 1 */

configure.in

@@ -1,634 +0,0 @@
-# Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
-AC_INIT(gdk/gdktypes.h)
-
-# In the following, there are a the following variants
-# of GLib cflags and libs variables
-#
-# GLIB_CFLAGS:  cflags for compiling libraries and example progs
-# GLIB_LIBS:    libraries for linking example programs
-# GLIB_DEPLIBS: libraries for linking libraries against
-# glib_cflags:  cflags to store in gtk-config
-# glib_libs:    libs to store in gtk-config
-# glib_thread_cflags: cflags to store in gtk-config for gtk-config gthread
-# glib_thread_libs:   libs to store in gtk-config for gtk-config gthread
-
-# Save this value here, since automake will set cflags later
-cflags_set=${CFLAGS+set}
-
-dnl we to AC_DIVERT_PUSH/AC_DIVERT_POP these variable definitions so they
-dnl are available for $ac_help expansion (don't we all *love* autoconf?)
-AC_DIVERT_PUSH(AC_DIVERSION_NOTICE)dnl
-#
-# Making releases:
-#   GTK_MICRO_VERSION += 1;
-#   GTK_INTERFACE_AGE += 1;
-#   GTK_BINARY_AGE += 1;
-# if any functions have been added, set GTK_INTERFACE_AGE to 0.
-# if backwards compatibility has been broken,
-# set GTK_BINARY_AGE and GTK_INTERFACE_AGE to 0.
-#
-GTK_MAJOR_VERSION=1
-GTK_MINOR_VERSION=3
-GTK_MICRO_VERSION=0
-GTK_INTERFACE_AGE=0
-GTK_BINARY_AGE=0
-GTK_VERSION=$GTK_MAJOR_VERSION.$GTK_MINOR_VERSION.$GTK_MICRO_VERSION
-dnl
-AC_DIVERT_POP()dnl
-
-AC_SUBST(GTK_MAJOR_VERSION)
-AC_SUBST(GTK_MINOR_VERSION)
-AC_SUBST(GTK_MICRO_VERSION)
-AC_SUBST(GTK_INTERFACE_AGE)
-AC_SUBST(GTK_BINARY_AGE)
-AC_SUBST(GTK_VERSION)
-
-# libtool versioning
-LT_RELEASE=$GTK_MAJOR_VERSION.$GTK_MINOR_VERSION
-LT_CURRENT=`expr $GTK_MICRO_VERSION - $GTK_INTERFACE_AGE`
-LT_REVISION=$GTK_INTERFACE_AGE
-LT_AGE=`expr $GTK_BINARY_AGE - $GTK_INTERFACE_AGE`
-AC_SUBST(LT_RELEASE)
-AC_SUBST(LT_CURRENT)
-AC_SUBST(LT_REVISION)
-AC_SUBST(LT_AGE)
-
-# For automake.
-VERSION=$GTK_VERSION
-PACKAGE=gtk+
-
-# Save this value here, since automake will set cflags later
-cflags_set=${CFLAGS+set}
-
-dnl Initialize automake stuff
-AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE($PACKAGE, $VERSION, no-define)
-
-# Specify a configuration file
-AM_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h)
-
-dnl Initialize libtool
-AM_PROG_LIBTOOL
-
-dnl Initialize maintainer mode
-AM_MAINTAINER_MODE
-
-AC_CANONICAL_HOST
-
-dnl figure debugging default, prior to $ac_help setup
-dnl
-AC_DIVERT_PUSH(AC_DIVERSION_NOTICE)dnl
-if test `expr $GTK_MINOR_VERSION \% 2` = 1 ; then
-        debug_default=yes
-else
-        debug_default=minimum
-fi
-AC_DIVERT_POP()dnl
-
-dnl declare --enable-* args and collect ac_help strings
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(debug, [  --enable-debug=[no/minimum/yes] turn on debugging [default=$debug_default]],,enable_debug=$debug_default)
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(shm, [  --enable-shm            support shared memory if available [default=yes]],
-		   echo $enable_shm, enable_shm="yes")
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(ansi, [  --enable-ansi           turn on strict ansi [default=no]],
-		    , enable_ansi=no)
-AC_ARG_WITH(glib, [  --with-glib=DIR         Use uninstalled copy of glib])
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(xim, [  --enable-xim            support XIM [default=yes]],
-			, enable_xim="yes")
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(xim_inst, [  --disable-xim-inst      does not use xim instantiate callback],
-			, enable_xim_inst="maybe")
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(rebuilds, [  --disable-rebuilds      disable all source autogeneration rules],,enable_rebuilds=yes)
-AC_ARG_WITH(locale, [  --with-locale=LOCALE    locale name you want to use ])
-
-AC_ARG_WITH(xinput, [  --with-xinput=[no/gxi/xfree] support XInput ])
-
-if test "x$enable_debug" = "xyes"; then
-  test "$cflags_set" = set || CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -g"
-  GTK_DEBUG_FLAGS="-DG_ENABLE_DEBUG"
-else
-  if test "x$enable_debug" = "xno"; then
-    GTK_DEBUG_FLAGS="-DG_DISABLE_ASSERT -DG_DISABLE_CHECKS -DGTK_NO_CHECK_CASTS"
-  else
-    GTK_DEBUG_FLAGS="-DGTK_NO_CHECK_CASTS"
-  fi
-fi
-
-AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(GTK_COMPILED_WITH_DEBUGGING, "${enable_debug}")
-
-# Build time sanity check...
-AM_SANITY_CHECK
-
-# Checks for programs.
-AC_PROG_CC
-AC_ISC_POSIX
-AM_PROG_CC_STDC
-AC_PROG_INSTALL
-AC_PROG_MAKE_SET
-
-changequote(,)dnl
-if test "x$GCC" = "xyes"; then
-  case " $CFLAGS " in
-  *[\ \	]-Wall[\ \	]*) ;;
-  *) CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Wall" ;;
-  esac
-
-  if test "x$enable_ansi" = "xyes"; then
-    case " $CFLAGS " in
-    *[\ \	]-ansi[\ \	]*) ;;
-    *) CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -ansi" ;;
-    esac
-
-    case " $CFLAGS " in
-    *[\ \	]-pedantic[\ \	]*) ;;
-    *) CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pedantic" ;;
-    esac
-  fi
-fi
-changequote([,])dnl
-
-# Honor aclocal flags
-ACLOCAL="$ACLOCAL $ACLOCAL_FLAGS"
-
-# define a MAINT-like variable REBUILD which is set if Perl
-# and awk are found, so autogenerated sources can be rebuilt
-
-AC_PROG_AWK
-AC_CHECK_PROGS(PERL, perl5 perl)
-
-# We would like indent, but don't require it.
-AC_CHECK_PROG(INDENT, indent, indent)
-
-REBUILD=\#
-if test "x$enable_rebuilds" = "xyes" && \
-     test -n "$PERL" && \
-     $PERL -e 'exit !($] >= 5.002)' > /dev/null 2>&1 && \
-     test -n "$AWK" ; then
-  REBUILD=
-fi
-AC_SUBST(REBUILD)
-
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS(lstat)
-
-AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether make is GNU Make)
-STRIP_BEGIN=
-STRIP_END=
-if $ac_make --version 2>/dev/null | grep '^GNU Make ' >/dev/null ; then
-	STRIP_BEGIN='$(strip'
-	STRIP_END=')'
-	AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
-else
-	AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
-fi
-AC_SUBST(STRIP_BEGIN)
-AC_SUBST(STRIP_END)
-
-# i18n stuff
-ALL_LINGUAS="ca cs da de el es et eu fi fr ga gl hr hu it ja ko lt nl no pl pt pt_BR ru sk sl sv tr uk wa zh_TW.Big5 zh_CN.GB2312"
-AM_GTK_GNU_GETTEXT
-LIBS="$LIBS $INTLLIBS"
-
-# AM_GTK_GNU_GETTEXT above substs $DATADIRNAME
-# this is the directory where the *.{mo,gmo} files are installed
-gtklocaledir='${prefix}/${DATADIRNAME}/locale'
-AC_SUBST(gtklocaledir)
-
-dnl The DU4 header files don't provide library prototypes unless 
-dnl -std1 is given to the native cc.
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([for extra flags to get ANSI library prototypes])
-
-gtk_save_LIBS=$LIBS
-LIBS="$LIBS -lm"
-AC_TRY_RUN([#include <math.h>
-             int main (void) { return (log(1) != log(1.)); }],
-     AC_MSG_RESULT(none needed),
-     gtk_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
-     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -std1"
-     AC_TRY_RUN([#include <math.h>
-	         int main (void) { return (log(1) != log(1.)); }],
-         AC_MSG_RESULT(-std1),
-         AC_MSG_RESULT()
-         CFLAGS=$gtk_save_CFLAGS
-         AC_MSG_WARN(
-                [No ANSI prototypes found in library. (-std1 didn't work.)]),
-	 true
-     ),
-     AC_MSG_RESULT(none needed)
-)
-LIBS=$gtk_save_LIBS
-
-MATH_LIB=-lm
-GTK_LIBS_EXTRA=
-AC_MSG_CHECKING(for the BeOS)
-case $host in
-  *-*-beos*)
-    AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
-    GTK_LIBS_EXTRA="-L\$(top_builddir_full)/gdk/.libs -lgdk"
-    MATH_LIB=
-  ;;
-  *)
-    AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
-  ;;
-esac
-AC_SUBST(MATH_LIB)
-AC_SUBST(GTK_LIBS_EXTRA)
-
-dnl NeXTStep cc seems to need this
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([for extra flags for POSIX compliance])
-AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <dirent.h>], [DIR *dir;],
-  AC_MSG_RESULT(none needed),
-  gtk_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
-  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -posix"
-  AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <dirent.h>], [DIR *dir;],
-    AC_MSG_RESULT(-posix),
-    AC_MSG_RESULT()
-    CFLAGS=$gtk_save_CFLAGS
-    AC_MSG_WARN([Could not determine POSIX flag. (-posix didn't work.)])))
-
-if test x$with_glib = xyes ; then
-  AC_MSG_ERROR([
-*** Directory must be specified for --with-glib])
-fi
-
-if test x$with_glib = x ; then 
-  # Look for separately installed glib
-
-  AM_PATH_GLIB(1.3.0,,
-    AC_MSG_ERROR([
-*** GLIB 1.3.0 or better is required. The latest version of GLIB
-*** is always available from ftp://ftp.gtk.org/.]),
-    gmodule gthread)
-
-  # we do not want to make all gtk progs to link to thread libraries.
-  glib_cflags=`$GLIB_CONFIG glib gmodule --cflags`
-  glib_thread_cflags="$GLIB_CFLAGS"
-  glib_libs=`$GLIB_CONFIG glib gmodule --libs`
-  glib_thread_libs="$GLIB_LIBS"
-  GLIB_LIBS="$glib_libs"
-  GLIB_DEPLIBS="$glib_libs"
-else
-  # Use uninstalled glib (assume they got the version right)
-
-  GLIB_CONFIG=$with_glib/glib-config
-  if test -x $GLIB_CONFIG ; then 
-    :
-  else
-    AC_MSG_ERROR([GLIB directory ($with_glib) not present or not configured])
-  fi
-
-  # For use in gtk-config
-  glib_cflags=`$GLIB_CONFIG --cflags gmodule`
-  glib_thread_cflags=`$GLIB_CONFIG --cflags gmodule gthread`
-  glib_libs=`$GLIB_CONFIG --libs gmodule`
-  glib_thread_libs=`$GLIB_CONFIG --libs gmodule gthread`
-
-  glib_release=`$GLIB_CONFIG --version | sed 's%\\.[[0-9]]*$%%'`
-
-  # canonicalize relative paths
-  case $with_glib in 
-    /*)
-      glib_dir=$with_glib
-      ;;
-    *)
-      glib_dir="\$(top_builddir)/$with_glib"
-      ;;
-  esac
-
-  GLIB_CFLAGS="-I$glib_dir -I$glib_dir/gmodule"
-  GLIB_LIBS="$glib_dir/libglib.la $glib_dir/gmodule/libgmodule.la"
-  GLIB_DEPLIBS=
-
-  AC_SUBST(GLIB_CFLAGS)
-  AC_SUBST(GLIB_LIBS)
-fi
-
-AC_SUBST(glib_cflags)
-AC_SUBST(glib_libs)
-AC_SUBST(glib_thread_cflags)
-AC_SUBST(glib_thread_libs)
-AC_SUBST(GLIB_DEPLIBS)
-
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS(dirent.h, AC_DEFINE(HAVE_DIRENT_H))
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS(pwd.h, AC_DEFINE(HAVE_PWD_H))
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/time.h, AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SYS_TIME_H))
-
-# Find the X11 include and library directories
-AC_PATH_X
-AC_PATH_XTRA
-
-if test "x$x_includes" = "x"; then
-  x_includes="/usr/include"
-fi
-
-saved_cflags="$CFLAGS"
-saved_ldflags="$LDFLAGS"
-
-CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $X_CFLAGS"
-LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $X_LDFLAGS $X_LIBS"
-
-if test "x$no_x" = "xyes"; then 
-  AC_MSG_ERROR([
-*** X libraries or include files not found. Check 'config.log' for 
-*** more details.])
-fi
-
-# Checks for libraries.
-# Check for the X11 library
-AC_CHECK_LIB(X11, XOpenDisplay, x_libs="-lX11 $X_EXTRA_LIBS", 
-  AC_MSG_ERROR([*** libX11 not found. Check 'config.log' for more details.]),
-  $X_EXTRA_LIBS)
-
-if test "x$enable_shm" = "xyes"; then
-  # Check for the Xext library (needed for XShm extention)
-  AC_CHECK_LIB(Xext, XShmAttach, 
-      x_libs="-lXext $x_libs", 
-      # On AIX, it is in XextSam instead, but we still need -lXext
-      AC_CHECK_LIB(XextSam, XShmAttach, 
-          x_libs="-lXextSam -lXext $x_libs", 
-          no_xext_lib=yes, $x_libs),
-      $x_libs)
-fi
-
-# Check for shaped window extension
-
-AC_CHECK_LIB(Xext, XShapeCombineMask,
-      if test -z "`echo $x_libs | grep "\-lXext" 2> /dev/null`"; then
-           x_libs="-lXext $x_libs"
-      fi
-      AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SHAPE_EXT),
-      ,
-      $x_libs)
-
-# Check for XConvertCase (X11R6 specific)
-
-AC_CHECK_LIB(X11, XConvertCase,
-      AC_DEFINE(HAVE_XCONVERTCASE),
-      ,
-      $x_libs)
-
-# Check for XIM support.
-
-AC_CHECK_LIB(X11, XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback,
-	    : ,
-	    enable_xim_inst="no",
-	    $x_libs)
-
-# On Solaris, calling XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback seems to
-# cause an immediate segfault, so we disable it, unless
-# the user specifically forces it to be on.
-
-if test x$enable_xim_inst = xmaybe ; then
-  case host in
-	*-*-solaris*)
-            enable_xim_inst="no"
-            ;;
-	*)
-	    enable_xim_inst="yes"
-	    ;;
-  esac
-fi
-
-if test "x$enable_xim" = "xyes"; then
-  GTK_XIM_FLAGS="-DUSE_XIM"
-  if test "x$enable_xim_inst" = "xyes"; then
-    AC_DEFINE(USE_X11R6_XIM)
-  fi
-fi
-
-x_cflags="$X_CFLAGS"
-x_ldflags="$X_LDFLAGS $X_LIBS"
-
-# set up things for XInput
-
-if test "x$with_xinput" = "xgxi" || test "x$with_xinput" = "xyes"; then
-  AC_DEFINE(XINPUT_GXI)
-  xinput_progs=gxid
-  x_libs="-lXi $x_libs"
-elif test "x$with_xinput" = "xxfree"; then
-  AC_DEFINE(XINPUT_XFREE)
-  x_libs="-lXi $x_libs"
-else
-  AC_DEFINE(XINPUT_NONE)
-fi
-
-AM_CONDITIONAL(XINPUT_GXI, test x$with_xinput = xgxi)
-AM_CONDITIONAL(XINPUT_XFREE, test x$with_xinput = xxfree)
-
-CFLAGS="$saved_cflags"
-LDFLAGS="$saved_ldflags"
-
-AC_SUBST(x_cflags)
-AC_SUBST(x_includes)
-AC_SUBST(x_ldflags)
-AC_SUBST(x_libs)
-AC_SUBST(xinput_progs)
-
-if test "x$enable_shm" = "xyes"; then
-  # Check for shared memory
-  AC_CHECK_HEADER(sys/ipc.h, AC_DEFINE(HAVE_IPC_H), no_sys_ipc=yes)
-  AC_CHECK_HEADER(sys/shm.h, AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SHM_H), no_sys_shm=yes)
-
-  # Check for the X shared memory extension header file
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING(X11/extensions/XShm.h)
-  if test "x$no_xext_lib" = "xyes"; then
-    AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
-    no_xshm=yes
-  else
-    if test -f "$x_includes/X11/extensions/XShm.h"; then
-      AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
-      AC_DEFINE(HAVE_XSHM_H)
-    else
-      AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
-      no_xshm=yes
-    fi
-  fi
-fi
-
-# Check if X_LOCALE definition is necessary
-
-AC_MSG_CHECKING(need -DX_LOCALE)
-
-AC_TRY_RUN([
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <locale.h>
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-  return setlocale (LC_ALL, "${with_locale}") == NULL;
-}],
-need_x_locale=no,
-need_x_locale=yes,
-need_x_locale=no)
-AC_MSG_RESULT($need_x_locale)
-
-if test $need_x_locale = yes; then
-  GTK_LOCALE_FLAGS="-DX_LOCALE"
-fi
-
-# Checks for header files.
-AC_HEADER_STDC
-
-# Checks for typedefs, structures, and compiler characteristics.
-AC_C_CONST
-
-# Checks for library functions.
-AC_TYPE_SIGNAL
-AC_FUNC_MMAP
-
-# Check if <sys/select.h> needs to be included for fd_set
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([for fd_set])
-AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/types.h>],
-        [fd_set readMask, writeMask;], gtk_ok=yes, gtk_ok=no)
-if test $gtk_ok = yes; then
-    AC_MSG_RESULT([yes, found in sys/types.h])
-else
-    AC_HEADER_EGREP(fd_mask, sys/select.h, gtk_ok=yes)
-    if test $gtk_ok = yes; then
-        AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H)
-        AC_MSG_RESULT([yes, found in sys/select.h])
-    else
-	AC_DEFINE(NO_FD_SET)
-	AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
-    fi
-fi
-
-# `widechar' tests for gdki18n.h
-AC_MSG_CHECKING(for wchar.h)
-AC_TRY_CPP([#include <wchar.h>], gdk_wchar_h=yes, gdk_wchar_h=no)
-if test $gdk_wchar_h = yes; then
-   AC_DEFINE(HAVE_WCHAR_H,1,[Have wchar.h include file])
-fi
-AC_MSG_RESULT($gdk_wchar_h)
-
-# Check for wctype.h (for iswalnum)
-AC_MSG_CHECKING(for wctype.h)
-AC_TRY_CPP([#include <wctype.h>], gdk_wctype_h=yes, gdk_wctype_h=no)
-if test $gdk_wctype_h = yes; then
-   AC_DEFINE(HAVE_WCTYPE_H,1,[Have wctype.h include file])
-fi
-AC_MSG_RESULT($gdk_wctype_h)
-
-# in Solaris 2.5, `iswalnum' is in -lw
-GDK_WLIBS=
-AC_CHECK_FUNC(iswalnum,,[AC_CHECK_LIB(w,iswalnum,GDK_WLIBS=-lw)])
-
-oLIBS="$LIBS"
-LIBS="$LIBS $GDK_WLIBS"
-# The following is necessary for Linux libc-5.4.38
-AC_MSG_CHECKING(if iswalnum() and friends are properly defined)
-AC_TRY_LINK([#include <stdlib.h>],[
-#if (defined(HAVE_WCTYPE_H) || defined(HAVE_WCHAR_H))
-#  ifdef HAVE_WCTYPE_H
-#    include <wctype.h>
-#  else
-#    ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_H
-#      include <wchar.h>
-#    endif
-#  endif
-#else
-#  define iswalnum(c) ((wchar_t)(c) <= 0xFF && isalnum(c))
-#endif
-iswalnum((wchar_t) 0);
-], gdk_working_wctype=yes, gdk_working_wctype=no)
-LIBS="$oLIBS"
-
-if test $gdk_working_wctype = no; then
-   AC_DEFINE(HAVE_BROKEN_WCTYPE,1,[Is the wctype implementation broken])
-   GDK_WLIBS=
-fi
-AC_MSG_RESULT($gdk_working_wctype)
-AC_SUBST(GDK_WLIBS)
-
-AC_SUBST(GTK_DEBUG_FLAGS)
-AC_SUBST(GTK_XIM_FLAGS)
-AC_SUBST(GTK_LOCALE_FLAGS)
-
-AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS([
-
-## Generate `gdk/gdkconfig.h' in two cases
-## 1. `config.status' is run either explicitly, or via configure.
-##     Esp. not when it is run in `Makefile' to generate makefiles and
-##     config.h
-## 2. CONFIG_OTHER is set explicitly
-##
-## Case 1 is difficult.  We know that `automake' sets one of
-## CONFIG_FILES or CONFIG_HEADERS to empty.  This heuristic works
-## only when AM_CONFIG_HEADER is set, however.
-
-if test -n "${CONFIG_FILES}" && test -n "${CONFIG_HEADERS}"; then
-  # Both CONFIG_FILES and CONFIG_HEADERS are non-empty ==> Case 1
-  CONFIG_OTHER=${CONFIG_OTHER:-gdk/gdkconfig.h}
-fi
-case "$CONFIG_OTHER" in
-*gdk/gdkconfig.h*)
-	echo creating gdk/gdkconfig.h
-	outfile=gdkconfig.h-tmp
-	cat > $outfile <<\_______EOF
-/* gdkconfig.h
- *
- * This is a generated file.  Please modify `configure.in'
- */
-
-#ifndef GDKCONFIG_H
-#define GDKCONFIG_H
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif /* __cplusplus */
-
-_______EOF
-
-	cat >>$outfile <<_______EOF
-$gdk_windowing
-$gdk_wc
-_______EOF
-
-	cat >>$outfile <<_______EOF
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif /* __cplusplus */
-
-#endif /* GDKCONFIG_H */
-_______EOF
-
-
-	if cmp -s $outfile gdk/gdkconfig.h; then
-	  echo gdk/gdkconfig.h is unchanged
-	  rm -f $outfile
-	else
-	  mv $outfile gdk/gdkconfig.h
-	fi ;;
-esac
-],[
-# Currently we always use X11 on those systems where we run configure...
-gdk_windowing='
-#define GDK_WINDOWING_X11'
-if test x$gdk_wchar_h = xyes; then
-  gdk_wc='
-#define GDK_HAVE_WCHAR_H 1'
-fi
-if test x$gdk_wctype_h = xyes; then
-  gdk_wc="\$gdk_wc
-#define GDK_HAVE_WCTYPE_H 1"
-fi
-if test x$gdk_working_wctype = xno; then
-  gdk_wc="\$gdk_wc
-#define GDK_HAVE_BROKEN_WCTYPE 1"
-fi
-
-
-])
-
-AC_OUTPUT([
-gtk+.spec
-docs/gtk-config.1
-Makefile
-gtk-config
-po/Makefile.in
-docs/Makefile
-gdk/Makefile
-gdk/x11/Makefile
-gdk/win32/Makefile
-gtk/Makefile
-gtk/gtkfeatures.h
-gtk/gtkcompat.h
-], [chmod +x gtk-config])

debian/README.debian

@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-libgtk1 for Debian
-----------------------
-
-The GIMP Tool Kit (gtk) is a set of widgets to help you program
-programs for the X Windowing System easily and powerfully.
-
-gtk is the moving force behind The GNU Image Manipulation Program (The
-GIMP) -- the number one freely-available image editing and creation
-program available. 
-
-gtk is rapidly under development, and the source tree has officially
-been separated from The GIMP now, as other teams of programmers
-are beginning to write software using its great widget set -- like
-GNOME, a desktop interface for X, and gzilla, a freely available
-web browser for X.
-
-Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org>, Mon, 29 Sep 1997 13:11:45 -0700
-

debian/build

@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/perl -w
-
-				# Adjust debian/changelog and build a new
-				# Debian package of a CVS archive.
-
-				# Written 17 November 1998 by Ben Gertzfield
-				# <che@debian.org>
-
-				# This work is released under the GNU
-				# General Public License, version 2 or
-				# later.
-
-use strict;
-use diagnostics;
-use File::Copy;
-
-my $maintainer = 'Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org>';
-
-my @date = localtime;
-
-my $datestr = sprintf("%d%.2d%.2d", $date[5] + 1900, $date[4] + 1, $date[3]);
-my $revision = '01';
-
-open (CHANGELOG, 'debian/changelog') or die "Couldn't open debian/changelog: $!\n";
-
-$_ = <CHANGELOG>;
-chomp;
-
-close CHANGELOG;
-
-my ($package, $last_date, $last_revision) = /^(.*?) \((.*?)\.(.*)?\)/;
-
-if ($last_date eq $datestr) {
-  $revision = sprintf("%.2d", $last_revision + 1);
-}
-
-my $new_version = "$datestr.$revision";
-
-copy('debian/changelog', 'debian/changelog.old') or die "Couldn't copy debian/changelog to debian/changelog.old: $!\n";
-
-open(NEWCHANGELOG, ">debian/changelog") or die "Couldn't open debian/changelog for writing: $!\n";
-
-print NEWCHANGELOG "$package ($new_version) unstable; urgency=low\n\n  * CVS snapshot build at " . scalar localtime() . "\n\n -- $maintainer  " . `date -R` . "\n";
-
-open(OLDCHANGELOG, "debian/changelog.old") or die "Couldn't open debian/changelog.old: $!\n";
-
-while (<OLDCHANGELOG>) {
-  print NEWCHANGELOG;
-}
-
-close OLDCHANGELOG;
-close NEWCHANGELOG;
-
-unlink('debian/changelog.old') or die "Couldn't unlink debian/changelog.old: $!\n";
-
-open(NEWVERSION, '>debian/version') or die "Couldn't open debian/version for writing: $!\n";
-print NEWVERSION "$new_version\n";
-close NEWVERSION;
-
-system('dpkg-buildpackage -b -rfakeroot -us -uc');
-unlink 'debian/version' or die "Couldn't unlink debian/version: $!\n";
-

debian/changelog

@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-gtk+-cvs (19981116.01) unstable; urgency=low
-
-  * First test build from CVS
-
- -- Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org>  Tue, 17 Nov 1998 12:02:13 -0800
-
-Local variables:
-mode: debian-changelog
-add-log-mailing-address: "che@debian.org"
-End:

debian/control

@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-Source: gtk+-cvs
-Priority: extra
-Section: libs
-Maintainer: Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org>
-Standards-Version: 2.4.0.0
-
-Package: libgtk-cvs-1.1
-Architecture: any
-Section: libs
-Depends: ${shlibs:Depends}
-Conflicts: libgtk-dev (<< 1:1.0.2), libgtk1.1
-Description: CVS build of the GIMP Toolkit set of widgets for X
- **THIS IS NOT AN OFFICIAL DEBIAN PACKAGE! THIS IS AN AUTOMATED CVS
-   BUILD OF THE GTK+ LIBRARIES! BEWARE! IT MAY NOT WORK!**
- . 
- The GIMP Toolkit is a freely available set of widgets for X.
- GTK is easy to use, and has been implemented in such projects as
- The GNU Image Manipulation Program (The GIMP), GNOME, a GNU
- desktop set of utilities for X, and gzilla, a GNU web-browser.
- .
- This is the unstable 1.1 branch of GTK. It is not intended for use
- with stable projects!
-
-Package: libgtk-cvs-dev
-Architecture: any
-Section: devel
-Depends: libgtk-cvs-1.1 (=${Source-Version}), libglib-cvs-dev
-Suggests: libgtk-cvs-doc
-Provides: libgtk1.1-dev
-Replaces: libgtk1.1-dev
-Conflicts: libgtk-dev, libgtk1 (<< 1:1.0.4), libgtk1.1-dev
-Description: CVS build of development files for the GIMP Toolkit
- **THIS IS NOT AN OFFICIAL DEBIAN PACKAGE! THIS IS AN AUTOMATED CVS
-   BUILD OF THE GTK+ LIBRARIES! BEWARE! IT MAY NOT WORK!**
- .
- This package contains the header files and static libraries for the
- GIMP Toolkit set of widgets for X. 
- .
- This is the unstable, 1.1 branch of GTK+. This is not intended for
- use with stable releases of programs! 
- .
- Install this package if you wish to develop your own X programs using
- the GIMP Toolkit 1.1, or if you wish to compile your own plug-ins for
- The GIMP.
-
-Package: libgtk-cvs-doc
-Architecture: all
-Section: doc
-Conflicts: libgtk-dev (<< 1:0.99.4), libgtk-doc, libgtk1.1-doc
-Description: CVS build of documentation for the GIMP Toolkit
- **THIS IS NOT AN OFFICIAL DEBIAN PACKAGE! THIS IS AN AUTOMATED CVS
-   BUILD OF THE GTK+ LIBRARIES! BEWARE! IT MAY NOT WORK!**
- .
- This package contains lots of info-files, HTML docs, FAQs, and
- other handy documentation about the GIMP Toolkit set of widgets
- for X. 
- .
- This package documents the unstable 1.1 release of the GIMP Toolkit.
- . 
- Install this package if you want to have lots of info about the
- GIMP toolkit when you're programming.
-
-Package: libgtk-cvs-dbg
-Architecture: any
-Section: devel
-Depends: libgtk-cvs-1.1 (= ${Source-Version}), libgtk-cvs-dev (= ${Source-Version})
-Suggests: libgtk-cvs-doc
-Conflicts: libgtk1.1-dbg
-Description: CVS build of debugging files for the GIMP Toolkit
- **THIS IS NOT AN OFFICIAL DEBIAN PACKAGE! THIS IS AN AUTOMATED CVS
-   BUILD OF THE GTK+ LIBRARIES! BEWARE! IT MAY NOT WORK!**
- .
- This package contains the debugging static libraries for the
- GIMP Toolkit set of widgets for X. 
- .
- This is the unstable, 1.1 branch of GTK+. This is not intended for
- use with stable releases of programs! 
- .
- Install this package if you wish to debug your own X programs using
- the GIMP Toolkit 1.1, or if you wish to debug your own plug-ins for
- The GIMP.

debian/copyright

@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
-This package was debianized by Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org> on
-Tue, 17 Nov 1998 12:07:17 -0800
-
-It was produced from the CVS repository at cvs.gimp.org.
-
-It may be redistributed under the terms of the GNU LGPL, Version 2 or
-later, found on Debian systems in the file /usr/doc/copyright/LGPL.
-

debian/libgtk-cvs-dev.files

@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
-usr/lib/libgdk.so
-usr/lib/libgdk.a
-usr/lib/libgtk.so
-usr/lib/libgtk.a
-usr/include/gdk/
-usr/include/gtk/
-usr/bin/gtk-config
-usr/man/man1/gtk-config.1
-usr/share/aclocal/gtk.m4

debian/libgtk-cvs-dev.postinst

@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-
-set -e
-
-#DEBHELPER#

debian/libgtk-cvs-dev.prerm

@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-
-set -e
-install-info --quiet --remove gtk
-
-#DEBHELPER#

debian/libgtk-cvs-doc.files

@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
-usr/info/gdk.info
-usr/info/gtk.info
-usr/info/gtk.info-1
-usr/info/gtk.info-2
-usr/info/gtk.info-3
-usr/info/gtk.info-4
-usr/info/gtk.info-5
-

debian/libgtk-cvs-doc.postinst

@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-
-set -e
-
-install-info --quiet --description="The GIMP Toolkit." \
- --section "The GIMP" "The GIMP" /usr/info/gtk.info.gz
-
-install-info --quiet --description="The GIMP Drawing Kit." \
- --section "The GIMP" "The GIMP" /usr/info/gdk.info.gz
-
-#DEBHELPER#

debian/libgtk-cvs-doc.prerm

@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-
-set -e
-install-info --quiet --remove gtk
-install-info --quiet --remove gdk
-
-#DEBHELPER#

debian/postinst

@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-
-set -e
-
-ldconfig
-
-#DEBHELPER#

debian/rules

@@ -1,160 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/make -f
-
-# debian/rules file for gtk+ Debian package
-# written April 1998 by Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org
-
-build: build-stamp
-build-stamp:
-	dh_testdir
-	./autogen.sh --prefix=/usr --with-xinput=xfree
-	$(MAKE)
-	cd docs && make distdocs
-	cd ..
-	touch build-stamp
-
-build-dbg: build-dbg-stamp
-build-dbg-stamp:
-	dh_testdir
-	./configure --prefix=/usr --with-xinput=xfree --enable-debug=yes
-	$(MAKE)
-	touch build-dbg-stamp
-
-clean:
-	dh_testdir
-	dh_testroot
-	rm -f build-stamp build-dbg-stamp install-stamp install-dbg-stamp
-	# Add here commands to clean up after the build process.
-	-$(MAKE) clean
-	cd docs 
-	-$(MAKE) maintainer-clean
-	cd ..
-	-$(MAKE) distclean
-	find . -name '*.o' -o -name '_libs' -o -name '*.lo' -o -name '*.a' -o -name '.deps' | xargs rm -rf
-	dh_clean
-
-clean-dbg:
-	dh_testdir
-	dh_testroot
-	rm -f build-stamp build-dbg-stamp install-stamp install-dbg-stamp
-	# Add here commands to clean up after the build process.
-	-$(MAKE) clean
-	cd docs
-	-$(MAKE) maintainer-clean
-	cd ..
-	-$(MAKE) distclean
-	find . -name '*.o' -o -name '_libs' -o -name '*.lo' -o -name '*.a' -o -name '.deps' | xargs rm -rf
-	dh_clean -k
-
-install: install-stamp
-install-stamp: build
-	dh_testdir
-	dh_testroot
-	dh_clean
-	$(MAKE) prefix=`pwd`/debian/tmp/usr install
-	touch install-stamp
-
-install-dbg: install-dbg-stamp
-install-dbg-stamp: build-dbg
-	dh_testdir
-	dh_testroot
-	dh_clean -k
-	$(MAKE) prefix=`pwd`/debian/libgtk-cvs-dbg/usr install
-	touch install-dbg-stamp
-
-# Build architecture-independent files here.
-binary-indep: build install libgtk-cvs-doc
-# We have nothing to do by default.
-
-# Build architecture-dependent files here.
-binary-arch: build install libgtk-cvs-dev libgtk-cvs-1.1 libgtk-cvs-dbg
-
-libgtk-cvs-1.1: build
-	dh_testdir -plibgtk-cvs-1.1 
-	dh_testroot -plibgtk-cvs-1.1
-	dh_installdirs -plibgtk-cvs-1.1
-	# Add here commands to install the files into debian/tmp
-	rm -rf debian/tmp/usr/bin debian/tmp/usr/include debian/tmp/usr/info debian/tmp/usr/lib/glib debian/tmp/usr/share/aclocal debian/tmp/usr/man debian/tmp/usr/lib/*.la
-	dh_installdocs -plibgtk-cvs-1.1
-	dh_installchangelogs -plibgtk-cvs-1.1
-	dh_strip -plibgtk-cvs-1.1
-	dh_compress -plibgtk-cvs-1.1
-	dh_fixperms -plibgtk-cvs-1.1
-	dh_installdeb -plibgtk-cvs-1.1
-	dh_shlibdeps -plibgtk-cvs-1.1
-	dh_gencontrol -plibgtk-cvs-1.1
-	dh_makeshlibs -plibgtk-cvs-1.1 -V 'libgtk-cvs-1.1 (='`cat debian/version`')'
-	dh_md5sums -plibgtk-cvs-1.1
-	dh_builddeb -plibgtk-cvs-1.1
-
-libgtk-cvs-dev: build
-	dh_testdir -plibgtk-cvs-dev
-	dh_testroot -plibgtk-cvs-dev
-	dh_clean -plibgtk-cvs-dev -k
-	dh_installdirs -plibgtk-cvs-dev
-	# Add here commands to install the files into debian/tmp
-	dh_movefiles -plibgtk-cvs-dev
-	cp gtk-config debian/tmp/usr/bin
-	dh_installdocs -plibgtk-cvs-dev 
-	dh_installchangelogs -plibgtk-cvs-dev
-	dh_strip -plibgtk-cvs-dev
-	dh_compress -plibgtk-cvs-dev
-	dh_fixperms -plibgtk-cvs-dev
-	dh_installdeb -plibgtk-cvs-dev
-	dh_shlibdeps -plibgtk-cvs-dev
-	dh_gencontrol -plibgtk-cvs-dev
-	dh_md5sums -plibgtk-cvs-dev
-	dh_builddeb -plibgtk-cvs-dev
-
-libgtk-cvs-doc:
-	dh_testdir -plibgtk-cvs-doc
-	dh_testroot -plibgtk-cvs-doc
-	dh_clean -plibgtk-cvs-doc -k
-	dh_installdirs -plibgtk-cvs-doc usr/doc/libgtk-cvs-doc/faq-html \
-	  usr/doc/libgtk-cvs-doc/tutorial-html usr/doc/libgtk-cvs-doc/italian-tutorial-html usr/doc/libgtk-cvs-doc/french-tutorial-html usr/doc/libgtk-cvs-doc/gdk-html
-	dh_movefiles -plibgtk-cvs-doc
-	cp docs/html/gtkfaq*.html debian/libgtk-cvs-doc/usr/doc/libgtk-cvs-doc/faq-html
-	cp docs/html/gtk_tut-*.html debian/libgtk-cvs-doc/usr/doc/libgtk-cvs-doc/tutorial-html
-	cp docs/html/*.gif debian/libgtk-cvs-doc/usr/doc/libgtk-cvs-doc/tutorial-html
-	cp docs/html/gtk_tut.html debian/libgtk-cvs-doc/usr/doc/libgtk-cvs-doc/tutorial-html
-	cp docs/html/gtk_tut_it*.html debian/libgtk-cvs-doc/usr/doc/libgtk-cvs-doc/italian-tutorial-html
-	cp docs/html/*.gif debian/libgtk-cvs-doc/usr/doc/libgtk-cvs-doc/italian-tutorial-html
-	cp docs/html/gtk_tut_fr*.html debian/libgtk-cvs-doc/usr/doc/libgtk-cvs-doc/french-tutorial-html
-	cp docs/html/*.gif debian/libgtk-cvs-doc/usr/doc/libgtk-cvs-doc/french-tutorial-html
-	cp docs/html/gdk* debian/libgtk-cvs-doc/usr/doc/libgtk-cvs-doc/gdk-html
-	cp docs/text/*.txt debian/libgtk-cvs-doc/usr/doc/libgtk-cvs-doc/
-
-	dh_installdocs -plibgtk-cvs-doc docs/{debugging,developers,styles,text_widget,widget_system,gtk-config,refcounting}.txt TODO NEWS
-	dh_installchangelogs -plibgtk-cvs-doc
-	dh_strip -plibgtk-cvs-doc
-	dh_compress -plibgtk-cvs-doc
-	dh_fixperms -plibgtk-cvs-doc
-	dh_installdeb -plibgtk-cvs-doc
-	dh_shlibdeps -plibgtk-cvs-doc
-	dh_gencontrol -plibgtk-cvs-doc
-	dh_md5sums -plibgtk-cvs-doc
-	dh_builddeb -plibgtk-cvs-doc
-
-libgtk-cvs-dbg: clean-dbg install-dbg
-	dh_testdir -plibgtk-cvs-dbg
-	dh_testroot -plibgtk-cvs-dbg
-	dh_installdirs -plibgtk-cvs-dbg
-	# Add here commands to install the files into debian/libgtk-cvs-dbg
-	rm -rf debian/libgtk-cvs-dbg/usr/bin debian/libgtk-cvs-dbg/usr/include debian/libgtk-cvs-dbg/usr/info debian/libgtk-cvs-dbg/usr/lib/glib debian/libgtk-cvs-dbg/usr/man debian/libgtk-cvs-dbg/usr/share debian/libgtk-cvs-dbg/usr/lib/*.{la,so*}
-	for file in `find debian/libgtk-cvs-dbg/usr/lib -name '*.a'` ; do \
-	  mv $$file debian/libgtk-cvs-dbg/usr/lib/`basename $$file .a`_g.a; \
-        done
-	dh_installdocs -plibgtk-cvs-dbg
-	dh_installchangelogs -plibgtk-cvs-dbg
-	dh_compress -plibgtk-cvs-dbg
-	dh_fixperms -plibgtk-cvs-dbg
-	dh_installdeb -plibgtk-cvs-dbg
-	dh_shlibdeps -plibgtk-cvs-dbg
-	dh_gencontrol -plibgtk-cvs-dbg
-	dh_md5sums -plibgtk-cvs-dbg
-	dh_builddeb -plibgtk-cvs-dbg
-
-source diff:                                                                  
-	@echo >&2 'source and diff are obsolete - use dpkg-source -b'; false
-
-binary: binary-indep binary-arch
-.PHONY: build clean binary-indep binary-arch binary

docs/.cvsignore

@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-Makefile
-Makefile.in
-*.html
-*.info*
-*.dvi
-*.ps
-*.pg
-*.ky
-*.cp
-*.fn
-*.tp
-*.vr
-*.log
-*.aux
-*.toc
-*.cps
-*.fns
-*.vrs
-html
-text
-texinfo.tex
-gtk-config.1

docs/Changes-1.2.txt

@@ -1,274 +0,0 @@
-Incompatible Changes from GTK+-1.0 to GTK+-1.2:
-
-* GtkAcceleratorTable has been replaced with GtkAccelGroup
-
-* GtkMenuFactory has been replaced with GtkItemFactory, although
-  a version of GtkMenuFactory is currently still provided to ease
-  the migration phase.
-
-* The GtkTypeInfo structures used in the gtk_*_type_init() functions have
-  changed a bit, the old format:  
-      GtkTypeInfo bin_info =
-      {
-        "GtkBin",
-        sizeof (GtkBin),
-        sizeof (GtkBinClass),
-        (GtkClassInitFunc) gtk_bin_class_init,
-        (GtkObjectInitFunc) gtk_bin_init,
-        (GtkArgSetFunc) NULL,
-        (GtkArgGetFunc) NULL,
-      };
-
-  needs to be converted to:
-
-      static const GtkTypeInfo bin_info =
-      {
-        "GtkBin",
-        sizeof (GtkBin),
-        sizeof (GtkBinClass),
-        (GtkClassInitFunc) gtk_bin_class_init,
-        (GtkObjectInitFunc) gtk_bin_init,
-        /* reserved_1 */ NULL,
-        /* reserved_2 */ NULL,
-        (GtkClassInitFunc) NULL,
-      };
-
-  the GtkArgSetFunc and GtkArgGetFunc functions are not supported from the
-  type system anymore, and you should make sure that your code only fills
-  in these fields with NULL and doesn't use the deprecated function typedefs
-  (GtkArgSetFunc) and (GtkArgGetFunc) anymore.
-
-* A number of Gtk functions were renamed. For compatibility, gtkcompat.h
-  #define's the old 1.0.x function names in terms of the new names.
-  To assure your Gtk program doesn't rely on outdated function
-  variants, compile your program with -DGTK_DISABLE_COMPAT_H to disable
-  the compatibility aliases.
-
-  Here is the list of the old names and replacements:
-
-  Old:				      Replacement:
-
-  gtk_accel_label_accelerator_width   gtk_accel_label_get_accel_width
-  gtk_check_menu_item_set_state	      gtk_check_menu_item_set_active
-  gtk_container_border_width	      gtk_container_set_border_width
-  gtk_label_set  	              gtk_label_set_text
-  gtk_notebook_current_page           gtk_notebook_get_current_page
-  gtk_packer_configure                gtk_packer_set_child_packing
-  gtk_paned_gutter_size	              gtk_paned_set_gutter_size
-  gtk_paned_handle_size		      gtk_paned_set_handle_size
-  gtk_scale_value_width               gtk_scale_get_value_width
-  gtk_style_apply_default_pixmap      gtk_style_apply_default_background (1)
-  gtk_toggle_button_set_state         gtk_toggle_button_set_active
-  gtk_window_position		      gtk_window_set_position
- 
-  (1) gtk_style_apply_default_background() has an additional
-      argument, gboolean set_bg. This parameter should be FALSE if
-      the background is being set for a NO_WINDOW widget, otherwise
-      true.
-
-* During the development phase of the 1.1.x line of Gtk certain functions
-  were deprecated and later removed. Functions affected are:
-
-  Removed:                          Replacement:
-  gtk_clist_set_border		    gtk_clist_set_shadow_type
-  gtk_container_block_resize	    gtk_container_set_resize_mode
-  gtk_container_unblock_resize	    gtk_container_set_resize_mode
-  gtk_container_need_resize	    gtk_container_check_resize
-  gtk_ctree_show_stub		    gtk_ctree_set_show_stub
-  gtk_ctree_set_reorderable	    gtk_clist_set_reorderable
-  gtk_ctree_set_use_drag_icons	    gtk_clist_set_use_drag_icons
-  gtk_entry_adjust_scroll	    (1)
-  gtk_object_class_add_user_signal  gtk_object_class_user_signal_new
-  gtk_preview_put_row		    gtk_preview_put
-  gtk_progress_bar_construct	    gtk_progress_set_adjustment
-  gtk_scrolled_window_construct	    gtk_scrolled_window_set_{h|v}adjustment
-  gtk_spin_button_construct	    gtk_spin_button_configure
-  gtk_widget_thaw_accelerators	    gtk_widget_unlock_accelerators
-  gtk_widget_freeze_accelerators    gtk_widget_lock_accelerators
-
-(1) This function is no longer needed as GtkEntry should automatically
-    keep the scroll adjusted properly.
-
-* Additionally, all gtk_*_interp functions were removed.
-  gtk_*_full versions were provided as of GTK+-1.0 and should
-  be used instead.
-
-* GtkButton has been changed to derive from GtkBin.
-  To access a button's child, use GTK_BIN (button)->child, instead
-  of the old GTK_BUTTON (button)->child.
-
-* The selection API has been slightly modified:
-
- gtk_selection_add_handler() and gtk_selection_add_handler_full() 
- have been removed. To supply the selection, one now register
- the targets one is interested in with:
-
-  void gtk_selection_add_target (GtkWidget           *widget, 
-	  	                 GdkAtom              selection,
-			         GdkAtom              target,
-			         guint                info);
-
- or:
-  
-  void gtk_selection_add_targets (GtkWidget           *widget, 
-	  			  GdkAtom              selection,
-				  GtkTargetEntry      *targets,
-				  guint                ntargets);
-
- When a request for a selection is received, the new "selection_get"
- signal will be called:
-
-   void  "selection_get"           (GtkWidget          *widget,
-				    GtkSelectionData   *selection_data,
-				    guint               info,
-				    guint               time);
-
- A "time" parameter has also been added to the "selection_received"
- signal.
-
-  void  "selection_received"       (GtkWidget          *widget,
-				    GtkSelectionData   *selection_data,
-				    guint               time);
-
-* The old drag and drop API has been completely removed and replaced.
-  See the reference documentation for details on the new API.
-
-* Support for Themes has been added. In general, this does
-  not affect application code, however, a few new rules should
-  be observed:
-
-   - To set a shape for a window, you must use 
-     gtk_widget_shape_combine_mask() instead of 
-     gdk_window_shape_combine_mask(), or the shape will be
-     reset when switching themes.
-
-   - It is no longer permissable to draw directly on an arbitrary
-     widget, or to set an arbitrary widget's background pixmap.
-     If you need to do that, use a GtkDrawingArea or (for a 
-     toplevel) the new GtkDrawWindow widget.
-
-* The ScrolledWindow widget no longer creates a Viewport
-  automatically. Instead, it has been generalized to accept
-  any "self-scrolling" widget.
-
-  The self-scrolling widgets in the Gtk+ core are GtkViewport,
-  GtkCList, GtkCTree, GtkText, and GtkLayout. All of these widgets can
-  be added to a scrolled window as normal children with
-  gtk_container_add() and scrollbars will be set up automatically.
-
-  To add scrollbars to a non self-scrolling widget, (such as a GtkList),
-  first add it to a viewport, then add the viewport to a scrolled window.
-  The scrolled window code provides a convenience function to do this:
-
-  void gtk_scrolled_window_add_with_viewport (GtkScrolledWindow *scrollwin,
-					      GtkWidget         *child);
-
-  This does exactly what it says - it creates a Viewport, adds the child
-  widget to it, then adds the Viewport to the scrolled window.
-
-  The scrollbars have been removed from the GtkCList and GtkCTree,
-  because they are now scrolled by simply adding them to a Scrolled
-  Window. The scrollbar policy is set on the scrolled window with
-  gtk_scrolled_window_set_policy() and not on the child widgets
-  (e.g. GtkCList's gtk_clist_set_policy() was removed).
-  
-* The "main loop" of GTK+ has been moved to GLib. This should not
-  affect existing programs, since compatibility functions have
-  been provided. However, you may want to consider migrating
-  your code to use the GLib main loop directly.
-
-* the GTK_BASIC flag was removed, and with it the corresponding
-  macro and function GTK_WIDGET_BASIC() and gtk_widget_basic().
-  
-* All freeze/thaw methods are now recursive - that is, if you
-  freeze a widget n times, you must also thaw it n times.
-
-  Therefore, if you have code like:
-
-  gboolean frozen;
-  frozen = GTK_CLIST_FROZEN (clist);
-  gtk_clist_freeze (clist);
-  [...]
-  if (!frozen)
-    gtk_clist_thaw (clist);
-
-  it will not work anymore. It must be, simply:
-
-  gtk_clist_freeze (clist);
-  [...]
-  gtk_clist_thaw (clist);
-
-* The thread safety in GTK+ 1.2 is slightly different than
-  that which appeared in early versions in the 1.1
-  development track. The main difference is that it relies on 
-  the thread primitives in GLib, and on the thread-safe 
-  GLib main loop.
-
-  This means:
-
-   - You must call g_thread_init() before executing any
-     other GTK+ or GDK functions in a threaded GTK+ program.
-
-   - Idles, timeouts, and input functions are executed outside 
-     of the main GTK+ lock. So, if you need to call GTK+ 
-     inside of such a callback, you must surround the callback
-     with a gdk_threads_enter()/gdk_threads_leave() pair.
-
-     [ However, signals are still executed within the main
-       GTK+ lock ]
-
-     In particular, this means, if you are writing widgets
-     that might be used in threaded programs, you _must_
-     surround timeouts and idle functions in this matter.
-
-     As always, you must also surround any calls to GTK+
-     not made within a signal handler with a 
-     gdk_threads_enter()/gdk_threads_leave() pair.
-    
-   - There is no longer a special --with-threads configure
-     option for GTK+. To use threads in a GTK+ program, you
-     must:
-
-      a) If you want to use the native thread implementation,
-         make sure GLib found this in configuration, otherwise,
-         call you must provide a thread implementation to
-	 g_thread_init().
-   
-      b) Link with the libraries returned by:
- 
-           gtk-config --libs gthread
-
-         and use the cflags from:
-
-            gtk-config --cflags gthread
-
-     You can get these CFLAGS and LIBS by passing gthread
-     as the fourth parameter to the AM_PATH_GTK automake
-     macro.
-
-* Prior to GTK+-1.2, there were two conflicting interpretations
-  of widget->requistion. It was either taken to be
-  the size that the widget requested, or that size
-  modified by calls to gtk_widget_set_usize(). In GTK+-1.2,
-  it is always interpreted the first way.
-
-  Container widgets are affected in two ways by this:
-
-   1) Container widgets should not pass widget->requisition
-      as the second parameter to gtk_widget_size_request().
-      Instead they should call it like:
-   
-      GtkRequisition child_requisition;
-      gtk_widget_size_request (widget, &child_requisition);
-
-   2) Container widgets should not access child->requisition
-      directly. Either they should use the values returned
-      by gtk_widget_size_request(), or they should call
-      the new function:
-
-    void gtk_widget_get_child_requisition (GtkWidget      *widget,
-					   GtkRequisition *requisition);
-
-      which returns the requisition of the given widget, modified
-      by calls to gtk_widget_set_usize().
-

docs/Changes-1.4.txt

@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-Incompatible Changes from GTK+-1.2 to GTK+-1.4:
-
-- The gdk_time* functions have been removed. This functionality
-  has been unused since the main loop was moved into GLib
-  prior to 1.2. 
-
-- The signature for GtkPrintFunc (used for gtk_item_factory_dump_items)
-  has been changed to take a 'const gchar *' instead of 'gchar *', to
-  match what we do for glib, and other similar cases.
-
-- The detail arguments in the GtkStyleClass structure are now 'const gchar *'.
-
-- gtk_paned_set_gutter_size() has been removed, since the small handle tab
-  has been changed to include the entire area previously occupied by
-  the gutter.
-
-- GDK no longer selects OwnerGrabButtonMask for button presses. This means  
-  that the automatic grab that occurs when the user presses a button
-  will have owner_events = FALSE, so all events are redirected to the
-  grab window, even events that would normally go to  other windows of the
-  window's owner.

docs/Makefile.am

@@ -1,201 +0,0 @@
-## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in
-
-info_TEXINFOS = gdk.texi gtk.texi 
-
-man_MANS = gtk-config.1
-
-TUTORIAL_FR_FILES=html/gtk_tut_fr-1.html   	\
-html/gtk_tut_fr-2.html   	\
-html/gtk_tut_fr-3.html   	\
-html/gtk_tut_fr-4.html   	\
-html/gtk_tut_fr-5.html   	\
-html/gtk_tut_fr-6.html   	\
-html/gtk_tut_fr-7.html   	\
-html/gtk_tut_fr-8.html   	\
-html/gtk_tut_fr-9.html   	\
-html/gtk_tut_fr-10.html  	\
-html/gtk_tut_fr-11.html  	\
-html/gtk_tut_fr-12.html  	\
-html/gtk_tut_fr-13.html  	\
-html/gtk_tut_fr-14.html  	\
-html/gtk_tut_fr-15.html  	\
-html/gtk_tut_fr-16.html  	\
-html/gtk_tut_fr-17.html  	\
-html/gtk_tut_fr-18.html  	\
-html/gtk_tut_fr-19.html  	\
-html/gtk_tut_fr-20.html  	\
-html/gtk_tut_fr-21.html  	\
-html/gtk_tut_fr-22.html  	\
-html/gtk_tut_fr-23.html  	\
-html/gtk_tut_fr-24.html  	\
-html/gtk_tut_fr.html text/gtk_tut_fr.txt
-
-TUTORIAL_FILES=text/gtk_tut.txt html/gtk_tut.html \
-html/gtk_tut.html        	\
-html/gtk_tut-1.html      	\
-html/gtk_tut-2.html      	\
-html/gtk_tut-3.html      	\
-html/gtk_tut-4.html      	\
-html/gtk_tut-5.html      	\
-html/gtk_tut-6.html      	\
-html/gtk_tut-7.html      	\
-html/gtk_tut-8.html      	\
-html/gtk_tut-9.html      	\
-html/gtk_tut-10.html     	\
-html/gtk_tut-11.html     	\
-html/gtk_tut-12.html     	\
-html/gtk_tut-13.html     	\
-html/gtk_tut-14.html     	\
-html/gtk_tut-15.html     	\
-html/gtk_tut-16.html     	\
-html/gtk_tut-17.html     	\
-html/gtk_tut-18.html     	\
-html/gtk_tut-19.html     	\
-html/gtk_tut-20.html     	\
-html/gtk_tut-21.html     	\
-html/gtk_tut-22.html     	\
-html/gtk_tut-23.html     	\
-html/gtk_tut-24.html     	\
-html/gtk_tut-25.html     	\
-html/gtk_tut-26.html     	\
-html/gtk_tut-27.html     	\
-html/gtk_tut-28.html     	\
-html/gtk_tut-29.html     	\
-html/gtk_tut-30.html     	\
-html/gtk_tut-31.html
-
-TUTORIAL_IT_FILES=	html/gtk_tut_it.html     	\
-	html/gtk_tut_it-1.html   	\
-	html/gtk_tut_it-2.html   	\
-	html/gtk_tut_it-3.html   	\
-	html/gtk_tut_it-4.html   	\
-	html/gtk_tut_it-5.html   	\
-	html/gtk_tut_it-6.html   	\
-	html/gtk_tut_it-7.html   	\
-	html/gtk_tut_it-8.html   	\
-	html/gtk_tut_it-9.html   	\
-	html/gtk_tut_it-10.html  	\
-	html/gtk_tut_it-11.html  	\
-	html/gtk_tut_it-12.html  	\
-	html/gtk_tut_it-13.html  	\
-	html/gtk_tut_it-14.html  	\
-	html/gtk_tut_it-15.html  	\
-	html/gtk_tut_it-16.html  	\
-	html/gtk_tut_it-17.html  	\
-	html/gtk_tut_it-18.html  	\
-	html/gtk_tut_it-19.html  	\
-	html/gtk_tut_it-20.html  	\
-	html/gtk_tut_it-21.html  	\
-	html/gtk_tut_it-22.html  	\
-	html/gtk_tut_it-23.html  	\
-	html/gtk_tut_it-24.html		\
-	text/gtk_tut_it.txt
-
-FAQ_FILES=html/gtkfaq.html		\
-	html/gtkfaq-1.html       	\
-	html/gtkfaq-2.html       	\
-	html/gtkfaq-3.html       	\
-	html/gtkfaq-4.html       	\
-	html/gtkfaq-5.html       	\
-	html/gtkfaq-6.html       	\
-	html/gtkfaq-7.html		\
-	text/gtkfaq.txt
-
-html/gtk_tut_table.gif: gdk.html gtk.html
-
-.PHONY: html htmldir faq tutorial tutorial_it tutorial_fr files
-
-distdocs: gdk.html gtk.html faq tutorial tutorial_it tutorial_fr
-
-htmldir:
-	(cd $(srcdir); mkdir -p html; cp gtk_tut*gif html)
-
-textdir:
-	mkdir -p $(srcdir)/text
-
-gdk.html gdk_toc.html: gdk.texi
-	(cd $(srcdir); texi2html gdk.texi)
-
-gtk.html gtk_toc.html: gtk.texi
-	(cd $(srcdir); texi2html gtk.texi)
-
-html/gdk.html html/gdk_toc.html: htmldir gdk.html gdk_toc.html
-	(cd $(srcdir); cp gdk.html gdk_toc.html html/)
-
-html/gtk.html html/gtk_toc.html: htmldir gtk.html gtk_toc.html
-	(cd $(srcdir); cp gtk.html gtk_toc.html html/)
-
-$(FAQ_FILES): faq
-
-faq: htmldir textdir
-	(cd $(srcdir); sgml2html gtkfaq.sgml; \
-	perl gtkdocs_fix gtkfaq*html; \
-	mv gtkfaq*html html/; \
-	sgml2txt gtkfaq.sgml; \
-	mv gtkfaq.txt text/)
-
-$(TUTORIAL_FILES): tutorial
-
-$(TUTORIAL_FR_FILES): tutorial_fr
-
-$(TUTORIAL_IT_FILES): tutorial_it
-
-tutorial: htmldir textdir
-	(cd $(srcdir); sgml2html gtk_tut.sgml; \
-	perl gtkdocs_fix gtk_tut*html; \
-	mv gtk_tut*html html/; \
-	sgml2txt gtk_tut.sgml; \
-	mv gtk_tut.txt text/)
-
-tutorial_it: htmldir textdir
-	(cd $(srcdir); sgml2html --language=it gtk_tut_it.sgml; \
-	perl gtkdocs_fix gtk_tut_it*html; \
-	mv gtk_tut_it*html html/; \
-	sgml2txt --language=it gtk_tut_it.sgml; \
-	mv gtk_tut_it.txt text/)
-
-tutorial_fr: htmldir textdir
-	(cd $(srcdir); sgml2html --language=fr gtk_tut_fr.sgml; \
-	perl gtkdocs_fix gtk_tut_fr*html; \
-	mv gtk_tut_fr*html html/; \
-	sgml2txt --language=fr gtk_tut_fr.sgml; \
-	mv gtk_tut_fr.txt text/)
-
-
-files:
-	@files=`ls $(DISTFILES) 2> /dev/null `; for p in $$files; do \
-	  echo $$p; \
-	done
-
-EXTRA_DIST += \
-	Changes-1.2.txt			\
-	debugging.txt			\
-	developers.txt			\
-	refcounting.txt			\
-	styles.txt			\
-	text_widget.txt 		\
-	widget_system.txt 		\
-	generation.txt			\
-        gtk-config.txt  	        \
-	gtk-config.1.in			\
-	texinfo.tex 			\
-	macros.texi			\
-	gtkdocs_fix			\
-	gtkfaq.sgml			\
-	gtk_tut.sgml			\
-	gtk_tut_it.sgml			\
-	gtk_tut_fr.sgml			\
-	gtk_tut_packbox1.gif 		\
-	gtk_tut_packbox2.gif 		\
-	html/gtk_tut_table.gif		\
-	html/gtk_tut_packbox1.gif 	\
-	html/gtk_tut_packbox2.gif 	\
-	gtk_tut_table.gif		\
-	html/gdk.html            	\
-	html/gdk_toc.html        	\
-	html/gtk.html            	\
-	html/gtk_toc.html        	\
-	$(TUTORIAL_FILES)		\
-	$(TUTORIAL_FR_FILES)		\
-	$(TUTORIAL_IT_FILES)		\
-	$(FAQ_FILES)

docs/debugging.txt

@@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
-The GLIB, GDK, and GTK libraries have extensive support for
-debugging the library and your programs.
-
-The amount of debugging being done can be determined both
-at run time and compile time.
-
-COMPILE TIME OPTIONS
---------------------
-
-At compile time, the amount of debugging support included is
-determined by four macros:
-
-G_ENABLE_DEBUG
-  If set, enable support for runtime checking.
-
-G_DISABLE_ASSERT
-  If set, disable g_assert macros
-
-G_DISABLE_CHECKS
-  If set, disable the g_return_if_fail and g_return_val_if_fail macros
-
-GTK_NO_CHECK_CASTS
-  If set, don't check casts between different object types
-
-
-Whether these macros are defined is controlled at configuration
-time by the --enable-debug option.
-
---enable-debug=minimum [default]
-  Enable only inexpensive sanity checking 
-    sets GTK_NO_CHECK_CASTS
-
---enable-debug=yes
-  Enable all debugging support
-    sets G_ENABLE_DEBUG
-
---enable-debug=no (or --disable-debug)
-  Disable all debugging support (fastest)
-    sets G_DISABLE_ASSERT, G_DISABLE_CHECKS, and GTK_NO_CHECK_CASTS
-
-
-RUN TIME OPTIONS
-----------------
-
-At run time, if GTK+ was compiled with debugging enabled, different
-types of debugging information can be printed out. This is controlled
-by the:
- 
-  GTK_DEBUG and GDK_DEBUG environment variables
-  --gtk-debug and --gdk-debug command line options
-  --gtk-no-debug and --gdk-no-debug command line options
-
-First the environment variables are applied, then the command line
-options are applied in the order given on the command line.
-
-Each of these can either be the special value 'all', or a sequence of
-':' separated options. (case is ignored). The environment variables
-and the --gtk-debug and --gdk-debug options add debugging options and
-the --gtk-no-debug and --gdk-no-debug options remove them.
-
-As noted below, some of these are useful in application debugging, but
-most are only interested to those debugging the libraries
-
-For instance:
-
-  GDK_DEBUG_FLAGS=misc:dnd testgtk --gdk-no-debug dnd --gdk-debug events
-
-runs testgtk with the 'misc' and 'events' debugging options.
-
- GTK_DEBUG
- ---------
-
- Application relevant options:
-
- 'objects' - Trace the creation and destruction of objects, print
-             out a summary at program termination
-
- Options only interesting to library maintainers:
-
- GDK_DEBUG
- ---------
-
- Application relevant options:
-
- 'events' - Show all events received by GTK
-
- Options only interesting to library maintainers:
-
- 'misc'          - Miscellaneous information
- 'dnd'           - Information about drag-and-drop
- 'color-context' - Information about the internal workings of 
-                   GdkColorContext
- 'xim'           - Information about X Input Method support
-
-
-                                    - Owen Taylor <owt1@cornell.edu>
-                                      98/02/19

docs/developers.txt

@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
-Things to care about when using/programing for GTK+
-===================================================
-
-This file is meant to collect some frequently triggered failures when
-programming for/with Gtk, having the spirit of a developers FAQ.
-It is also the correct place to list up things that programmers should
-care about in general.
-
-In the hope that this text might be usefull to someone,
-
-        - Tim Janik <timj@gimp.org>
-          1998/02/11
-
-
-Automatic destruction of widgets on removal from parent
--------------------------------------------------------
-
-This is a reference counting issue, you would want to refer
-to refcounting.txt on it.
-
-
-What are all the widget flags about?
-------------------------------------
-
-Refer to the file widget_system.txt which covers widget flags and the
-resulting invariants in a detailed way.
-
-
-GdkWindow pointers may be NULL in GdkEvents
--------------------------------------------
-
-The notification nature of the signal mechanism might cause events to
-be emitted that have their GdkWindow pointer set to NULL.
-This is due to the fact that certain events need to be emitted after the
-real GdkWindow of a widget is not any longer pertinent.
-It's up to the signal handling function (application) to check for the
-window field of the event structure to be != NULL, if it is going to
-perform any operations through Gdk calls on it.
-Events that a likely to trigger a missing check for the window pointer
-currently are (and correspond to the trailing signals):
-
-GDK_SELECTION_CLEAR     GtkWidget::selection_clear_event
-GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE        GtkWidget::focus_in_event
-                        GtkWidget::focus_out_event
-
-Events that are asured to have a valid GdkEvent.any.window field are
-
-GDK_EXPOSE		GtkWidget::expose_event
-
-
-gtk_widget_ref() vs. gtk_object_ref()
--------------------------------------
-
-The widget referencing functions gtk_widget_ref() and gtk_widget_unref()
-are currently just wrappers about the corresponding referencing functions
-for objects. Still you should use the widget referencing functions if you
-are sure the referenced object is of type GTK_WIDGET_TYPE.
-
-
-Writing Gdk functions
----------------------
-
-When writing Gdk functions that operate on GdkWindow structures in any
-maeningfull sense, that is casting to a GdkWindowPrivate structure for
-access to fields other then GdkWindow.user_data, the programmer is
-recommended to check for the GdkWindowPrivate.destroyed field to be ==
-FALSE, especially if the GdkWindowPrivate.xwindow field is used.
-Silent abortion of the Gdk function is the correct behaviour if this
-condition isn't met.

docs/dnd_internals.txt

@@ -1,210 +0,0 @@
-This document describes some of the internals of the DND handling
-code.
-
-Organization
-============
-
-The DND code is split between a lowlevel part - gdkdnd.c and a
-highlevel part - gtkdnd.c.  To put it simply, gdkdnd.c contain the
-portions of DND code that are easiest to do in raw X, while gtkdnd.c
-contains the portions of DND that are easiest to do with an event loop
-and high level selection handling.
-
-Except for a few details of selection handling, most of the
-dependencies on the DND protocol are confined to gdkdnd.c.
-There are two or three supported protocols - Motif DND,
-Xdnd and a pseudo-protocol ROOTWIN, which is used for drops
-on root windows that aren't really accepting drops.
-gdkdnd.c divides into 4 pieces:
-
- 1) Utility functions (finding client windows)
- 2) Motif specific code (the biggest chunk)
- 3) Xdnd specific code
- 4) The public interfaces
-
-The code in gtkdnd.c roughly consists of three parts  
-  
- 1) General utility functions
- 2) Destination side code
- 3) Source side code.
-
-Both on the source and dest side, there is some division
-between the low level layers and the default handlers,
-though they are rather mixed in many cases.
-
-Structures and Memory Management
-================================
-
-Information about source sites and drop sites is stored
-in the structures GtkSourceSite and GtkDestSite.
-
-Information about in-progress drags and drops is stored
-in the structures GtkSourceInfo and GtkDestInfo.
-
-The GtkSourceInfo structure is created when the drag
-begins, and persists until the drag either completes
-or times out. A pointer to it is stored in 
-dataset-data for the GdkDragContext, however there
-is no ownership. If the SourceInfo is destroyed
-before the context, the field is simply cleared.
-
-A GtkDestInfo is attached to each GdkDragContext
-that is received for an incoming drag. In contrast
-to the SourceInfo the DestInfo is "owned" by the
-context, and when the context is destroyed, destroyed.
-
-The GDK API
-===========
-
-It is expect that the GDK DND API will never be
-used by anything other than the DND code in GTK+.
-
-/* Drag and Drop */
-
-GdkDragContext * gdk_drag_context_new        (void);
-void             gdk_drag_context_ref        (GdkDragContext *context);
-void             gdk_drag_context_unref      (GdkDragContext *context);
-
-These create and refcount GdkDragContexts in a
-straightforward manner.
-
-/* Destination side */
-
-void             gdk_drag_status        (GdkDragContext   *context,
-				         GdkDragAction     action,
-					 guint32           time);
-void             gdk_drop_reply         (GdkDragContext   *context,
-					 gboolean          ok,
-					 guint32           time);
-void             gdk_drop_finish        (GdkDragContext   *context,
-					 gboolean          success,
-					 guint32           time);
-GdkAtom          gdk_drag_get_selection (GdkDragContext   *context);
-
-/* Source side */
-
-GdkDragContext * gdk_drag_begin      (GdkWindow      *window,
-				      GList          *targets,
-				      GdkDragAction   actions);
-gboolean         gdk_drag_get_protocol (guint32          xid,
-					GdkDragProtocol *protocol);
-void             gdk_drag_find_window (GdkDragContext   *context,
-				       GdkWindow       *drag_window,
-			 	       gint             x_root,
-				       gint             y_root,
-				       GdkWindow      **dest_window,
-				       GdkDragProtocol *protocol);
-gboolean        gdk_drag_motion      (GdkDragContext *context,
-				      GdkWindow      *dest_window,
-				      GdkDragProtocol protocol,
-				      gint            x_root, 
-				      gint            y_root,
-				      GdkDragAction   action,
-				      guint32         time);
-void            gdk_drag_drop        (GdkDragContext *context,
-				      guint32         time);
-void            gdk_drag_abort       (GdkDragContext *context,
-				      guint32         time);
-
-GdkAtom       gdk_drag_get_selection (GdkDragContext *context);
-
-Retrieves the selection that will be used to communicate
-the data for the drag context (valid on both source
-and dest sides)
-
-Cursors and window heirarchies
-==============================
-
-The DND code, when possible (and it isn't possible over
-Motif window) uses a shaped window as a drag icon.
-Because the cursor may fall inside this window during the
-drag, we actually have to figure out which window
-the cursor is in _ourselves_ so we can ignore the
-drag icon properly. (Oh for OutputOnly windows!)
-
-To avoid obscene amounts of server traffic (which are only
-slighly observerable locally, but would really kill a
-session over a slow link), the code in GDK does
-XGetWindowAttributes for every child of the root window at
-the beginning of the drag, then selects with
-SubstructureNotifyMask on the root window, so that
-it can update this list.
-
-It probably would be easier to just reread the entire
-list when one of these events occurs, instead of 
-incrementally updating, but updating the list in
-sync was sort of fun code, so I did it that way ;-)
-
-There is also a problem of trying to follow the
-mouse cursor as well as possible. Currently, the
-code uses PointerMotionHint, and an XQueryPointer
-on MotionNotify events. This results in pretty
-good syncing, but may result in somewhat poor
-accuracy for drops. (Because the coordinates of
-the drop are the coordinates when the server receives
-the button press, which might actually be before
-the XQueryPointer for the previous MotionNotify
-event is done.)
-
-Probably better is doing MotionNotify compression 
-and discarding MotionNotify events when there
-are more on the queue before the next ButtonPress/Release.
-
-Proxying
-========
-
-A perhaps rather unusual feature of GTK's DND is proxying. A
-dest site can be specified as a proxy drop site for another
-window. This is most needed for the plug-socket code - the
-socket needs to pass on drags to the plug since the original
-source only sees toplevel windows. However, it can also be
-used as a user visible proxy - i.e., dragging to buttons on
-the taskbar.
-
-Internally, when the outer drag enters a proxy dest site, a
-new source drag is created, with SourceInfo and
-GdkDragContext. From the GDK side, it looks much like a
-normal source drag; on the GTK+ side, most of the code is
-disjoint. The need to pass in a specific target window
-is the reason why the GDK DND API splits
-gdk_drag_find_window() and gdk_drag_motion().
-
-For proxy drags, the GtkDestInfo and GtkSourceInfo for the
-drag point at each other.
-
-Because the abstraction of the drag protocol is at the GDK
-level, a proxy drag from Motif to Xdnd or vice versa happens
-pretty much automatically during the drag, though the
-drop can get complicated. For Xdnd <-> Motif,
-Motif <-> Xdnd, or Motif <-> Motif drags, it is necessary to 
-for the Proxy to retrieve the data and pass it on to
-the true destination, since either the selection names
-differ or (Motif<->Motif), the proxy needs to know
-about the XmDRAG_SUCCESS/FAILURE selection targets.
-
-Further Reading:
-================
-
-Xdnd:
-
-The spec is at:
-
- http://www.cco.caltech.edu/~jafl/xdnd/
-
-Motif:
-
-The Motif DND protocol is best described in the 
-Hungry Programmers _Inside Lesstif_ book, available
-from:
-
-  http://www.igpm.rwth-aachen.de/~albrecht/hungry.html
-
-Harald Albrecht and Mitch Miers have done a far
-better job at documenting the DND protocol then
-anything the OpenGroup has produced.
-
-
-
-Owen Taylor
-otaylor@redhat.com
-Oct 18, 1998

docs/gdk.sgml

@@ -1,198 +0,0 @@
-<!doctype linuxdoc system>
-
-<article>
-
-<!-- Title information -->
-
-<title>The GTK+ Drawing Kit Programming Manual
-<author>Shawn T. Amundson, Peter Mattis
-<date>July 26, 1998
-
-<abstract>
-This document aims at teaching user how to effectively program in
-GDK, the GTK+ Drawing Kit, and to serve as a reference guide to 
-more experienced GTK+ programmers.  It is a work in progress.
-
-<!-- Table of contents -->
-<toc>
-
-<!-- Begin the document -->
-
-<!-- ***************************************************************** -->
-<sect>Introduction
-
-<p>
-GDK is designed as a wrapper library that lies on top of Xlib. It
-performs many common and desired operations for a programmer instead
-of the programmer having to explicitly ask for such functionality from
-Xlib directly. For example, GDK provides a common interface to both
-regular and shared memory XImage types. By doing so, an application
-can nearly transparently use the fastest image type available. GDK
-also provides routines for determining the best available color depth
-and the best available visual which is not always the default visual
-for a screen.
-
-GDK is distributed and developed with GTK+, and is licensed under the 
-GNU Library General Public Licence (LGPL).
-
-<sect>Getting Started
-
-<sect1>Initialization
-<p>
-Initialization of GDK is easy.  Simply call gdk_init() passing 
-in the argc and argv parameters.
-
-<tscreen><verb>
-int main (int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    /* Initialize GDK. */
-    gdk_init (&amp;argc, &amp;argv);
-
-    /* Cleanup of GDK is done automatically when the program exits. */
-    return 0;
-}
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-Generally, GDK initialization is done by gtk_init() in GTK+.  This means 
-that when using GTK+, you do not need to directly call gdk_init().
-
-<sect1>An Example using GDK with GTK+ 
-<p>
-This example demonstrates drawing a line using the foreground
-color of the GtkDrawArea widget it is drawn inside.  The example 
-will end when you click inside the window, which is filled by the
-GtkDrawingArea widget.
-
-The line is drawn during the expose event so that when the window 
-drawing is done whenever it is needed.
-
-<tscreen><verb>
-#include <gtk/gtk.h>
-
-/* The expose callback does the drawing of the line */
-int
-expose_callback (GtkWidget *widget, GdkEventExpose *event, gpointer data)
-{
-    GdkGC *gc;
-
-    printf("expose...\n");
-
-
-    /* The GC is the Graphics Context.  Here it is borrowed from the widget */
-    gc = widget->style->fg_gc[GTK_STATE_NORMAL];
-
-    gdk_draw_line (widget->window,  /* GDK Window of GtkDrawingArea widget */
-                   gc,              /* Graphics Context */
-                   0,               /* x1, left */
-                   0,               /* y1, top */
-                   200,             /* x2, right */
-                   200);            /* y2, bottom */
-}
-
-/* This quits GTK+ */
-void destroy (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
-{
-    gtk_main_quit ();
-}
-
-int main (int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    GtkWidget *window;
-    GtkWidget *darea;
-    int events;
-
-    /* This initializes both GTK+ and GDK */
-    gtk_init (&amp;argc, &amp;argv);
-
-    /* Create a window */
-    window = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
-    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (window), "destroy",
-                        GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (destroy), NULL);
-
-    /* Create a drawing area widget. This widget actually is just a 
-       simple widget which provides us an GDK window to draw on and 
-       takes care of all the toolkit integration, like providing the
-       ability to add it to the window with gtk_contianer_add() */
-    darea = gtk_drawing_area_new ();
-    gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (window), darea);
-
-    /* Set the width and height (arguments are in that order) */
-    gtk_drawing_area_size (GTK_DRAWING_AREA (darea), 200, 200);
-
-    /* Drawing in the expose event is important to keep the 
-       draw line always on the GDK window */
-    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (darea), "expose_event",
-                        GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (expose_callback), NULL);
-
-    /* We get the events, then add in button press.  If we did not
-       do this, we would not be notified of button press events in
-       the GtkDrawingArea widget */
-    events = gtk_widget_get_events (darea);
-    gtk_widget_set_events (darea, events | GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK);
-
-    /* If we click on the darea, the application will exit */
-    gtk_signal_connect_object (GTK_OBJECT (darea), "button_press_event",
-                               GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gtk_widget_destroy),
-                               GTK_OBJECT (window));
-
-    gtk_widget_show (darea);
-    gtk_widget_show (window);
-
-    /* The GTK+ main idle loop */
-    gtk_main();
-
-    /* Cleanup of GDK is done automatically when the program exits. */
-    return 0;
-}
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-<sect>The Graphics Context 
-<p>
-The Graphics Context, or GC, defines how things should be drawn, 
-including color, font, fill, tile, stipple, clipping mask, line 
-width, line style, and join style.
-
-<sect1>Color
-<p>
-Changing color is done by changing the forground or background color 
-of the GC.
-
-<sect>Drawing Commands
-<sect>Event Handling
-<sect>Understanding and Using Visuals
-<sect>Creating and Using New Windows
-<sect>Pixmaps
-<sect>Images
-<sect>Fonts
-<sect>
-
-<sect>About this Document
-<sect1>History
-<P>
-This document was originially written by Peter Mattis and entitled
-"The General Drawing Kit".  It was meant as a reference guide.
-
-This version of the document has been renamed and is meant as a general
-programming guide.
-
-<sect1>Copying
-<p>
-Copyright (c) 1996 Peter Mattis
-<p>
-Copyright (c) 1998 Shawn T. Amundson
-
-Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
-manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
-preserved on all copies.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
-manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
-entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
-permission notice identical to this one.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
-into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
-except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation
-approved by Peter Mattis.
-
-</article>

docs/gdk.texi

@@ -1,334 +0,0 @@
-\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
-@c %**start of header
-@setfilename gdk.info
-@settitle GDK
-@setchapternewpage odd
-@c %**end of header
-
-@set edition 1.0
-@set update-date 16 May 1996
-@set update-month May 1996
-
-@ifinfo
-This file documents GDK, the General Drawing Kit
-
-Copyright (C) 1996 Peter Mattis
-
-Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
-manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
-preserved on all copies
-
-@ignore
-Permission is granted to process this file throught TeX and print the
-results, provided the printed document carries copying permission notice
-identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph (this
-paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
-
-@end ignore
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
-manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
-entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
-permission notice identical to this one.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
-into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
-except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation
-approved by Peter Mattis.
-@end ifinfo
-
-@titlepage
-@title The General Drawing Kit
-@subtitle Version 1.0
-@subtitle @value{update-month}
-@author by Peter Mattis
-
-@page
-@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
-Copyright @copyright{} 1996 Peter Mattis
-
-Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
-manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
-preserved on all copies.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
-manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
-entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
-permission notice identical to this one.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
-into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
-except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation
-approved by Peter Mattis.
-@end titlepage
-
-@dircategory User Interface Toolkit
-@direntry
-* GDK: (gdk).		The General Drawing Kit
-@end direntry
-
-@node Top, Copying, (dir), (dir)
-@top The General Drawing Kit
-@ifinfo
-This is edition @value{edition} of the GDK documentation,
-@w{@value{update-date}}.
-@end ifinfo
-
-@menu
-* Copying::                     Your rights.
-* Overview::                    What is GDK?
-* Initialization::              Initialization and exit.
-* Events::                      Event handling.
-* Visuals::                     Understanding and using visuals.
-* Windows::                     Creating and using windows.
-* Graphics Contexts::           Creating and modifying GCs.
-* Pixmaps::                     Creating pixmaps.
-* Images::                      Creating images.
-* Color::                       Specifying color.
-* Fonts::                       Creating fonts.
-* Drawing::                     Drawing commands.
-* XInput Support::              Using extended devices.
-* Miscellany::                  Other stuff.
-* Examples::                    Using GDK.
-* Function Index::              Index of functions
-* Concept Index::               Index of concepts
-@end menu
-
-@node Copying, Overview, Top, Top
-@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@chapter Copying
-
-GDK is @dfn{free}; this means that everyone is free to use it and free
-to redestribute it on a free basis. GDK is not in the public domain; it
-is copyrighted and there are restrictions on its distribution, but these
-restrictions are designed to permit everything that a good cooperating
-citizen would want to do. What is not allowed is to try to prevent
-others from further sharing any version of GDK that they might get from
-you.
-
-Specifically, we want to make sure that you have the right to give away
-copies of GDK, that you receive source code or else can get it if you
-want it, that you can change GDK or use pieces of it in new free
-programs, and that you know you can do these things.
-
-To make sure that everyone has such rights, we have to forbid you to
-deprive anyone else of these rights. For example, if you distribute
-copies of GDK, you must give the recipients all the rights that you
-have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source
-code. And you must tell them their rights.
-
-Also, for my own protection, we must make certain that everyone finds
-out that there is no warranty for GDK. If GDK is modified by someone
-else and passed on, we want their recipients to know that what they have
-is not what we distributed, so that any problems introduced by others
-will no reflect on our reputation.
-
-The precise conditions of the licenses for GDK are found in the General
-Public Licenses that accompanies it.
-
-
-@node Overview, Initialization, Copying, Top
-@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@chapter What is GDK?
-@cindex Overview
-
-GDK is designed as a wrapper library that lies on top of Xlib. It
-performs many common and desired operations for a programmer instead
-of the programmer having to explicitly ask for such functionality from
-Xlib directly. For example, GDK provides a common interface to both
-regular and shared memory XImage types. By doing so, an application
-can nearly transparently use the fastest image type available. GDK
-also provides routines for determining the best available color depth
-and the best available visual which is not always the default visual
-for a screen.
-
-@node Initialization, Events, Overview, Top
-@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@chapter Initialization and exit
-@cindex Initialization
-@cindex Exit
-
-Initializing GDK is easy. Simply call @code{gdk_init} passing in the
-@var{argc} and @var{argv} parameters. Exit is similarly easy. Just
-call @code{gdk_exit}.
-
-@deftypefun void gdk_init (int *@var{argc}, char ***@var{argv})
-Initializes the GDK library. The arguments @var{argc} and @var{argv}
-are scanned and any arguments that GDK recognizes are handled and
-removed. The @var{argc} and @var{argv} parameters are the values
-passed to @code{main} upon program invocation.
-@end deftypefun
-
-@deftypefun void gdk_exit (int @var{errorcode})
-Exit GDK and perform any necessary cleanup. @code{gdk_exit} will call
-the systems @code{exit} function passing @var{errorcode} as the
-parameter.
-@end deftypefun
-
-@example
-int
-main (int argc, char *argv[])
-@{
-  /* Initialize GDK. */
-  gdk_init (&argc, &argv);
-
-  /* Exit from GDK...this call will never return. */
-  gdk_exit (0);
-
-  /* Keep compiler from issuing a warning */
-  return 0;
-@}
-@end example
-
-
-@node Events, Visuals, Initialization, Top
-@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@chapter Event handling
-@cindex Events
-
-Events are the means by which GDK lets the programmer know of user
-interaction. An event is normally a button or key press or some other
-indirect user action, such as a the mouse cursor entering or leaving a
-window.
-
-There exist only a few functions for getting events and event
-information. These are @code{gdk_events_pending},
-@code{gdk_event_get}, @code{gdk_events_record} and
-@code{gdk_events_playback}. The latter two functions are useful for
-automatic testing of a software package and should normally not be
-needed in a program.
-
-@deftypefun gint gdk_events_pending (void)
-Returns the number of events pending on the event queue.
-@end deftypefun
-
-@deftypefun gint gdk_event_get (GdkEvent *@var{event})
-Return the next available event in the @var{event}
-structure. @code{gdk_event_get} will return @code{TRUE} on success and
-@code{FALSE} on failure. Success and failure is determined by whether
-an event arrived before the timeout period expired.
-@end deftypefun
-
-@deftypefun void gdk_events_record (char *@var{filename})
-Turn on recording of events. User events and certain system events will
-be saved in the file named by the variable @var{filename}. This stream
-of events can later be played back and ``should'' produce the same
-results as when the original events were handled. However, the
-programmer does need to be careful in that the state of the program must
-be the same when @code{gdk_events_record} is called and when
-@code{gdk_events_playback} is called. For this reason,
-@code{gdk_events_record} is normally not called directly, but is instead
-invoked indirectly by specifying the ``-record'' command line option.
-@end deftypefun
-
-@deftypefun void gdk_events_playback (char *@var{filename})
-Start playback of events from a file. (See the above description of
-@code{gdk_events_record}). Normally this function is not called directly
-but is invoked by the ``-playback'' command line option.
-@end deftypefun
-
-@deftypefun void gdk_events_stop (void)
-Stop recording and playback of events.
-@end deftypefun
-
-@example
-void
-handle_event ()
-@{
-  GdkEvent event;
-
-  if (gdk_event_get (&event))
-    @{
-      switch (event.type)
-       @{
-         @dots{}
-       @}
-    @}
-@}
-@end example
-
-
-@node Visuals, Windows, Events, Top
-@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@chapter Understanding and using visuals
-@cindex Visuals
-
-@node Windows, Graphics Contexts, Visuals, Top
-@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@chapter Creating and using windows
-@cindex Windows
-
-@node Graphics Contexts, Pixmaps, Windows, Top
-@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@chapter Creating and modifying GCs
-@cindex Graphics Contexts
-@cindex GC
-
-@node Pixmaps, Images, Graphics Contexts, Top
-@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@chapter Creating pixmaps
-@cindex Pixmaps
-
-@node Images, Color, Pixmaps, Top
-@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@chapter Creating images
-@cindex Images
-
-@node Color, Fonts, Images, Top
-@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@chapter Specifying color
-@cindex Color
-
-@node Fonts, Drawing, Color, Top
-@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@chapter Creating Fonts
-@cindex Fonts
-
-@node Drawing, XInput Support, Fonts, Top
-@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@chapter Drawing Commands
-@cindex Drawing
-
-@node XInput Support, Miscellany, Drawing, Top
-@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@chapter Using extended devices
-@cindex Overview
-@cindex Using extended device capabilities
-@cindex Controlling extended devices
-
-@node Miscellany, Examples, XInput Support, Top
-@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@chapter Other stuff
-@cindex Timers
-@cindex Debugging
-@cindex Miscellaneous
-
-
-@node Examples, Function Index, Miscellany, Top
-@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@chapter Using GDK
-@cindex Examples
-
-
-@node Function Index, Concept Index, Examples, Top
-@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@unnumbered Variable Index
-
-@printindex fn
-
-@node Concept Index, , Function Index, Top
-@comment node-name, next, previous, up
-@unnumbered Concept Index
-
-@printindex cp
-
-@summarycontents
-@contents
-@bye
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-

docs/generation.txt

@@ -1,177 +0,0 @@
-Overview:
-========
-
-This file describes the way that autogeneration
-works within the GTK+ source code.
-
-The following files in the gdk/ subdirectory
-are autogenerated:
-
-  gdkkeysyms.h
-  gdkcursors.h 
-
-The following files in the gtk/ subdirectory 
-are autogenerated:
-
- gtk.defs
-   Description of GTK+ types (and some functions) in a lisp-style
-   format.
- gtktypebuiltins.h
-   Header file including declarations for internal types  
- gtktypebuiltins_vars.c
-   Variables for type values for internal types.
- gtktypebuiltins_ids.c
-   Arrays holding information about each internal type.
- gtktypebuiltins_evals.c
-   Arrays holding mapping between enumeration values
-   and strings.
-
- gtkmarshal.c
- gtkmarshal.h
-   Autogenerated signal marshallers
-
-GDK
-===
-
-gdkkeysyms.h and gdkcursors.h are generated from
-the corresponding header files
-
-  X11/cursorfont.h
-  X11/keysymdef.h
-
-by some simple sed scripts. These are not actually
-run automatically because we want all the keysyms
-even on systems with a limited set.
-So the Gdk rule to generate both files (X-derived-headers)
-only needs to be rerun for every new release of the X Window
-System.
-
-GTK+ - type definitions
-=======================
-
-The type definitions are generated from several sources:
-
- gtk-boxed.defs - definitions for boxed types
- GTK+ header files
- GDK header files
-
-The makeenums.pl script does a heuristic parse of 
-the header files and extracts all enumerations declarations.
-It also recognizes a number of pseudo-comments in the
-header files:
-
-Two of these apply to individual enumeration values:
-
-  /*< skip >*/
-
- This enumeration value should be skipped.
-  
-  /*< nick=NICK >*/
-
- The nickname for this value should NICK instead of the
- normally guessed value. For instance:
-
-  typedef enum {
-    GTK_TARGET_SAME_APP = 1 << 0,    /*< nick=same-app >*/
-    GTK_TARGET_SAME_WIDGET = 1 << 1  /*< nick=same-widget >*/
-  } GtkTargetFlags;
-
- makes the nicks "same-app" and "same-widget", instead of
- "app" and "widget" that would normally be used.
-
-The other two apply to entire enumeration declarations.
- 
-  /*< prefix=PREFIX >*/
-
-  Specifies the prefix to be removed from the enumeration
-  values to generate nicknames.
-
-  /*< flags >*/
-
- Specifies that this enumeration is used as a bitfield.
- (makenums.pl normally guesses this from the presence of values
-  with << operators). For instance:
-
-  typedef enum                    /*< flags >*/
-  {
-    GDK_IM_PREEDIT_AREA      = 0x0001, 
-    GDK_IM_PREEDIT_CALLBACKS = 0x0002, 
-    [ ... ]
- } GdkIMStyle;
-
-makeenums.pl can be run into two modes:
-
- 1) Generate the gtktypebuiltins_eval.c file (this
-    contains arrays holding the mapping of 
-    string <=> enumeration value)
-
- 2) Generate the enumeration portion of gtk.defs.
-
-The enumearation portion is added to the boxed type 
-declarations in gtk-boxed.defs to create gtk.defs.
-
-The makeetypes.awk program takes the gtk.defs file, and
-from that generates various files depending on the
-third parameter passed to it:
-
- macros: gtktypebuiltins.h
- variables: gtktypebuiltins_vars.c
- entries: gtktypebuiltins_ids.c
-
-GTK+ - marshallers
-==================
-
-The files gtkmarshal.c and gtkmarshal.h include declarations
-and definitions for the marshallers needed inside of
-GTK+. The marshallers to be generated are listed in
-the file gtkmashal.list, which is processed
-by genmarshal.pl.
-
-The format of this file is a list of lines:
-
-  <retval-type>:<arg1-type>,<arg2-type>,<arg3-type>
- 
-e.g.:
-
-  BOOL:POINTER,STRING,STRING,POINTER
-
-A marshaller is generated for each line in the file.
-The possible types are:
-
- NONE
- BOOL
- CHAR
- INT
- UINT
- LONG
- ULONG
- FLOAT
- DOUBLE
- STRING
- ENUM
- FLAGS
- BOXED
- POINTER
- OBJECT
- FOREIGN    (gpointer data, GtkDestroyNotify notify)
- C_CALLBACK (GtkFunction func, gpointer func_data)
- SIGNAL     (GtkSignalFunc f, gpointer data)
- ARGS       (gint n_args, GtkArg *args)
- CALLBACK   (GtkCallBackMarshal marshall,
-             gpointer data,
-	     GtkDestroyNotify Notify)
-
-Some of these types map to multiple return values - these
-are marked above with the return types in parantheses.
-
-NOTES
-=====
-
-When autogenerating GTK+ files, the autogenerated
-files are often rebuild resulting in the same result.
-
-To prevent unecessary rebuilds of the entire directory, some files
-that multiple other source files depend on are not actually written
-to directly.  Instead, an intermediate file is written, which
-is then compared to the old file, and only if it is different
-is it copied into the final location.

docs/gtk-config.1.in

@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-.TH GTK+ 1 "25 October 1998" Version @VERSION@
-.SH NAME
-gtk-config - script to get information about the installed version of GTK+
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.B gtk-config
-[\-\-prefix\fI[=DIR]\fP] [\-\-exec\-prefix\fI[=DIR]\fP] [\-\-version] [\-\-libs] [\-\-cflags]
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.PP
-\fIgtk-config\fP is a tool that is used to configure to determine
-the compiler and linker flags that should be used to compile
-and link programs that use \fIGTK+\fP. It is also used internally
-to the .m4 macros for GNU autoconf that are included with \fIGTK+\fP.
-.
-.SH OPTIONS
-.l
-\fIgtk-config\fP accepts the following options:
-.TP 8
-.B  \-\-version
-Print the currently installed version of \fIGTK+\fP on the standard output.
-.TP 8
-.B  \-\-libs
-Print the linker flags that are necessary to link a \fIGTK+\fP program.
-.TP 8
-.B  \-\-cflags
-Print the compiler flags that are necessary to compile a \fIGTK+\fP program.
-.TP 8
-.B  \-\-prefix=PREFIX
-If specified, use PREFIX instead of the installation prefix that \fIGTK+\fP
-was built with when computing the output for the \-\-cflags and
-\-\-libs options. This option is also used for the exec prefix
-if \-\-exec\-prefix was not specified. This option must be specified
-before any \-\-libs or \-\-cflags options.
-.TP 8
-.B  \-\-exec\-prefix=PREFIX
-If specified, use PREFIX instead of the installation exec prefix that
-\fIGTK+\fP was built with when computing the output for the \-\-cflags
-and \-\-libs options.  This option must be specified before any
-\-\-libs or \-\-cflags options.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-.BR gimp (1),
-.BR gimptool (1)
-.SH COPYRIGHT
-Copyright \(co  1998 Owen Taylor
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
-provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
-supporting documentation.

docs/gtk-config.txt

@@ -1,236 +0,0 @@
-CONFIGURING PACKAGES TO WORK WITH GTK
--------------------------------------
-
-Compiling a program succesfully against the GTK, GDK, and GLIB
-libraries can require a large number of command line options
-to your compiler and linker that are hard to guess correctly.
-The additional libraries required may, for example, depend on the
-manner which GTK was configured
-
-Several tools are included in this package to make process
-easier.
-
-First, there is the shell script 'gtk-config' (installed in
-$exec_prefix/bin):
-
-Invoking gtk-config
--------------------
-
-gtk-config takes the following flags:
-
-  --version
-     Prints out the version of GTK installed
-
-  --cflags
-     Prints '-I' flags pointing to the installed header files.
-
-  --libs
-     Prints out the linker flags necessary to link a program against GTK
-   
-  --prefix[=PREFIX]
-     If PREFIX is specified, overrides the configured value of $prefix.
-     (And of exec-prefix, unless --exec-prefix is also specified)
-     Otherwise, prints out the configured value of $prefix
-
-  --exec-prefix[=PREFIX]
-     If PREFIX is specified, overrides the configured value of $exec_prefix.
-     Otherwise, prints out the configured value of $exec_prefix
- 
-You may also add to the command line a list of additional
-libraries that gtk-config should supply the CFLAGS and LIBS
-for. The only currently supported library is 'gthread'.
-
-As an example of this latter usage, you can get the
-appropriate cflags for a threaded program with:
-
- gtk-config --cflags gthread
-
-
-Example of using gtk-config
----------------------------
-
-Typically, gtk-config will be used within a configure script,
-as described below. It, however, can also be used directly
-from the command line to compile a simple program. For example:
-
-  cc -o simple `gtk-config --cflags` simple.c `gtk-config --libs`
-
-This command line might expand to (for example):
-
-  cc -o simple -I/usr/local/lib/glib/include -I/usr/local/include \
-    -I/usr/X11R6/include simple.c -L/usr/local/lib -L/usr/X11R6/lib \
-    -lgtk -lgdk -lglib -lXi -lXext -lX11 -lm
-
-Not only is the form using gtk-config easier to type, it will
-work on any system, no matter how GTK was configured.
-
-
-AM_PATH_GTK
------------
-
-For packages configured using GNU automake, GTK also provides
-a macro to automate the process of running GTK.
-
- AM_PATH_GTK([MINIMUM-VERSION, [ACTION-IF-FOUND [, ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]]])
-
-This macro:
-
- * Determines the location of GTK using gtk-config, which is either
-   found in the user's path, or from the environment variable
-   GTK_CONFIG
-
- * Tests the installed libraries to make sure that there version
-   is later than MINIMUM-VERSION. (A default version will be used
-   if not specified)
-
- * If the required version was found, sets the GTK_CFLAGS variable to
-   the output of `gtk-config --cflags` and the GTK_LIBS variable to
-   the output of `gtk-config --libs`, and calls AC_SUBST() for these
-   variables so they can be used in generated makefiles, and then
-   executes ACTION-IF-FOUND.
-
- * If the required version was not found, sets GTK_CFLAGS and GTK_LIBS
-   to empty strings, and executes ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND.
-
-This macro is in file 'gtk.m4' which is installed in $datadir/aclocal.
-Note that if automake was installed with a different --prefix than
-GTK, you will either have to manually move gtk.m4 to automake's
-$datadir/aclocal, or give aclocal the -I option when running it.
-
-
-Configuring a package that uses AM_PATH_GTK
--------------------------------------------
-
-Simply make sure that gtk-config is in your path, and run
-the configure script.
-
-Notes:
-
-* The directory where the GTK libraries are installed needs
-  to be found by your system's dynamic linker.
-  
-  This is generally done by
-
-    editing /etc/ld.so.conf and running ldconfig
-
-  Or by:
-   
-    setting the environment variable LD_LIBRARY_PATH, 
-
-  or, as a last resort, 
- 
-    Giving a -R or -rpath flag (depending on your linker) when
-    running configure, for instance:
-
-      LDFLAGS=-R/usr/home/owen/lib ./configure
-
-* You can also specify a gtk-config not in your path by
-  setting the GTK_CONFIG environment variable to the
-  name of the executable
-
-* If you move the GTK package from its installed location,
-  you will need either need to modify gtk-config script
-  manually to point to the new location or rebuild GTK.
-
-Advanced note:
-
-* configure flags
-  
-  --with-gtk-prefix=PREFIX
-  --with-gtk-exec-prefix=PREFIX 
-
-  are provided to override the prefix and exec-prefix that were stored
-  in the gtk-config shell script by GTK's configure. You are generally
-  better off configuring GTK with the right path to begin with.
-
-Example of a package using AM_PATH_GTK
---------------------------------------
-
-The following shows how to build a simple package using automake
-and the AM_PATH_GTK macro. The program used here is the testinput.c
-
-You should first read the introductory portions of the automake
-Manual, if you are not already familiar with it.
-
-Two files are needed, 'configure.in', which is used to build the
-configure script:
-
-==configure.in===
-dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
-AC_INIT(testinput.c)
-
-AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(testinput.c, 1.0.0)
-
-AC_PROG_CC
-AM_PROG_CC_STDC
-AC_PROG_INSTALL
-
-AM_PATH_GTK(0.99.5,
-          [LIBS="$LIBS $GTK_LIBS"
-           CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $GTK_CFLAGS"],
- 	  AC_MSG_ERROR(Cannot find GTK: Is gtk-config in path?))
-
-AC_OUTPUT(Makefile)
-=================
-
-The only command in this which is not standard for automake
-is the AM_PATH_GTK() macro.
-
-That command does the following:
-
- If a GTK version greater than 0.99.5 is found, adds $GTK_LIBS to 
- $LIBS and $GTK_CFLAGS to $CFLAGS. Otherwise, dies with the error
- message "Cannot find GTK: Is gtk-config in path?"
-
-And the 'Makefile.am', which will be used to build the Makefile.
-
-== Makefile.am ==
-bin_PROGRAMS = testinput
-testinput_SOURCES = testinput.c
-=================
-
-This Makefile.am, says that we are building a single executable,
-from a single sourcefile 'testinput.c'. Since every program
-we are building uses GTK we simply added the GTK options
-to $LIBS and $CFLAGS, but in other circumstances, we might
-want to specify them on a per-program basis: for instance by
-adding the lines:
-
-  testinput_LDADD = $(GTK_LIBS)
-  INCLUDES = $(GTK_CFLAGS)
-
-to the Makefile.am.
-
-To try this example out, create a new directory, add the two
-files above two it, and copy the testinput.c file from 
-the gtk/ subdirectory to the new directory. Edit the line:
-
-  #include "gtk.h"
-
-in testgtk.c, to read:
-
-  #include <gtk/gtk.h>
-
-
-Now execute the following commands:
-
-  automake --add-missing
-  aclocal
-  autoconf
-  
-You now have a package that can be built in the normal fashion
-
-  ./configure
-  make
-  make install
-
-
-Notes:
-
-* If you are converting a package that used a pre-1.0 version of
-  GTK, you should remove the autoconf tests for X. The results
-  of these tests are included in gtk-config and will be added
-  to GTK_LIBS and GTK_CFLAGS by the AM_PATH_GTK macro.
-
-                                        Owen Taylor
-                                        14 Mar 1997

docs/gtkdocs_fix

@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/perl
-
-# Stupid script to fix look of html files created with sgml2html...
-
-foreach (@ARGV) {
-    print "Fixing... $_\n";
-    system("mv $_ $_.orig");
-    system("sed -e 's/<BODY>/<BODY BGCOLOR=\"#FFFFFF\">/g' -e 's/<HR>/<HR NOSHADE>/g' $_.orig > $_");
-    unlink("$_.orig");
-}
-

docs/macros.texi

@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-@macro gtkstdmacros {p, q}
-
-@deftypefun Gtk\p\* GTK_\q\ (gpointer @var{obj})
-Cast a generic pointer to @code{Gtk\p\*}. @xref{Standard Macros}, for
-more info.
-@end deftypefun
-
-@deftypefun Gtk\p\Class* GTK_\q\_CLASS (gpointer @var{class})
-Cast a generic pointer to @code{Gtk\p\Class*}. @xref{Standard Macros},
-for more info.
-@end deftypefun
-
-@deftypefun gint GTK_IS_\q\ (gpointer @var{obj})
-Determine if a generic pointer refers to a @code{Gtk\p\}
-object. @xref{Standard Macros}, for more info.
-@end deftypefun
-
-@end macro

docs/make-todo

@@ -1,350 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/python
-
-import xmllib;
-import sys;
-import string
-import re
-
-def html_subst(s):
-    if s.group(1) != None:
-        return s.group(0)
-    elif s.group(2) != None:
-        return '<a href="' + s.group(0) + '">' + s.group(0) + '</a>'
-    elif s.group(3) != None:
-        return '<a href="mailto:' + s.group(0) + '">' + s.group(0) + '</a>'
-        
-def htmlify(str): 
-    return re.sub ("(<[^>]*>)|(http://[~.:/\w-]+)|([\w._!-]+@[\w_-]+).[\w_-]+", html_subst, str)
-
-def bug_subst(s):
-    if s.group(1) != None:
-        return s.group(0)
-    else:
-        n = s.group(2)
-        return '<a href="http://bugs.gnome.org/db/%s/%s.html">#%s</a>' % (n[0:2], n, n)
-
-def bugify(str):
-    str =  re.sub ("(<[^>]*>)|#(\d+)", bug_subst, str)
-    return htmlify(str)
-
-def make_id(str):
-    return re.sub ("[^a-z]","-", string.lower(str))
-
-class ParseError (Exception):
-    pass
-
-class Entry:
-    def __init__(self):
-        self.description = None
-        self.title = None
-        self.url = None
-        self.contact = None
-        self.bugs = None
-
-    def set_size(self, size):
-        size = string.lower(size)
-        if size == "small":
-            self.size = "Small"
-        elif size == "medium":
-            self.size = "Medium"
-        elif size == "big":
-            self.size = "Big"
-        else:
-            raise ParseError, 'size must be "small", "medium", or "big"'
-
-    def output(self):
-        if self.size == "Big":
-            bgcolor = "#88bb88"
-        elif self.size == "Medium":
-            bgcolor = "#b4d4b4"
-        else:
-            bgcolor = "#d0e0d0"
-        
-        print '''<table cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2" width="97%%" border="0" bgcolor="#000000">
-        <tbody><tr><td colspan=2>
-        <table cellspacing="0" cellpadding="5" width="100%%" border="0" bgcolor="#ffffff">
-        <tbody>
-   	  <tr bgcolor="%s">
-	     <td align="left"><font size="+1">%s</font></font></td>
-	     <td align="left" width="20%%"><b>Size</b>: %s</td>
-	     <td align="center" width="20%%"><b>Status</b>: %s</td>
-	     <td align="right" width="20%%"><b>Target Version</b>: %s</td>
-	  </tr>
-	  <tr>
-  	     <td colspan=4>
-             %s
-             <table cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
-               <tbody>''' % (bgcolor, self.title, self.size, self.status, self.target, htmlify(self.description))
-
-        if self.url != None:
-            print '''<tr><td width="0"><b>More Info</b>:</td>
-		     <td>%s</td>
-                     </tr>''' % htmlify (self.url)
-
-        if self.bugs != None:
-            print '''<tr><td width="0"><b>Bug Reports</b>:</td>
-		     <td>%s</td>
-                     </tr>''' % bugify (self.bugs)
-
-        if self.contact != None:
-            print '''<tr><td width="0"><b>Contact</b>:</td>
-		     <td>%s</td>
-                     </tr>''' % htmlify (self.contact)
-
-        print '''</tbody>
-             </table>
-	     </td>
-	 </tr>
-	</tbody></table>
-        </td></tr></tbody></table>
-'''
-
-class Section:
-    def __init__(self):
-        self.title = None
-        self.entries = []
-
-    def output(self):
-
-        print '<h2><a name="%s">%s</a></h2>' % (make_id(self.title), self.title)
-        
-        first = 1
-        for entry in self.entries:
-            if not first:
-                print "<br>"
-            first = 0
-            entry.output()
-
-class TodoParser (xmllib.XMLParser):
-    def __init__(self):
-        xmllib.XMLParser.__init__(self)
-        
-        self.in_todo = 0
-        self.in_data = 0
-        self.data = ""
-        self.section = None
-        self.entry = None
-        self.logourl = None
-        self.title = None
-        self.sections = []
-
-        self.entitydefs = {}
-
-    def start_todo(self,attributes):
-        if self.in_todo:
-            raise ParseError, "<todo> tags may not be nested"
-        if attributes.has_key ("logourl"):
-            self.logourl = attributes["logourl"]
-        self.in_todo = 1
-
-    def end_todo(self):
-        self.in_todo = 0
-
-    def start_section(self,attributes):
-        if self.section:
-            raise ParseError, "<section> tags may not be nested"
-        
-        self.section = Section()
-
-    def end_section(self):
-        if self.section.title == None:
-            raise ParseError, "<section> requires <title>"
-            
-        self.sections.append(self.section)
-        self.section = None
-
-    def start_title(self,attributes):
-        if not self.in_todo:
-            raise ParseError, "<title> tag must be in <todo>, <section> or <entry>"
-        if self.in_data:
-            raise ParseError, "Unexpected <title> tag in content"
-        self.in_data = 1
-    
-    def end_title(self):
-        self.in_data = 0
-        if self.entry:
-            self.entry.title = self.data
-        elif self.section:
-            self.section.title = self.data
-        else:
-            self.title = self.data
-        self.data = ""
-            
-    def start_description(self,attributes):
-        if not self.entry:
-            raise ParseError, "<description> tag must be in <entry>"
-        if self.in_data:
-            raise ParseError, "Unexpected <description> tag in content"
-        self.in_data = 1
-    
-    def end_description(self):
-        self.in_data = 0
-        self.entry.description = self.data
-        self.data = ""
-            
-    def start_url(self,attributes):
-        if not self.entry:
-            raise ParseError, "<url> tag must be in <entry>"
-        if self.in_data:
-            raise ParseError, "Unexpected <url> tag in content"
-        self.in_data = 1
-    
-    def end_url(self):
-        self.in_data = 0
-        self.entry.url = self.data
-        self.data = ""
-            
-    def start_contact(self,attributes):
-        if not self.entry:
-            raise ParseError, "<contact> tag must be in <contact>"
-        if self.in_data:
-            raise ParseError, "Unexpected <contact> tag in content"
-        self.in_data = 1
-    
-    def end_contact(self):
-        self.in_data = 0
-        self.entry.contact = self.data
-        self.data = ""
-            
-    def start_bugs(self,attributes):
-        if not self.entry:
-            raise ParseError, "<bugs> tag must be in <bugs>"
-        if self.in_data:
-            raise ParseError, "Unexpected <bugs> tag in content"
-        self.in_data = 1
-    
-    def end_bugs(self):
-        self.in_data = 0
-        self.entry.bugs = self.data
-        self.data = ""
-            
-    def start_entry(self,attributes):
-        if not self.section:
-            raise ParseError, "<entry> tag must be in <section>"
-        if self.entry:
-            raise ParseError, "<entry> tags may not be nested"
-
-        self.entry = Entry()
-
-        if not attributes.has_key("size"):
-            raise ParseError, '"size" attribute required for entry'
-        self.entry.set_size(attributes["size"])
-
-        if not attributes.has_key("status"):
-            raise ParseError, '"status" attribute (completion percentage) required for entry'
-        self.entry.status=attributes["status"]
-
-        if not attributes.has_key("target"):
-            raise ParseError, '"target" attribute (target version) required for entry'
-        self.entry.target=attributes["target"]
-
-    def end_entry(self):
-        if self.entry.title == None:
-            raise ParseError, "<entry> requires <title>"
-            
-        if self.entry.description == None:
-            raise ParseError, "<entry> requires <description>"
-            
-        self.section.entries.append(self.entry)
-        self.entry = None
-
-    def handle_data(self,data):
-        if self.in_data:
-            self.data = self.data + data
-        
-    def unknown_starttag(self,tag,attributes):
-        if not self.in_data:
-            raise ParseError, "Unexpected start tag: " + tag
-        else:
-            self.data = self.data + "<" + tag
-            for (key,val) in attributes.items():
-                self.data = self.data + ' %s="%s"' % (key,val)
-            self.data = self.data + ">"
-
-    def unknown_endtag(self,tag):
-        if not self.in_data:
-            raise ParseError, "Unexpected end tag: " + tag
-        else:
-            self.data = self.data + "</%s>" % tag
-
-    def syntax_error(self, err):
-        if re.match("reference to unknown entity", err):
-            pass
-        else:
-            xmllib.XMLParser.syntax_error (self, err)
-            
-    def unknown_entityref(self,ref):
-        if not self.in_data:
-            raise ParseError, "Unknown entity &" + ref + ";"
-        else:
-            self.data = self.data + "&" + ref + ";"
-
-file = open(sys.argv[1])
-parser = TodoParser()
-
-lineno = 1
-while 1:
-    line = file.readline()
-    if line == "":
-        break
-
-    try:
-        parser.feed(line)
-    except ParseError, err:
-        sys.stderr.write("Parse error at line " + `lineno` + ": " + err.__str__() + "\n")
-        sys.exit(1)
-    except RuntimeError, err:
-        sys.stderr.write(err.__str__() + "\n")
-        sys.exit(1)
-
-    lineno = lineno + 1
-
-parser.close()
-if parser.title == None:
-    sys.stderr.write ("<todo> Document must have a <title>\n")
-    sys.exit (1)
-
-print '''<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN">
-<html>
-<head>
-<title>%s</title>
-</head>
-<body bgcolor="#ffffff">
-<table width="100%%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" border="0">
-  <tbody>
-    <tr valign="top">
-      <td>
-        <h1>%s</h1>''' % (parser.title, parser.title)
-
-
-for section in parser.sections:
-    ntasks = len(section.entries)
-    id = make_id (section.title)
-    if ntasks == 1:
-        print '<a href="#%s">%s</a> (1 item)<br>' % (id,section.title)
-    else:
-        print '<a href="#%s">%s</a> (%d items)<br>' % (id,section.title,ntasks)
-
-print '''
-      </td>'''
-if parser.logourl != None:
-    print '''      <td align="right">
-       <img src="%s" alt="Logo"></img>
-      </td>''' % parser.logourl
-print '''
-    </tr>
-  </tbody>
-</table>
-''' 
-
-first = 1
-for section in parser.sections:
-    if not first:
-        print "<br><br>"
-    first = 0
-    section.output()
-
-print '''</body>
-</html>'''
-    
-

docs/man/gtk_button.pod

@@ -1,242 +0,0 @@
-
-=head1 NAME
-
-gtk_button - GTK+ push button widget
-
-=head1 SYNOPSIS
-
- #include <gtk/gtkbutton.h>
-
- GtkType        gtk_button_get_type       (void);
- GtkWidget*     gtk_button_new            (void);
- GtkWidget*     gtk_button_new_with_label (const gchar *label);
- void           gtk_button_pressed        (GtkButton *button);
- void           gtk_button_released       (GtkButton *button);
- void           gtk_button_clicked        (GtkButton *button);
- void           gtk_button_enter          (GtkButton *button);
- void           gtk_button_leave          (GtkButton *button);
- void           gtk_button_set_relief     (GtkButton *button,
-                                           GtkReliefStyle style);
- GtkReliefStyle gtk_button_get_relief     (GtkButton *button);
-
-=head1 DESCRIPTION
-
-This widget is a standard push button widget.  Push button widgets
-are generally used for allowing the user to click on them to initiate
-a command.
-
-This widget is a container widget which contains one child.
-
-=head1 OBJECT HIERARCHY
-
- gtk_object
- gtk_widget
- gtk_container 
- gtk_button
-
-=head1 SIGNAL PROTOTYPES
-
- "clicked"	void user_function (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data);
- "pressed"	void user_function (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data);
- "released"	void user_function (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data);
- "enter" 	void user_function (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data);
- "leave" 	void user_function (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data);
-
-=head1 USAGE
-
-=head2 Creation
-
-The most common way to create a button is with a label in it, which
-contains text for the user to read.  The child of the button will then 
-be a L<gtk_label(3)> widget with the text you passwd in.  You can 
-do this in one command:
-
-	GtkWidget *button;
-	button = gtk_button_new_with_label ("This is a button");
-
-To create a gtk_button widget which does not already have a child, 
-use gtk_button_new():
-
-	GtkWidget *button;
-	button = gtk_button_new ();
-
-After you have created a button you can then add a widget to the
-button (such as a label or pixmap) using gtk_container_add().  See
-L<gtk_container(3)> for more information on adding widgets to
-containers.
-
-=head2 Creating a pixmap in a button in a window
-
-After we have an empty gtk_button, such as above, and we have a gtk_pixmap,
-we can simply add the gtk_pixmap to the gtk_button with gtk_container_add().
-
-The following code will open the file "gimp.xpm" and place it in a
-button.
-
-	#include <gtk/gtk.h>
-
-	int main (int argc, char *argv[])
-	{
-	    GtkWidget *window;
-	    GtkWidget *button;
-	    GtkWidget *pixmap;
-	    GtkStyle *style;
-	    GdkPixmap *gdkpixmap;
-	    GdkBitmap *mask;
-	    char *filename = "gimp.xpm";
-
-	    gtk_init (&argc, &argv);
-
-	    window = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
-
-	    button = gtk_button_new ();
-	    gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (window), button);
-
-	    /* The button is realized now, which creates button->window
-	       used below to create the pixmap. */
-	    gtk_widget_realize (button);
-
-	    style = gtk_widget_get_style (button);
-	    gdkpixmap = gdk_pixmap_create_from_xpm (button->window, &mask,
-	                                   &style->bg[GTK_STATE_NORMAL],
-					   filename);
-	    pixmap = gtk_pixmap_new (gdkpixmap, mask);
-
-	    gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (button), pixmap);
-
-	    gtk_widget_show (pixmap);
-	    gtk_widget_show (button);
-	    gtk_widget_show (window);
-
-	    gtk_main ();
-	    return 0;
-	}
-
-=head2 Different reliefs
-
-Reliefs affect how the shadowing of the button is drawn.  The different
-types of relief styles are: 
-
-	GTK_RELIEF_NORMAL
-	GTK_RELIEF_HALF
-	GTK_RELIEF_NONE
-
-When set to a normal relief, the widget looks and acts like a normal
-button.  When half or none relief is used, shadowing is only drawn when the 
-mouse cursor is over the widget.
-
-To set the relief, use gtk_button_set_relief(), like:
-
-	gtk_button_set_relief (button, GTK_RELIEF_HALF);
-
-To get the current relief of a button, use gtk_button_get_relief():
-
-	GtkReliefStyle relief;
-	relief = gtk_button_get_relief (GTK_BUTTON (button));
-
-=head2 Executing a command when the button is pressed
-
-To execute a function when a button is pressed, use
-gtk_signal_connect() to connect to the "clicked" signal.
-
-	gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (button), "clicked",
-	                    GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (user_function),
-			    NULL);
-
-user_function is a user defined function, like the following:
-
-	void user_function (GtkWidget *button, gpointer data)
-	{
-	    printf("clicked\n");
-	}
-
-=head1 FUNCTIONS
-
-GtkType gtk_button_get_type (void);
-
-	This function returns the GtkType which is assigned to the
-	object class for gtk_button.
-
-GtkWidget* gtk_button_new (void);
-
-	This functions returns a new button widget which can then be
-	used as a container for another widget.
-
-GtkWidget* gtk_button_new_with_label (const gchar *label);
-
-	This function returns a new button widget with a label widget
-	as a child.   The label widget will have the text passed into
-	the commant.
-
-void gtk_button_pressed (GtkButton *button);
-
-	This function sends a "pressed" signal to the button.
-
-void gtk_button_released (GtkButton *button);
-
-	This function sends a "released" signal to the button.
-
-void gtk_button_clicked (GtkButton *button);
-
-	This function sends a "clicked" signal to the button.
-
-void gtk_button_enter (GtkButton *button);
-
-	This function sends a "enter" signal to the button.
-
-void gtk_button_leave (GtkButton *button);
-
-	This function sends a "leave" signal to the button.
-
-void gtk_button_set_relief (GtkButton *button, GtkReliefStyle style);
-
-	This function is sets the GtkReliefStyle of the button.  The
-	relief style is one of: GTK_RELIEF_NORMAL, GTK_RELIEF_HALF,
-	or GTK_RELIEF_NONE.  The relief determines when the shadow of
-	the button is drawn.
-
-GtkReliefStyle gtk_button_get_relief (GtkButton *button);
-
-	This function returns the current relief of the button.
-
-=head1 SIGNALS
-
-"clicked"
-
-	void user_function (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data);
-
-	Gets emitted when the button is clicked. A click is 
-	a press and release of the button when the cursor is
-	inside the button on release.  
-
-"pressed"
-
-	void user_function (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data);
-
-	Gets emitted when the left mouse button is pressed.
-
-"released"
-
-	void user_function (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data);
-
-	Gets emitted when the left mouse button is released and
-	the widget was previously pressed.
-
-"enter"
-
-	void user_function (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data);
-
-	Emitted when the mouse cursor enters the button.
-
-"leave"
-
-	void user_function (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data);
-
-	Emitted when the mouse cursor leaves the button.
-
-=head1 AUTHORS
-
-The author of this man page is Shawn T. Amundson E<lt>amundson@gtk.orgE<gt>.
-For the authors of GTK+, see the AUTHORS file in the GTK+ distribution.
-
-

docs/package_tutorial.sh

@@ -1,99 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-# package_tutorial.sh - Package up the tutorial into various formats
-# Copyright (C) Tony Gale 1999
-# Contact: gale@gtk.org
-#
-# NOTE: This script requires the following to be installed:
-#            o SGML Tools
-#            o Latex
-#            o DVI tools
-
-TARGET=`pwd`/gtk_tut.sgml
-GIFS="`pwd`/*.gif"
-EXAMPLES=`pwd`/../examples
-
-PATH=`pwd`:$PATH
-
-DATE=`date '+%y%m%d'`
-
-# Check top level directory
-if [ ! -d gtk_tutorial ]; then
-  if [ -e gtk_tutorial ]; then
-    echo "ERROR: gtk_tutorial is not a directory"
-    exit
-  fi
-  mkdir gtk_tutorial.$DATE
-fi 
-
-cd gtk_tutorial.$DATE
-
-# SGML Format
-echo -n "Copy SGML and GIF's.... "
-if [ ! -d sgml ]; then
-  if [ -e sgml ]; then
-    echo "ERROR: html is not a directory"
-    exit
-  fi
-  mkdir sgml
-fi
-
-(cd sgml ; cp $TARGET . ; cp $GIFS .)
-echo "done"
-
-# HTML Format
-echo -n "Formatting into HTML.... " 
-if [ ! -d html ]; then
-  if [ -e html ]; then
-    echo "ERROR: html is not a directory"
-    exit
-  fi
-  mkdir html
-fi
-
-(cd html ; sgml2html $TARGET ; cp $GIFS .)
-echo "done"
-
-# Text Format
-echo -n "Formatting into Text.... "
-if [ ! -d txt ]; then
-  if [ -e txt ]; then
-    echo "ERROR: txt is not a directory"
-    exit
-  fi
-  mkdir txt
-fi
-
-(cd txt ; sgml2txt -f $TARGET 2>&1 > /dev/null )
-echo "done"
-
-# PS and DVI Format
-echo -n "Formatting into PS and DVI.... "
-if [ ! -d ps ]; then
-  if [ -e ps ]; then
-    echo "ERROR: ps is not a directory"
-    exit
-  fi
-  mkdir ps
-fi
-
-(cd ps ; sgml2latex --output=ps $TARGET > /dev/null)
-(cd ps ; sgml2latex $TARGET > /dev/null)
-echo "done"
-
-# Copy examples
-echo -n "Copying examples"
-cp -R $EXAMPLES .
-(cd examples ; make clean ; rm -rf CVS */CVS)
-echo "done"
-
-# Package it all up
-echo -n "Creating packages.... "
-cd ..
-tar cvfz gtk_tutorial.$DATE.tar.gz gtk_tutorial.$DATE
-echo "done"
-
-rm -rf gtk_tutorial.$DATE
-
-echo
-echo Package gtk_tutorial.$DATE.tar.gz created.
-echo

docs/refcounting.txt

@@ -1,315 +0,0 @@
-The Reference Counting Scheme of GDK an GTK+
-============================================
-
-Each data structure that provides reference counting offers a bunch of
-functions that follow these conventions:
-
-  *_new:      Create a new structure with a reference count of 1.
-  *_ref:      Increase ref count by one.
-  *_unref:    Decrease ref count by one.  If the count drops to zero,
-              run appropriate finalization code and free the memory.
-	      For data structures with a _destroy function, it will be
-	      invoked at this point, if the data structure is not
-              already in a destroyed state.
-
-GtkObjects also provide the following functions:
-
-  *_destroy:  Render an object `unusable', but as long as there are
-              references to it, its allocated memory will not be freed.
-  *_sink:     Clear a GtkObjects `floating' state and decrement the
-	      reference count by 1.
-
-GdkWindow
----------
-
-A GdkWindow has to be explicitely destroyed with gdk_window_destroy.
-This will send out a request to destroy this window and all its
-children, and will decrement the ref_count of the GdkWindow by one.
-Thus, it releases the inital reference created by gdk_window_new.
-
-All GdkWindows are kept in a hash table to translate from their XId to
-the actual structure and the pointer in the hash table is reflected in
-the reference count.  When a DestroyNotify event is received for a
-particular GdkWindow, it is removed from the hash table and the
-ref_count is updated accordingly.
-
-You can call gdk_window_destroy more than once on a particular
-GdkWindow, it will only be destroyed when it hasn't been yet.  The
-ref_count is *always* decremented, tho. Be careful.
-
-Remark: When writing NO_WINDOW widgets, care should be taken about
-        proper referencing/unreferencing of the parent's GdkWindow
-        that is used by the widget.
- 
-GdkPixmap
----------
-
-There is no gdk_pixmap_destroy function.  The Pixmap is destroyed when
-the last reference to it vanishes.
-
-GdkPixmaps are kept in the same hash table as GdkWindows but the
-pointer in the hash table is *not* reflected in the ref_count.
-
-This works only when Pixmaps never get XEvents.  I'm not sure if this
-is the case.
-
-GdkBitmap
----------
-
-A GdkBitmap is only another name for a special use of GdkPixmap.
-
-GdkVisual
----------
-
-There are no *_new or *_destroy functions and the *_ref and *_unref
-functions are noops.  GdkVisuals are static structures and thus do not
-need reference counting.  The ref counting functions are only there
-for extra defensive programming.
-
-GdkColormap
------------
-
-Nothing special.  There is no gdk_colormap_destroy function.
-
-GdkFont / GdkFontSet
---------------------
-
-GdkFont and GdkFontSet are equivalent as far as ref counting is
-concerned.  Use gdk_font_ref and gdk_font_unref for both.
-
-There is no gdk_font_free or gdk_fontset_free function.
-
-GtkAcceleratorTable
--------------------
-
-There is no gtk_accelerator_table_destroy function.
-
-GtkTooltips
------------
-
-There is no gtk_tooltips_destroy function.
-
-GtkStyle
---------
-
-There is no gtk_style_destroy function.
-
-GtkObject
----------
-
-GtkObjects follow the usual ref_counting strategy, but with a twist.
-
-They are created with a ref_count of 1.  GtkObjects are able to
-run finalization code when the ref_count drops to zero but you cannot
-register arbitrary signal handlers to run at finalization time.
-
-There is also the old gtk_object_destroy function and the "destroy"
-signal but they are somewhat independent from finalization.  Just as
-stated at the top of this text, gtk_object_destroy merely renders an
-object unusable.  When the object is a container widget for example,
-it unrealizes that widget, removes all children and disconnects all
-signal handlers.  The finalization code is different, it would for
-example free associated memory for text strings and release the
-attached style.
-
-This is the biggest change.  Every widget must be revised to have a
-proper "destroy" function, etc.  Such a destroy function will only
-be called once and is expected to leave the widget in a minimal but
-consistent state.  Widgets that have been "destroyed" but not yet
-finalized are flagged with GTK_DESTROY.  The "finalization" function
-is new and should perform last-minute cleanup actions, in contrast
-to the destroy function it will not be emitted as signal though.
-It can assume that the "destroy" function has been called as the
-last function on this widget.
-
-Essentially, the old "destroy" function has been split into a
-"finalize" plus a "destroy" function.
-
-It is not possible to create GtkObjects with a ref_count of 0
-because the first ref/unref pair will destroy it unintentionally.
-
-To be mostly backward compatible with existing practice, a GtkObject
-leads a more complicated life than the other reference counted structures.
-
-When a GtkObject is created, it starts out in a special state called
-"floating" (this is the twist).  This means that it is alive and has a
-reference to it, but the `owner' of this reference is not known.
-There are certain `potential owners' that will adopt a floating
-GtkObject.  For GtkWidgets the most common adopters are the parent
-widget.
-
-When you want to adopt a possibly floating GtkObject, you call
-gtk_object_sink on it.  This clears the floating state of the
-GtkObject and decrements the ref_count by one, if it has been floating
-previously.  Once the floating state has been cleared, it will never
-be set again.
-
-All widgets that are part of the display are linked into a
-parent/child tree.  The link from the parent to a child is reflected
-in the ref_count of the child, but the link from the child to the
-parent is not reflected in the ref_count of the parent.
-
-Like a GtkObject, a GtkWidget is created with a ref_count of 1 and
-initially flagged as `floating'.  As soon as it is added as a child to
-a parent, the `floating' flag is cleared and never will be set again.
-Not even when it is later unparented.  The act of clearing the
-`floating' flag also decrements the ref_count of the widget by one.
-
-When the widget is unparented, its underlying GdkWindow is destroyed
-(when it has one), it loses its reference from the parent and
-naturally the ref_count is decremented.
-
-It is considered a bug if a widget still has a GdkWindow when it is
-being freed.
-
-Toplevel widgets, which don't have a `natural' parent, are adopted by
-special registering functions.  Because the of the reference count that
-is set by the registering functions, toplevel widgets will have to be
-explicitly destroyed, with the exception of GtkMenus.  GtkMenus are a
-special case of toplevel widgets in that they will be `attached' to and
-`detached' from other widgets.  The act of attaching a GtkMenu to a
-widget will be reflected in its reference count.  The act of detaching
-a GtkMenu will revert that.  Therefore GtkMenus naturally get destroyed
-and finalized once they are detached from their reference holder.
-
-So, the typical career of a GtkWindow a GtMenu attached to a
-GtkOptionMenu looks like this:
-
-  window = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
-  /* window is created with ref_count == 1.  It is not flagged as
-   * `floating' because it has already been registered as a toplevel
-   * widget.
-   */
-
-  option_menu = gtk_option_menu_new ();
-  /* option_menu->ref_count == 1 and it is flagged as `floating'.
-   */
-  
-  gtk_container_add (window, option_menu);
-  /* option_menu->ref_count still == 1, but it is no longer `floating'.
-   */
-  
-  menu = gtk_menu_new ();
-  /* menu->ref_count == 1 and it is flagged as `floating'.
-   */
-  
-  menu_item = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label ("Choose Me");
-  /* menu_item->ref_count == 1 and it is flagged as `floating'.
-   */
-
-  gtk_menu_append (GTK_MENU (menu), menu_item);
-  /* menu_item->ref_count still == 1, but it is no longer `floating'.
-   */
-  
-  gtk_option_menu_set_menu (GTK_OPTION_MENU (option_menu), menu);
-  /* menu->ref_count still == 1, but it is no longer `floating'.
-   */
-
-  gtk_widget_show (menu_item);
-  gtk_widget_show (option_menu);
-  gtk_widget_show (window);
-
-  /* The widgets get their GdkWindows, nothing significant happens to
-   * the ref_counts.
-   */
-
-Then, when the user wants to get rid of the window:
-
-  gtk_widget_destroy (window);
-
-  /* The GdkWindow of `window' and all its child GdkWindows are
-   * destroyed.
-   *
-   * window is unregistered from the loplevel list and its ref_count
-   * drops to zero.  The destroy code of `window' destroyes `option_menu'.
-   *
-   * The destroy code of `option_menu' causes the `menu' to be detached
-   * from it and its reference count drops to zero.
-   *
-   * The destroy code of `menu' destroyes `menu_item'.
-   *
-   * The destruction of `menu_item' removes it from its parent, the
-   * menu_item->ref_count drops to zero and `menu_item' is finalized (freed).
-   *
-   * Now `menu', `option_menu' and `window' will be destroyed and finalized,
-   * in this order, since the reference count of each is zero.
-   */
-
-
-Taking care of proper referencing
----------------------------------
-
-There are some cases where referencing of widgets from outside the toolkit
-(on the application side) is needed.
-Once the application performes an operation on a widget that will cause
-its reference count to drop, if it wants to take further actions on the
-widget, it needs to hold a reference to it.
-
-Example code sequences that require reference wraps:
-
-   /* gtk_container_remove() will unparent the child and therefore
-    * cause its reference count to be decremented by one.
-    */
-   gtk_widget_ref (widget);
-   gtk_container_remove (container, widget);
-   /* without the reference count, the widget would have been destroyed here.
-   */
-   gtk_container_add (container, widget);
-   gtk_widget_unref (widget);
-
-
-  /* all items in item_list need to be referenced
-   * before gtk_list_remove_items() is invoked.
-   * this is somewhat tricky as gtk_list_append_items/gtk_list_prepend_items/
-   * gtk_list_insert_items will take over the lists nodes.
-   * we therefore have an extra GSList `*slist' for later unreferencing.
-   */
-   slist = NULL;
-   for (list = item_list; list; list = list->next)
-   {
-     gtk_widget_ref (GTK_WIDGET (list->data));
-     slist = g_slist_prepend (slist, list->data);
-   }
-   gtk_list_remove_items (list, item_list);
-   gtk_list_append_items (other_list, item_list);
-   /* gtk_list_prepend_items (other_list, item_list); */
-   /* gtk_list_insert_items (other_list, item_list, 3); */
-   while (slist)
-   {
-     GSList *tmp;
-     
-     tmp = slist;
-     slist = slist->next;
-     gtk_widget_unref (GTK_WIDGET (tmp->data));
-     g_slist_free_1 (tmp);
-   }
-   
-   /* Alternatively to the removal above you could just use
-    * gtk_list_remove_items_no_unref() which will add the additional
-    * reference count to the widget.
-    */
-   gtk_list_remove_items_no_unref (list, item_list);
-   gtk_list_prepend_items (other_list, item_list);
-
-
-Now a (hopefully) complete list of functions that require
-wrappers similar to the examples above:
-
-void       gtk_container_remove         (GtkContainer     *container,
-                                         GtkWidget        *widget);
-void       gtk_list_remove_items        (GtkList          *list,
-                                         GList            *items);
-void       gtk_tree_remove_items        (GtkTree          *tree,
-                                         GList            *items);
-void       gtk_tree_item_remove_subtree (GtkTreeItem      *tree_item);
-void       gtk_menu_item_remove_submenu (GtkMenuItem      *menu_item);
-void       gtk_option_menu_remove_menu  (GtkOptionMenu    *option_menu);
-
-
-
-Initial proposal:
-	- Marius Vollmer <mvo@zagadka.ping.de>
-
-Some modifications/additions, "Taking care of proper referencing" and
-reference counting solution for GtkMenus:
-	- Tim Janik <timj@gimp.org>

docs/reference/AUTHORS

@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-Damon Chaplin <damon@karuna.freeserve.co.uk> and others.
-
-See:
-
- http://www.gtk.org/rdp/status.html
-
-for a complete list.

docs/reference/COPYING

@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-This work may be reproduced and distributed in whole or in part, in
-any medium, physical or electronic, so as long as this copyright
-notice remains intact and unchanged on all copies.  Commercial
-redistribution is permitted and encouraged, but you may not
-redistribute, in whole or in part, under terms more restrictive than
-those under which you received it. If you redistribute a modified or
-translated version of this work, you must also make the source code to
-the modified or translated version available in electronic form
-without charge.  However, mere aggregation as part of a larger work
-shall not count as a modification for this purpose.
-
-All code examples in this work are placed into the public domain,
-and may be used, modified and redistributed without restriction.
-
-BECAUSE THIS WORK IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
-WARRANTY FOR THE WORK, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
-EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
-OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE WORK "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
-KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-PURPOSE.  SHOULD THE WORK PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME
-THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
-
-IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
-WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY
-AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE WORK AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
-FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
-CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
-WORK, EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE 
-POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

docs/reference/ChangeLog

@@ -1,223 +0,0 @@
-2000-02-28  Damon Chaplin  <damon@helixcode.com>
-
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkradiomenuitem.sgml: 
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkmenuitem.sgml: 
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtknotebook.sgml: new menu item sections and minor update to
-	notebook section from Nicolas GEORGE <nicolas.george@ens.fr>.
-
-2000-02-18  Damon Chaplin  <damon@helixcode.com>
-
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtktooltips.sgml: patch from
-	David Benson <daveb@idealab.com> to note that gtk_tooltips_set_colors()
-	does not work.
-
-2000-02-09  Damon Chaplin  <damon@helixcode.com>
-
-	* gdk/tmpl/input_methods.sgml: minor fix.
-
-2000-02-03  Damon Chaplin  <damon@karuna.freeserve.co.uk>
-
-	* gdk/gdk-sections.txt: rearranged a bit.
-
-	* gdk/tmpl/event_structs.sgml: updated.
-
-	* gtk/gtk-sections.txt: added INCLUDE tag for Private Info section.
-
-	* gdk/tmpl/color_contexts.sgml: added note saying it is deprecated.
-	* gdk/tmpl/dnd.sgml: added note saying read the GTK+ DnD docs.
-
-2000-02-02  Damon Chaplin  <damon@karuna.freeserve.co.uk>
-
-	* gdk/tmpl/*.sgml: ran make templates.
-
-	* gdk/gdk-docs.sgml: rearranged sections.
-
-	* gdk/tmpl/events.sgml: documented.
-
-	* gdk/tmpl/general.sgml: documented.
-
-	* gdk/tmpl/rgb.sgml: fixed a few '@' -> '#'.
-
-	* gdk/gdk-sections.txt: rearranged a few bits, including moving
-	GdkWChar and related functions from the input method section to the
-	font section, and GdkCapStyle etc. from Drawing Primitives to GCs.
-
-	* gdk/tmpl/images.sgml: documented.
-
-	* gdk/tmpl/drawing.sgml: updated.
-
-	* gdk/tmpl/regions.sgml: updated.
-
-	* gdk/tmpl/input_contexts.sgml: documented.
-
-	* gdk/tmpl/input_methods.sgml: documented.
-
-	* gdk/tmpl/selections.sgml: changed xref to a link since Jade says
-	a xref to a RefEntry is not supported.
-
-2000-01-19  Damon Chaplin  <damon@karuna.freeserve.co.uk>
-
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkscrollbar.sgml: Started.
-
-2000-01-08  Damon Chaplin  <damon@karuna.freeserve.co.uk>
-
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkclist.sgml: update from Paul Schifferer
-	<isengard@geocities.com>
-
-Wed Jan  5 10:23:41 2000  Owen Taylor  <otaylor@redhat.com>
-
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkprogress.sgml: Missing </listitem>, remove extra <para>
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkobject.sgml: dos2unix
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkcurve.sgml: missing </para>
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkarg.sgml: dos2unix, missing </para>
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkcolorsel.sgml: Missing </listitem>'s
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtksignal.sgml (signal): dos2unix, missing </para>'s
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkmarshal.sgml: Missing </refsect2>
-
-1999-11-16  Damon Chaplin  <damon@karuna.freeserve.co.uk>
-
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkmenubar.sgml: fixed minor error - using <em>.
-
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtknotebook.sgml: 
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtklist.sgml: new sections from
-	Nicolas George <george@clipper.ens.fr>, with help from
-	"Bob Springett"	<bobspringett@claranet.fr>.
-
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkobject.sgml: 
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkarg.sgml: new sections from
-	David Benson <daveb@idealab.com>.
-
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkvbox.sgml: 
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkhbox.sgml: fixed line endings.
-
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkvbbox.sgml: update from Lee Mallabone
-	<lee0@callnetuk.com>
-
-	* gdk/tmpl/drawing.sgml: fixed error in gdk_draw_arc() @angle2 param
-	- it is relative to @angle1 rather than from the 3 o'clock position.
-
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkfontseldlg.sgml: changed enums to use @ fields.
-
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkcolorsel.sgml: 
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkcolorseldlg.sgml: 
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkprogress.sgml: 
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkprogressbar.sgml: new sections from Tom Martone
-	<tom@martoneconsulting.com>
-
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkclist.sgml: partially written documentation from
-	Paul Schifferer <isengard@geocities.com> who won't be able to finish it
-
-1999-09-22  Martin Norb<72>ck  <d95mback@dtek.chalmers.se>
-	
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkclist.sgml: Added information about the sorting functions
-
-Tue Oct 26 16:50:15 1999  Owen Taylor  <otaylor@redhat.com>
-
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkrc.sgml: Added information about widget
-	paths and pattern matching.
-
-1999-09-22  Damon Chaplin  <damon@karuna.freeserve.co.uk>
-
-	* gtk/tmpl/*.sgml: ran make templates, to fix problems with structs.
-
-	* gtk/gtk-sections.txt: rearranged GtkCombo section.
-
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkvseparator.sgml: 
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkhseparator.sgml: 
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkgc.sgml: 
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkfeatures.sgml: 
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtktipsquery.sgml: 
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkitem.sgml: 
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkinvisible.sgml: 
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkgamma.sgml: 
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkdata.sgml: 
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkcurve.sgml: 
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkcombo.sgml: 
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkaccellabel.sgml: documented.
-
-1999-09-20  Damon Chaplin  <damon@karuna.freeserve.co.uk>
-
-	* gtk/gtk-docs.sgml: added role="no-toc" to the GTK+ Widgets & Objects
-	chapter since we've created our own special contents page.
-
-1999-09-19  Damon Chaplin  <damon@karuna.freeserve.co.uk>
-
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkmarshal.sgml: 
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtksignal.sgml: new sections from 
-         David Benson <daveb@idealab.com>.
-
-	* gtk/gtk-sections.txt: rearranged signal sections, and made most
-	marshallers private. Moved GtkSignalRunType to signals section.
-
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkradiobutton.sgml: new section from Lee Mallabone.
-
-1999-09-17  Damon Chaplin  <damon@karuna.freeserve.co.uk>
-
-	* gtk/gtk-docs.sgml: removed menu factory and debugging sections.
-
-	* gtk/gtk-sections.txt: made menu factory stuff private since it is
-	deprecated. Also made debugging stuff private since it is only useful
-	within GTK+.
-
-1999-09-14  Damon Chaplin  <damon@karuna.freeserve.co.uk>
-
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkfilesel.sgml: fixed mismatched parentheses.
-
-1999-09-02  Damon Chaplin  <damon@karuna.freeserve.co.uk>
-
-	* gdk/tmpl/event_structs.sgml: 
-	* gdk/tmpl/drawing.sgml: minor fixes.
-
-1999-09-20  David C. Mason  <dcm@redhat.com>
-
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkimage.sgml: first pass at gtkimage... not complete
-
-1999-08-28  Damon Chaplin  <damon@karuna.freeserve.co.uk>
-
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkbbox.sgml: new section from Lee Mallabone.
-
-	* gdk/gdk-sections.txt: rearranged rgb, regions, and drawing sections.
-
-	* gdk/tmpl/rgb.sgml: new section from Raph Levien, with a few changes
-	by me, including a little example app.
-
-	* gdk/tmpl/regions.sgml: 
-	* gdk/tmpl/event_structs.sgml: 
-	* gdk/tmpl/drawing.sgml: my first attempt.
-	* gdk/tmpl/cursors.sgml: tiny changes.
-
-Tue Aug 17 09:14:01 1999  Owen Taylor  <otaylor@redhat.com>
-
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtktypeutils.sgml: Fix corrupted end tag.
-
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkselection.sgml gtk/tmpl/gtkrc.sgml
-	  gtk/tmpl/gtkdnd.sgml gtk/tmpl/gtkarrow.sgml
-	  gtk/tmpl/gtkpaned.sgml gtk/tmpl/gtkmisc.sgml
-	  gtk/tmpl/gtkhandlebox.sgml gtk/tmpl/gtkctree.sgml:
-	Added missing close tags.
-
-Thu Aug 19 14:43:08 1999  Owen Taylor  <otaylor@redhat.com>
-
-	* gdk/tmpl/gcs.sgml gdk/gdk-sections.txt: Added section. 
-	  (Written a while ago but fell through the cracks)
-
-	* gtk/gtk-docs.sgml: Add a &hash; entity here as a
-	  temporary hack. (There is no standard entity
-	  for '#', and no way of escaping '#' in gtk-doc)
-
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkrc.sgml: Use the above to fix up #rrggbb
-	  string literals.
-
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkdrawingarea.sgml: Fixed a couple
-	  of errors in the example. (pointed out by
-	  Nick Lamb)
-
-Mon Aug 16 6:60:53 1999  Owen Taylor  <otaylor@redhat.com>
-
-	* gdk/tmpl/properties.sgml
-	  gdk/tmpl/selections.sgml
-	  gdk/tmpl/input_devices.sgml: Documented
-
-	* gdk/gdk-sections.txt: Moved around types for
-	  input devices properties and selections, marked
-	  a few functions as private.

docs/reference/README

@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-This package contains the reference documentation
-for GTK+. For more information about GTK+
-see:
-
- http://www.gtk.org
-
-For information about contributing to the
-GLib/GTK+ reference documentation project, see:
-
- http://www.gtk.org/rdp/
-
-The GTK+ reference documentation is freely redistributable,
-see the file COPYING for details.
-
-
-REQUIREMENTS
-============
-
-To build the documentation, you must have the gtk-doc
-package installed. To rebuild the template files,
-you must have the current version of the GTK+
-header files installed.
-
-
-BUILD
-=====
-
-First, run configure to generate the makefiles for this
-module. There is one option specific to this package
-
-  --with-html-dir=DIR   top of installed HTML documentation tree
-
-
-The Makefiles in the gdk/ and gtk/ subdirs each define three targets:
-
- templates:
-  
-  Scan the headers and merge the results with the current 
-  template files
-
- sgml:
-
-  Generate SGML files using the DocBook DTD from
-  the template files
-
- html:
-
-  Generate HTML from the SGML files.
-
-To build the documentation, do:
-
- make sgml
- make html
-
-You should only run the 'make templates' step if you
-need to regenerate the templates for a more recent
-version of the GTK+ sources.
-
-INSTALLATION
-============
-
- make install

docs/reference/README.cvs-commits

@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-Before making any changes to this module, please
-contact:
-
-  Damon Chaplin <damon@karuna.freeserve.co.uk>
-
-This will ensure that duplicate work does not occur,
-and also make sure we know who has written what
-parts of the documentation. See 
-
- http://www.gtk.org/rdp/
-
-for more information.
-
-By contributing work to the Reference Documentation
-Project, you agree that it will be covered under the
-license terms described in the file COPYING
-included in this directory.
-
-
-Other notes:
-
-- Do not run 'make templates' unless you have
-  the latest cvs version of the gtk-1-2
-  branch of GTK+ and the latest CVS version
-  of gtk-doc.
-
-  (This is very important. Otherwise, the template
-  files may be come corrupted.)
-
-  Make sure that gtk-config --prefix points
-  to the correct version of GTK+.
-
-- As always, ChangeLog entries should be made for
-  each commit. These can be really brief
-  "documented GHashTable"; but if you are editing
-  something someone else wrote, please be specific.
-  (Or better, send the changes to them for their
-  approval, first)
-

docs/reference/gdk/.cvsignore

@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-Makefile
-Makefile.in
-sgml
-html
-gdk-decl-list.txt
-gdk-unused.txt

docs/reference/gdk/Makefile.am

@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in
-
-# The name of the module.
-DOC_MODULE=gdk
-
-# The top-level SGML file.
-DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE=gdk-docs.sgml
-
-# We could alternatively use this for using installed headers.
-INCLUDE_DIR=`gtk-config --prefix`/include/gdk
-
-
-TARGET_DIR=$(HTML_DIR)/$(DOC_MODULE)
-
-scan:
-	gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) $(INCLUDE_DIR)/gdk.h $(INCLUDE_DIR)/gdktypes.h $(INCLUDE_DIR)/gdkrgb.h
-
-templates: scan
-	gtkdoc-mktmpl --module=$(DOC_MODULE)
-
-sgml:
-	gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE)
-
-html:
-	if ! test -d html ; then mkdir html ; fi
-	-cd html && gtkdoc-mkhtml $(DOC_MODULE) ../$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE)
-
-clean-local:
-	rm -f *~ *.bak *.hierarchy *.signals *.args *-unused.txt
-
-maintainer-clean-local: clean
-	rm -rf sgml html $(DOC_MODULE)-decl-list.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt 
-
-install-data-local:
-	install -d -m 0755 $(TARGET_DIR)
-	install -m 0644 html/*.html $(TARGET_DIR)
-	install -m 0644 html/index.sgml $(TARGET_DIR)
-	gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --html-dir=$(HTML_DIR)
-
-EXTRA_DIST = \
-	$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) \
-	$(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt \
-	gdk-overrides.txt \
-	gdk-decl.txt
-
-dist-hook:
-	mkdir $(distdir)/tmpl
-	cp -p tmpl/*.sgml $(distdir)/tmpl
-
-.PHONY : html sgml templates scan

docs/reference/gdk/gdk-docs.sgml

@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
-<!doctype book PUBLIC "-//Davenport//DTD DocBook V3.0//EN" [
-<!entity gdk-General SYSTEM "sgml/general.sgml">
-<!entity gdk-Bitmaps-and-Pixmaps SYSTEM "sgml/pixmaps.sgml">
-<!entity gdk-Images SYSTEM "sgml/images.sgml">
-<!entity gdk-GdkRGB SYSTEM "sgml/rgb.sgml">
-<!entity gdk-Colormaps-and-Colors SYSTEM "sgml/colors.sgml">
-<!entity gdk-Fonts SYSTEM "sgml/fonts.sgml">
-<!entity gdk-Drawing-Primitives SYSTEM "sgml/drawing.sgml">
-<!entity gdk-Graphics-Contexts SYSTEM "sgml/gcs.sgml">
-<!entity gdk-Visuals SYSTEM "sgml/visuals.sgml">
-<!entity gdk-Windows SYSTEM "sgml/windows.sgml">
-<!entity gdk-Selections SYSTEM "sgml/selections.sgml">
-<!entity gdk-Properties-and-Atoms SYSTEM "sgml/properties.sgml">
-<!entity gdk-Input-Methods SYSTEM "sgml/input_methods.sgml">
-<!entity gdk-Input-Contexts SYSTEM "sgml/input_contexts.sgml">
-<!entity gdk-Color-Contexts SYSTEM "sgml/color_contexts.sgml">
-<!entity gdk-Points-Rectangles-and-Regions SYSTEM "sgml/regions.sgml">
-<!entity gdk-Threads SYSTEM "sgml/threads.sgml">
-<!entity gdk-Key-Values SYSTEM "sgml/keys.sgml">
-<!entity gdk-Input-Devices SYSTEM "sgml/input_devices.sgml">
-<!entity gdk-Events SYSTEM "sgml/events.sgml">
-<!entity gdk-Event-Structures SYSTEM "sgml/event_structs.sgml">
-<!entity gdk-Cursors SYSTEM "sgml/cursors.sgml">
-<!entity gdk-Input SYSTEM "sgml/input.sgml">
-<!entity gdk-Drag-and-Drop SYSTEM "sgml/dnd.sgml">
-]>
-<book id="index">
-  <bookinfo>
-    <title>GDK Reference Manual</title>
-  </bookinfo>
-
-  <chapter id="gdk">
-    <title>GDK</title>
-    &gdk-General;
-
-    &gdk-Points-Rectangles-and-Regions;
-    &gdk-Graphics-Contexts;
-    &gdk-Drawing-Primitives;
-
-    &gdk-Bitmaps-and-Pixmaps;
-    &gdk-GdkRGB;
-    &gdk-Images;
-
-    &gdk-Colormaps-and-Colors;
-    &gdk-Color-Contexts;
-    &gdk-Visuals;
-
-    &gdk-Fonts;
-    &gdk-Cursors;
-
-    &gdk-Windows;
-
-    &gdk-Events;
-    &gdk-Event-Structures;
-
-    &gdk-Selections;
-    &gdk-Drag-and-Drop;
-
-    &gdk-Properties-and-Atoms;
-
-    &gdk-Threads;
-
-    &gdk-Input;
-
-    &gdk-Input-Devices;
-
-    &gdk-Key-Values;
-
-    &gdk-Input-Methods;
-    &gdk-Input-Contexts;
-  </chapter>
-</book>

docs/reference/gdk/gdk-overrides.txt

@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-
-# GdkPixmap, GdkBitmap and GdkDrawable are the same as GdkWindow.
-<STRUCT>
-<NAME>GdkPixmap</NAME>
-struct GdkPixmap
-{
-  gpointer user_data;
-};
-</STRUCT>
-<STRUCT>
-<NAME>GdkBitmap</NAME>
-struct GdkBitmap
-{
-  gpointer user_data;
-};
-</STRUCT>
-<STRUCT>
-<NAME>GdkDrawable</NAME>
-struct GdkDrawable
-{
-  gpointer user_data;
-};
-</STRUCT>

docs/reference/gdk/gdk-sections.txt

@@ -1,622 +0,0 @@
-
-<INCLUDE>gdk/gdk.h</INCLUDE>
-
-<SECTION>
-<TITLE>General</TITLE>
-<FILE>general</FILE>
-gdk_init
-gdk_init_check
-gdk_exit
-gdk_set_locale
-gdk_set_sm_client_id
-
-<SUBSECTION>
-gdk_get_display
-
-<SUBSECTION>
-gdk_flush
-
-<SUBSECTION>
-gdk_screen_width
-gdk_screen_height
-gdk_screen_width_mm
-gdk_screen_height_mm
-
-<SUBSECTION>
-gdk_pointer_grab
-gdk_pointer_ungrab
-gdk_pointer_is_grabbed
-
-<SUBSECTION>
-gdk_keyboard_grab
-gdk_keyboard_ungrab
-
-<SUBSECTION>
-gdk_key_repeat_disable
-gdk_key_repeat_restore
-
-<SUBSECTION>
-gdk_beep
-
-<SUBSECTION>
-gdk_get_use_xshm
-gdk_set_use_xshm
-
-<SUBSECTION>
-gdk_error_trap_push
-gdk_error_trap_pop
-
-<SUBSECTION Private>
-GdkStatus
-gdk_time_get
-gdk_timer_get
-gdk_timer_set
-gdk_timer_enable
-gdk_timer_disable
-</SECTION>
-
-<SECTION>
-<TITLE>Bitmaps and Pixmaps</TITLE>
-<FILE>pixmaps</FILE>
-GdkPixmap
-gdk_pixmap_new
-gdk_bitmap_create_from_data
-gdk_pixmap_create_from_data
-gdk_pixmap_create_from_xpm
-gdk_pixmap_colormap_create_from_xpm
-gdk_pixmap_create_from_xpm_d
-gdk_pixmap_colormap_create_from_xpm_d
-gdk_pixmap_ref
-gdk_pixmap_unref
-GdkBitmap
-gdk_bitmap_ref
-gdk_bitmap_unref
-</SECTION>
-
-<SECTION>
-<TITLE>Images</TITLE>
-<FILE>images</FILE>
-GdkImage
-gdk_image_new
-GdkImageType
-gdk_image_new_bitmap
-gdk_image_get
-gdk_image_destroy
-<SUBSECTION>
-gdk_image_put_pixel
-gdk_image_get_pixel
-</SECTION>
-
-<SECTION>
-<TITLE>GdkRGB</TITLE>
-<FILE>rgb</FILE>
-gdk_rgb_init
-
-<SUBSECTION>
-gdk_draw_rgb_image
-gdk_draw_rgb_image_dithalign
-gdk_draw_indexed_image
-gdk_draw_gray_image
-gdk_draw_rgb_32_image
-GdkRgbDither
-
-<SUBSECTION>
-gdk_rgb_cmap_new
-gdk_rgb_cmap_free
-GdkRgbCmap
-
-<SUBSECTION>
-gdk_rgb_gc_set_foreground
-gdk_rgb_gc_set_background
-gdk_rgb_xpixel_from_rgb
-
-<SUBSECTION>
-gdk_rgb_set_install
-gdk_rgb_set_min_colors
-gdk_rgb_get_visual
-gdk_rgb_get_cmap
-gdk_rgb_ditherable
-gdk_rgb_set_verbose
-</SECTION>
-
-<SECTION>
-<TITLE>Colormaps and Colors</TITLE>
-<FILE>colors</FILE>
-GdkColor
-GdkColormap
-gdk_colormap_new
-gdk_colormap_ref
-gdk_colormap_unref
-gdk_colormap_get_system
-gdk_colormap_get_system_size
-gdk_colormap_change
-gdk_colormap_alloc_colors
-gdk_colormap_alloc_color
-gdk_colormap_free_colors
-gdk_colormap_get_visual
-gdk_colors_store
-gdk_color_copy
-gdk_color_free
-gdk_colors_alloc
-gdk_colors_free
-gdk_color_white
-gdk_color_black
-gdk_color_parse
-gdk_color_alloc
-gdk_color_change
-gdk_color_equal
-gdk_color_hash
-</SECTION>
-
-<SECTION>
-<TITLE>Fonts</TITLE>
-<FILE>fonts</FILE>
-GdkFont
-GdkFontType
-gdk_font_load
-gdk_fontset_load
-gdk_font_ref
-gdk_font_unref
-gdk_font_id
-gdk_font_equal
-
-<SUBSECTION>
-gdk_string_extents
-gdk_text_extents
-gdk_text_extents_wc
-gdk_string_width
-gdk_text_width
-gdk_text_width_wc
-gdk_char_width
-gdk_char_width_wc
-gdk_string_measure
-gdk_text_measure
-gdk_char_measure
-gdk_string_height
-gdk_text_height
-gdk_char_height
-
-<SUBSECTION>
-GdkWChar
-gdk_wcstombs
-gdk_mbstowcs
-</SECTION>
-
-<SECTION>
-<TITLE>Drawing Primitives</TITLE>
-<FILE>drawing</FILE>
-gdk_draw_point
-gdk_draw_points
-gdk_draw_line
-gdk_draw_lines
-gdk_draw_segments
-GdkSegment
-gdk_draw_rectangle
-gdk_draw_arc
-gdk_draw_polygon
-
-<SUBSECTION>
-gdk_draw_string
-gdk_draw_text
-gdk_draw_text_wc
-
-<SUBSECTION>
-gdk_draw_pixmap
-gdk_draw_image
-
-<SUBSECTION Private>
-gdk_draw_bitmap
-</SECTION>
-
-<SECTION>
-<TITLE>Graphics Contexts</TITLE>
-<FILE>gcs</FILE>
-GdkGC
-GdkGCValues
-GdkGCValuesMask
-
-GdkFunction
-
-gdk_gc_new
-gdk_gc_new_with_values
-gdk_gc_ref
-gdk_gc_unref
-gdk_gc_destroy
-gdk_gc_get_values
-gdk_gc_set_foreground
-gdk_gc_set_background
-gdk_gc_set_font
-gdk_gc_set_function
-gdk_gc_set_fill
-GdkFill
-gdk_gc_set_tile
-gdk_gc_set_stipple
-gdk_gc_set_ts_origin
-gdk_gc_set_clip_origin
-gdk_gc_set_clip_mask
-gdk_gc_set_clip_rectangle
-gdk_gc_set_clip_region
-gdk_gc_set_subwindow
-GdkSubwindowMode
-gdk_gc_set_exposures
-gdk_gc_set_line_attributes
-GdkLineStyle
-GdkCapStyle
-GdkJoinStyle
-gdk_gc_set_dashes
-gdk_gc_copy
-</SECTION>
-
-<SECTION>
-<TITLE>Visuals</TITLE>
-<FILE>visuals</FILE>
-GdkVisual
-GdkVisualType
-GdkByteOrder
-gdk_query_depths
-gdk_query_visual_types
-gdk_list_visuals
-
-gdk_visual_get_best_depth
-gdk_visual_get_best_type
-gdk_visual_get_system
-gdk_visual_get_best
-gdk_visual_get_best_with_depth
-gdk_visual_get_best_with_type
-gdk_visual_get_best_with_both
-gdk_visual_ref
-gdk_visual_unref
-</SECTION>
-
-<SECTION>
-<TITLE>Windows</TITLE>
-<FILE>windows</FILE>
-GdkWindowAttr
-GdkWindow
-GdkWindowType
-GdkWindowClass
-GdkWindowAttributesType
-GdkWindowHints
-GdkGeometry
-
-gdk_window_new
-gdk_window_destroy
-gdk_window_ref
-gdk_window_unref
-gdk_window_at_pointer
-gdk_window_show
-gdk_window_hide
-gdk_window_is_visible
-gdk_window_is_viewable
-gdk_window_withdraw
-gdk_window_move
-gdk_window_resize
-gdk_window_move_resize
-gdk_window_reparent
-gdk_window_clear
-gdk_window_clear_area
-gdk_window_clear_area_e
-gdk_window_copy_area
-gdk_window_raise
-gdk_window_lower
-gdk_window_register_dnd
-gdk_window_set_user_data
-gdk_window_set_override_redirect
-gdk_window_add_filter
-gdk_window_remove_filter
-GdkFilterFunc
-GdkFilterReturn
-GdkXEvent
-gdk_window_shape_combine_mask
-gdk_window_set_child_shapes
-gdk_window_merge_child_shapes
-gdk_window_set_static_gravities
-gdk_window_set_hints
-gdk_window_set_title
-gdk_window_set_background
-gdk_window_set_back_pixmap
-GDK_PARENT_RELATIVE
-gdk_window_set_cursor
-gdk_window_set_colormap
-gdk_window_get_user_data
-gdk_window_get_geometry
-gdk_window_set_geometry_hints
-gdk_window_get_position
-gdk_window_get_root_origin
-gdk_window_get_size
-gdk_window_get_visual
-gdk_window_get_colormap
-gdk_window_get_type
-gdk_window_get_origin
-gdk_window_get_deskrelative_origin
-gdk_window_get_pointer
-GdkModifierType
-gdk_window_get_parent
-gdk_window_get_toplevel
-gdk_window_get_children
-gdk_window_get_events
-gdk_window_set_events
-gdk_window_set_icon
-gdk_window_set_icon_name
-gdk_window_set_transient_for
-gdk_window_set_role
-gdk_window_set_group
-gdk_window_set_decorations
-GdkWMDecoration
-gdk_window_set_functions
-GdkWMFunction
-gdk_window_get_toplevels
-GdkDrawable
-gdk_drawable_set_data
-</SECTION>
-
-<SECTION>
-<TITLE>Selections</TITLE>
-<FILE>selections</FILE>
-GdkSelection
-GdkSelectionType
-GdkTarget
-gdk_selection_owner_set
-gdk_selection_owner_get
-gdk_selection_convert
-gdk_selection_property_get
-gdk_selection_send_notify
-</SECTION>
-
-<SECTION>
-<TITLE>Properties and Atoms</TITLE>
-<FILE>properties</FILE>
-GdkAtom
-GDK_NONE
-gdk_text_property_to_text_list
-gdk_free_text_list
-gdk_string_to_compound_text
-gdk_free_compound_text
-gdk_atom_intern
-gdk_atom_name
-gdk_property_get
-gdk_property_change
-GdkPropMode
-gdk_property_delete
-</SECTION>
-
-<SECTION>
-<TITLE>Input Methods</TITLE>
-<FILE>input_methods</FILE>
-GdkIMStyle
-gdk_im_ready
-gdk_im_decide_style
-gdk_im_set_best_style
-
-<SUBSECTION>
-gdk_im_begin
-gdk_im_end
-</SECTION>
-
-<SECTION>
-<TITLE>Input Contexts</TITLE>
-<FILE>input_contexts</FILE>
-GdkIC
-gdk_ic_new
-gdk_ic_destroy
-gdk_ic_get_events
-gdk_ic_get_style
-gdk_ic_get_attr
-gdk_ic_set_attr
-
-<SUBSECTION>
-GdkICAttr
-GdkICAttributesType
-gdk_ic_attr_new
-gdk_ic_attr_destroy
-</SECTION>
-
-<SECTION>
-<TITLE>Color Contexts</TITLE>
-<FILE>color_contexts</FILE>
-GdkColorContext
-GdkColorContextDither
-GdkColorContextMode
-
-gdk_color_context_new
-gdk_color_context_new_mono
-gdk_color_context_free
-gdk_color_context_get_pixel
-gdk_color_context_get_pixels
-gdk_color_context_get_pixels_incremental
-gdk_color_context_query_color
-gdk_color_context_query_colors
-gdk_color_context_add_palette
-gdk_color_context_init_dither
-gdk_color_context_free_dither
-gdk_color_context_get_pixel_from_palette
-gdk_color_context_get_index_from_palette
-</SECTION>
-
-<SECTION>
-<TITLE>Points, Rectangles and Regions</TITLE>
-<FILE>regions</FILE>
-GdkPoint
-
-<SUBSECTION>
-GdkRectangle
-gdk_rectangle_intersect
-gdk_rectangle_union
-
-<SUBSECTION>
-GdkRegion
-gdk_region_new
-gdk_region_polygon
-GdkFillRule
-gdk_region_destroy
-
-<SUBSECTION>
-gdk_regions_intersect
-gdk_regions_union
-gdk_regions_subtract
-gdk_regions_xor
-gdk_region_union_with_rect
-gdk_region_offset
-gdk_region_shrink
-
-<SUBSECTION>
-gdk_region_empty
-gdk_region_equal
-gdk_region_point_in
-gdk_region_rect_in
-GdkOverlapType
-gdk_region_get_clipbox
-</SECTION>
-
-<SECTION>
-<TITLE>Threads</TITLE>
-<FILE>threads</FILE>
-gdk_threads_mutex
-GDK_THREADS_ENTER
-GDK_THREADS_LEAVE
-gdk_threads_enter
-gdk_threads_leave
-</SECTION>
-
-<SECTION>
-<TITLE>Key Values</TITLE>
-<FILE>keys</FILE>
-gdk_keyval_name
-gdk_keyval_from_name
-
-<SUBSECTION>
-gdk_keyval_is_upper
-gdk_keyval_is_lower
-
-<SUBSECTION>
-gdk_keyval_to_upper
-gdk_keyval_to_lower
-</SECTION>
-
-<SECTION>
-<TITLE>Input Devices</TITLE>
-<FILE>input_devices</FILE>
-GDK_CORE_POINTER
-gdk_input_list_devices
-GdkDeviceInfo
-GdkDeviceKey
-gdk_input_set_extension_events
-GdkExtensionMode
-gdk_input_set_source
-GdkInputSource
-gdk_input_set_mode
-GdkInputMode
-gdk_input_set_axes
-GdkAxisUse
-gdk_input_set_key
-gdk_input_window_get_pointer
-gdk_input_motion_events
-GdkTimeCoord
-
-<SUBSECTION Private>
-gdk_input_init
-gdk_input_exit
-</SECTION>
-
-<SECTION>
-<TITLE>Events</TITLE>
-<FILE>events</FILE>
-GdkEventType
-GdkEventMask
-GDK_CURRENT_TIME
-GDK_PRIORITY_EVENTS
-
-<SUBSECTION>
-gdk_events_pending
-gdk_event_peek
-gdk_event_get
-gdk_event_get_graphics_expose
-gdk_event_put
-gdk_event_copy
-gdk_event_free
-gdk_event_get_time
-
-<SUBSECTION>
-gdk_event_handler_set
-GdkEventFunc
-
-<SUBSECTION>
-gdk_event_send_client_message
-gdk_event_send_clientmessage_toall
-gdk_add_client_message_filter
-
-<SUBSECTION>
-gdk_get_show_events
-gdk_set_show_events
-</SECTION>
-
-<SECTION>
-<TITLE>Event Structures</TITLE>
-<FILE>event_structs</FILE>
-GdkEvent
-
-<SUBSECTION>
-GdkEventAny
-GdkEventKey
-GdkEventButton
-GdkEventMotion
-GdkEventExpose
-GdkEventVisibility
-GdkEventCrossing
-GdkEventFocus
-GdkEventConfigure
-GdkEventProperty
-GdkEventSelection
-GdkEventDND
-GdkEventProximity
-GdkEventClient
-GdkEventNoExpose
-
-<SUBSECTION>
-GdkVisibilityState
-GdkCrossingMode
-GdkNotifyType
-GdkPropertyState
-</SECTION>
-
-<SECTION>
-<TITLE>Cursors</TITLE>
-<FILE>cursors</FILE>
-GdkCursor
-GdkCursorType
-gdk_cursor_new
-gdk_cursor_new_from_pixmap
-gdk_cursor_destroy
-</SECTION>
-
-<SECTION>
-<TITLE>Input</TITLE>
-<FILE>input</FILE>
-gdk_input_add_full
-GdkInputCondition
-GdkInputFunction
-GdkDestroyNotify
-gdk_input_add
-gdk_input_remove
-</SECTION>
-
-<SECTION>
-<TITLE>Drag and Drop</TITLE>
-<FILE>dnd</FILE>
-gdk_drag_get_selection
-gdk_drag_abort
-gdk_drop_reply
-gdk_drag_context_new
-gdk_drag_drop
-gdk_drag_find_window
-gdk_drag_context_ref
-gdk_drag_begin
-gdk_drag_motion
-gdk_drop_finish
-gdk_drag_get_protocol
-GdkDragProtocol
-gdk_drag_context_unref
-GdkDragContext
-GdkDragAction
-gdk_drag_status
-</SECTION>

docs/reference/gdk/tmpl/color_contexts.sgml

@@ -1,207 +0,0 @@
-<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
-Color Contexts
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
-routines for allocating colors (deprecated).
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
-<para>
-The #GdkColorContext type is used for allocating groups of colors.
-</para>
-<para>
-It is now deprecated in favor of the gdk_colormap_*() functions described in
-the <link linkend="gdk-Colormaps-and-Colors">Colormaps and Colors</link>
-section.
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkColorContext ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@visual: 
-@colormap: 
-@num_colors: 
-@max_colors: 
-@num_allocated: 
-@mode: 
-@need_to_free_colormap: 
-@std_cmap_atom: 
-@clut: 
-@cmap: 
-@color_hash: 
-@palette: 
-@num_palette: 
-@fast_dither: 
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkColorContextDither ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@fast_rgb: 
-@fast_err: 
-@fast_erg: 
-@fast_erb: 
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkColorContextMode ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@GDK_CC_MODE_UNDEFINED: 
-@GDK_CC_MODE_BW: 
-@GDK_CC_MODE_STD_CMAP: 
-@GDK_CC_MODE_TRUE: 
-@GDK_CC_MODE_MY_GRAY: 
-@GDK_CC_MODE_PALETTE: 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_color_context_new ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@visual: 
-@colormap: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_color_context_new_mono ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@visual: 
-@colormap: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_color_context_free ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@cc: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_color_context_get_pixel ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@cc: 
-@red: 
-@green: 
-@blue: 
-@failed: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_color_context_get_pixels ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@cc: 
-@reds: 
-@greens: 
-@blues: 
-@ncolors: 
-@colors: 
-@nallocated: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_color_context_get_pixels_incremental ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@cc: 
-@reds: 
-@greens: 
-@blues: 
-@ncolors: 
-@used: 
-@colors: 
-@nallocated: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_color_context_query_color ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@cc: 
-@color: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_color_context_query_colors ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@cc: 
-@colors: 
-@num_colors: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_color_context_add_palette ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@cc: 
-@palette: 
-@num_palette: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_color_context_init_dither ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@cc: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_color_context_free_dither ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@cc: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_color_context_get_pixel_from_palette ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@cc: 
-@red: 
-@green: 
-@blue: 
-@failed: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_color_context_get_index_from_palette ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@cc: 
-@red: 
-@green: 
-@blue: 
-@failed: 
-@Returns: 
-
-

docs/reference/gdk/tmpl/colors.sgml

@@ -1,390 +0,0 @@
-<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
-Colormaps and Colors
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
-manipulation of colors and colormaps.
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
-<para>
-These functions are used to modify colormaps.
-A colormap is an object that contains the mapping
-between the color values stored in memory and
-the RGB values that are used to display color
-values. In general, colormaps only contain
-significant information for pseudo-color visuals,
-but even for other visual types, a colormap object
-is required in some circumstances.
-</para>
-
-<para>
-There are a couple of special colormaps that can
-be retrieved. The system colormap (retrieved 
-with gdk_colormap_get_system()) is the default
-colormap of the system. If you are using GdkRGB,
-there is another colormap that is important - the
-colormap in which GdkRGB works, retrieved with
-gdk_rgb_get_cmap(). However, when using GdkRGB, 
-it is not generally necessary to allocate colors
-directly.
-</para>
-
-<para>
-In previous revisions of this interface, a number
-of functions that take a #GdkColormap parameter
-were replaced with functions whose names began
-with "gdk_colormap_". This process will probably
-be extended somewhat in the future - 
-gdk_color_white(), gdk_color_black(), and 
-gdk_color_change() will probably become aliases.
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkColor ##### -->
-<para>
-The #GdkColor structure is used to describe an 
-allocated or unallocated color.
-
-<informaltable pgwide=1 frame="none" role="struct">
-<tgroup cols="2"><colspec colwidth="2*"><colspec colwidth="8*">
-<tbody>
-
-<row>
-<entry><structfield>pixel</structfield></entry>
-<entry>For allocated colors, the value used to
-draw this color on the screen.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry><structfield>red</structfield></entry>
-<entry>The red component of the color. This is
-a value between 0 and 65535, with 65535 indicating
-full intensitiy.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry><structfield>green</structfield></entry>
-<entry>the blue component of the color.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry><structfield>blue</structfield></entry>
-<entry>the green component of the color..</entry>
-</row>
-
-</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
-</para>
-
-@pixel: 
-@red: 
-@green: 
-@blue: 
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkColormap ##### -->
-<para>
-The colormap structure contains the following public
-fields.
-
-<informaltable pgwide=1 frame="none" role="struct">
-<tgroup cols="2"><colspec colwidth="2*"><colspec colwidth="8*">
-<tbody>
-
-<row>
-<entry><structfield>size</structfield></entry>
-<entry>For pseudo-color colormaps, the number of colors
-in the colormap..</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry><structfield>colors</structfield></entry>
-<entry>An array containing the current values in the
-colormap. This can be used to map from pixel values
-back to RGB values. This is only meaningful for
-pseudo-color colormaps.</entry>
-</row>
-
-</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
-</para>
-
-@size: 
-@colors: 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_colormap_new ##### -->
-<para>
-Create a new colormap for the given visual.
-</para>
-
-@visual: a #GdkVisual.
-@allocate: if %TRUE, the newly created colormap will be
-  a private colormap, and all colors in it will be
-  allocated for the applications use.
-@Returns: the new #GdkColormap.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_colormap_ref ##### -->
-<para>
-Increase the reference count of a colormap.
-</para>
-
-@cmap: a #GdkColormap.
-@Returns: @cmap
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_colormap_unref ##### -->
-<para>
-Decrease the reference count of a colormap. If the
-resulting reference count is zero, destroys the colormap.
-</para>
-
-@cmap: a #GdkColormap.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_colormap_get_system ##### -->
-<para>
-Returns the system's default colormap.
-</para>
-
-@Returns: the default colormap.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_colormap_get_system_size ##### -->
-<para>
-Returns the size of the system's default colormap.
-(See the description of struct #GdkColormap for an
-explanation of the size of a colormap.)
-</para>
-
-@Returns: the size of the system's default colormap.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_colormap_change ##### -->
-<para>
-Change the value of the first @ncolors in a private colormap
-to match the values in the <structfield>colors</structfield>
-array in the color map. This function is obsolete and
-should not be used. See gdk_color_change().
-</para>
-
-@colormap: a #GdkColormap.
-@ncolors: the number of colors to change.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_colormap_alloc_colors ##### -->
-<para>
-Allocates colors from a colormap.
-</para>
-
-@colormap: a #GdkColormap.
-@colors: The color values to allocate. On return, the pixel
- values for allocated colors will be filled in.
-@ncolors: The number of colors in @colors.
-@writeable: If %TRUE, the colors are allocated writeable
- (their values can later be changed using gdk_color_change()).
- Writeable colors cannot be shared between applications.
-@best_match: If %TRUE, GDK will attempt to do matching against
- existing colors if the colors cannot be allocated as
- requested.
-@success: An array of length @ncolors. On return, this
- indicates whether the corresponding color in @colors was
- sucessfully allocated or not.
-@Returns: The number of colors that were not sucessfully 
- allocated.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_colormap_alloc_color ##### -->
-<para>
-Allocate a single color from a colormap.
-</para>
-
-@colormap: a #GdkColormap.
-@color: the color to allocate. On return the
-<structfield>pixel</structfield> field will be
-filled in if allocation succeeds.
-@writeable: If %TRUE, the color is allocated writeable
- (their values can later be changed using gdk_color_change()).
- Writeable colors cannot be shared between applications.
-@best_match: If %TRUE, GDK will attempt to do matching against
- existing colors if the color cannot be allocated as
- requested.
-@Returns: %TRUE if the allocation succeeded.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_colormap_free_colors ##### -->
-<para>
-Free previously allocated colors.
-</para>
-
-@colormap: a #GdkColormap.
-@colors: the colors to free.
-@ncolors: the number of colors in @colors.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_colormap_get_visual ##### -->
-<para>
-Return the visual for which a given colormap was created.
-</para>
-
-@colormap: a #GdkColormap.
-@Returns: the visual of the colormap.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_colors_store ##### -->
-<para>
-Change the value of the first @ncolors colors in
-a private colormap. This function is obsolete and
-should not be used. See gdk_color_change().
-</para>
-
-@colormap: a #GdkColormap.
-@colors: the new color values.
-@ncolors: the number of colors to change.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_color_copy ##### -->
-<para>
-Make a copy of a color structure. The result
-must be freed using gdk_color_free().
-</para>
-
-@color: a #GdkColor.
-@Returns: a copy of @color.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_color_free ##### -->
-<para>
-Free a color structure created with 
-gdk_color_copy().
-</para>
-
-@color: a #GdkColor.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_colors_alloc ##### -->
-<para>
-Allocate colors from a colormap. This function
-is obsolete. See gdk_colormap_alloc_colors().
-For full documentation of the fields, see 
-the Xlib documentation for XAllocColorCells.
-</para>
-
-@colormap: a #GdkColormap.
-@contiguous: if %TRUE, the colors should be allocated
- in contiguous color cells.
-@planes: an array in which to store the plane masks.
-@nplanes: the number of planes to allocate. (Or zero,
- to indicate that the color allocation should not be
- planar.)
-@pixels: an array into which to store allocated pixel
- values.
-@npixels: the number of pixels in each plane to allocate.
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_colors_free ##### -->
-<para>
-Free colors allocated with gdk_colors_alloc(). This
-function is obsolete. See gdk_colormap_free_colors().
-</para>
-
-@colormap: a #GdkColormap.
-@pixels: the pixel values of the colors to free.
-@npixels: the number of values in @pixels.
-@planes: the plane masks for all planes to free, OR'd
- together.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_color_white ##### -->
-<para>
-Return the white color for a given colormap. The resulting
-value has already allocated been allocated. 
-</para>
-
-@colormap: a #GdkColormap.
-@color: the location to store the color.
-@Returns: %TRUE if the allocation succeeded.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_color_black ##### -->
-<para>
-Return the black color for a given colormap. The resulting
-value has already benn allocated. 
-</para>
-
-@colormap: a #GdkColormap.
-@color: the location to store the color.
-@Returns: %TRUE if the allocation succeeded.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_color_parse ##### -->
-<para>
-Parse a textual specification of a color and fill in
-the <structfield>red</structfield>,
-<structfield>green</structfield>, and 
-<structfield>blue</structfield> fields of a 
-#GdkColor structure. The color is <emphasis>not</emphasis> 
-allocated, you must call gdk_colormap_alloc_color() yourself.
-The text string can be in any of the forms accepted
-by <function>XParseColor</function>; these include
-name for a color from <filename>rgb.txt</filename>, such as
-<literal>DarkSlateGray</literal>, or a hex specification
-such as <literal>305050</literal>.
-</para>
-
-@spec: the string specifying the color.
-@color: the #GdkColor to fill in
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_color_alloc ##### -->
-<para>
-Allocate a single color from a colormap.
-This function is obsolete. See gdk_colormap_alloc_color().
-</para>
-
-@colormap: a #GdkColormap.
-@color: The color to allocate. On return, the 
-<structfield>pixel</structfield> field will be
-filled in.
-@Returns: %TRUE if the allocation succeeded.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_color_change ##### -->
-<para>
-Change the value of a color that has already
-been allocated. If @colormap is not a private
-colormap, then the color must have been allocated
-using gdk_colormap_alloc_colors() with the 
-@writeable set to %TRUE.
-</para>
-
-@colormap: a #GdkColormap.
-@color: a #GdkColor, with the color to change
-in the <structfield>pixel</structfield> field,
-and the new value in the remaining fields.
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_color_equal ##### -->
-<para>
-Compare two colors. 
-</para>
-
-@colora: a #GdkColor.
-@colorb: another #GdkColor.
-@Returns: %TRUE if the two colors compare equal
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_color_hash ##### -->
-<para>
-A hash function suitable for using for a hash
-table that stores #GdkColor's.
-</para>
-
-@colora: a #GdkColor.
-@colorb: NOT USED.
-@Returns: The hash function appled to @colora
-
-

docs/reference/gdk/tmpl/cursors.sgml

@@ -1,99 +0,0 @@
-<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
-Cursors
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
-standard and pixmap cursors.
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkCursor ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@type: 
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkCursorType ##### -->
-<para>
-The standard cursors available.
-</para>
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_cursor_new ##### -->
-<para>
-Creates a new standard cursor.
-</para>
-
-@cursor_type: the type of the cursor.
-@Returns: a new #GdkCursor.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_cursor_new_from_pixmap ##### -->
-<para>
-Creates a new cursor from a given pixmap and mask. Both the pixmap and mask
-must have a depth of 1 (i.e. each pixel has only 2 values - on or off).
-The standard cursor size is 16 by 16 pixels.
-</para>
-<example><title>Creating a custom cursor.</title>
-<programlisting>
-/* This data is in X bitmap format, and can be created with the 'bitmap'
-   utility. */
-#define cursor1_width 16
-#define cursor1_height 16
-static unsigned char cursor1_bits[] = {
-   0x80, 0x01, 0x40, 0x02, 0x20, 0x04, 0x10, 0x08, 0x08, 0x10, 0x04, 0x20,
-   0x82, 0x41, 0x41, 0x82, 0x41, 0x82, 0x82, 0x41, 0x04, 0x20, 0x08, 0x10,
-   0x10, 0x08, 0x20, 0x04, 0x40, 0x02, 0x80, 0x01};
-
-static unsigned char cursor1mask_bits[] = {
-   0x80, 0x01, 0xc0, 0x03, 0x60, 0x06, 0x30, 0x0c, 0x18, 0x18, 0x8c, 0x31,
-   0xc6, 0x63, 0x63, 0xc6, 0x63, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0x63, 0x8c, 0x31, 0x18, 0x18,
-   0x30, 0x0c, 0x60, 0x06, 0xc0, 0x03, 0x80, 0x01};
-
-
-  GdkCursor *cursor;
-  GdkPixmap *source, *mask;
-  GdkColor fg = { 0, 65535, 0, 0 }; /* Red. */
-  GdkColor bg = { 0, 0, 0, 65535 }; /* Blue. */
-
-
-  source = gdk_bitmap_create_from_data (NULL, cursor1_bits,
-					cursor1_width, cursor1_height);
-  mask = gdk_bitmap_create_from_data (NULL, cursor1mask_bits,
-				      cursor1_width, cursor1_height);
-  cursor = gdk_cursor_new_from_pixmap (source, mask, &amp;fg, &amp;bg, 8, 8);
-  gdk_pixmap_unref (source);
-  gdk_pixmap_unref (mask);
-
-
-  gdk_window_set_cursor (widget->window, cursor);
-</programlisting>
-</example>
-
-@source: the pixmap specifying the cursor.
-@mask: the pixmap specifying the mask, which must be the same size as @source.
-@fg: the foreground color, used for the bits in the source which are 1.
-The color does not have to be allocated first.
-@bg: the background color, used for the bits in the source which are 0.
-The color does not have to be allocated first.
-@x: the horizontal offset of the 'hotspot' of the cursor.
-@y: the vertical offset of the 'hotspot' of the cursor.
-@Returns: a new #GdkCursor.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_cursor_destroy ##### -->
-<para>
-Destroys a cursor, freeing any resources allocated for it.
-</para>
-
-@cursor: a #GdkCursor.
-
-

docs/reference/gdk/tmpl/dnd.sgml

@@ -1,194 +0,0 @@
-<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
-Drag and Drop
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
-functions for controlling drag and drop handling.
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
-<para>
-These functions provide a low level interface for drag and drop.
-GDK supports both the Xdnd and Motif drag and drop protocols transparently.
-</para>
-<para>
-GTK+ provides a higher level abstraction based on top of these functions,
-and so they are not normally needed in GTK+ applications.
-See the <link linkend="gtk-Drag-and-Drop">Drag and Drop</link> section of
-the GTK+ documentation for more information.
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_drag_get_selection ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@context: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_drag_abort ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@context: 
-@time: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_drop_reply ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@context: 
-@ok: 
-@time: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_drag_context_new ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_drag_drop ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@context: 
-@time: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_drag_find_window ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@context: 
-@drag_window: 
-@x_root: 
-@y_root: 
-@dest_window: 
-@protocol: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_drag_context_ref ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@context: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_drag_begin ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-@targets: 
-@Returns: 
-<!-- # Unused Parameters # -->
-@actions: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_drag_motion ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@context: 
-@dest_window: 
-@protocol: 
-@x_root: 
-@y_root: 
-@suggested_action: 
-@possible_actions: 
-@time: 
-@Returns: 
-<!-- # Unused Parameters # -->
-@action: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_drop_finish ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@context: 
-@success: 
-@time: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_drag_get_protocol ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@xid: 
-@protocol: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkDragProtocol ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@GDK_DRAG_PROTO_MOTIF: 
-@GDK_DRAG_PROTO_XDND: 
-@GDK_DRAG_PROTO_ROOTWIN: 
-@GDK_DRAG_PROTO_NONE: 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_drag_context_unref ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@context: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkDragContext ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@protocol: 
-@is_source: 
-@source_window: 
-@dest_window: 
-@targets: 
-@actions: 
-@suggested_action: 
-@action: 
-@start_time: 
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkDragAction ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@GDK_ACTION_DEFAULT: 
-@GDK_ACTION_COPY: 
-@GDK_ACTION_MOVE: 
-@GDK_ACTION_LINK: 
-@GDK_ACTION_PRIVATE: 
-@GDK_ACTION_ASK: 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_drag_status ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@context: 
-@action: 
-@time: 
-
-

docs/reference/gdk/tmpl/drawing.sgml

@@ -1,239 +0,0 @@
-<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
-Drawing Primitives
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
-functions for drawing points, lines, arcs, and text.
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
-<para>
-These functions provide support for drawing points, lines, arcs and text
-onto what are called 'drawables'. Drawables, as the name suggests, are things
-which support drawing onto them, and are either #GdkWindow or #GdkPixmap
-objects.
-</para>
-<para>
-Many of the drawing operations take a #GdkGC argument, which represents a
-graphics context. This #GdkGC contains a number of drawing attributes such
-as foreground color, background color and line width, and is used to reduce
-the number of arguments needed for each drawing operation. See the
-<link linkend="gdk-Graphics-Contexts">Graphics Contexts</link> section for
-more information.
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_draw_point ##### -->
-<para>
-Draws a point, using the foreground color and other attributes of the #GdkGC.
-</para>
-
-@drawable: a #GdkDrawable (a #GdkWindow or a #GdkPixmap).
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-@x: the x coordinate of the point.
-@y: the y coordinate of the point.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_draw_points ##### -->
-<para>
-Draws a number of points, using the foreground color and other attributes of
-the #GdkGC.
-</para>
-
-@drawable: a #GdkDrawable (a #GdkWindow or a #GdkPixmap).
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-@points: an array of #GdkPoint structures.
-@npoints: the number of points to be drawn.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_draw_line ##### -->
-<para>
-Draws a line, using the foreground color and other attributes of the #GdkGC.
-</para>
-
-@drawable: a #GdkDrawable (a #GdkWindow or a #GdkPixmap).
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-@x1: the x coordinate of the start point.
-@y1: the y coordinate of the start point.
-@x2: the x coordinate of the end point.
-@y2: the y coordinate of the end point.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_draw_lines ##### -->
-<para>
-Draws a series of lines connecting the given points.
-The way in which joins between lines are draw is determined by the
-#GdkCapStyle value in the #GdkGC. This can be set with
-gdk_gc_set_line_attributes().
-</para>
-
-@drawable: a #GdkDrawable (a #GdkWindow or a #GdkPixmap).
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-@points: an array of #GdkPoint structures specifying the endpoints of the
-lines.
-@npoints: the size of the @points array.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_draw_segments ##### -->
-<para>
-Draws a number of unconnected lines.
-</para>
-
-@drawable: a #GdkDrawable (a #GdkWindow or a #GdkPixmap).
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-@segs: an array of #GdkSegment structures specifying the start and end points
-of the lines to be drawn,
-@nsegs: the number of line segments to draw, i.e. the size of the @segs array.
-
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkSegment ##### -->
-<para>
-Specifies the start and end point of a line for use by the gdk_draw_segments()
-function.
-</para>
-
-@x1: the x coordinate of the start point.
-@y1: the y coordinate of the start point.
-@x2: the x coordinate of the end point.
-@y2: the y coordinate of the end point.
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_draw_rectangle ##### -->
-<para>
-Draws a rectangular outline or filled rectangle, using the foreground color
-and other attributes of the #GdkGC.
-</para>
-<note>
-<para>
-A rectangle drawn filled is 1 pixel smaller in both dimensions than a rectangle
-outlined. Calling gdk_draw_rectangle (window, gc, TRUE, 0, 0, 20, 20) results
-in a filled rectangle 20 pixels wide and 20 pixels high. Calling
-gdk_draw_rectangle (window, gc, FALSE, 0, 0, 20, 20) results in an outlined
-rectangle with corners at (0, 0), (0, 20), (20, 20), and (20, 0), which
-makes it 21 pixels wide and 21 pixels high.
-</para>
-</note>
-
-@drawable: a #GdkDrawable (a #GdkWindow or a #GdkPixmap).
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-@filled: TRUE if the rectangle should be filled.
-@x: the x coordinate of the left edge of the rectangle.
-@y: the y coordinate of the top edge of the rectangle.
-@width: the width of the rectangle.
-@height: the height of the rectangle.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_draw_arc ##### -->
-<para>
-Draws an arc or a filled 'pie slice'. The arc is defined by the bounding
-rectangle of the entire ellipse, and the start and end angles of the part of
-the ellipse to be drawn.
-</para>
-
-@drawable: a #GdkDrawable (a #GdkWindow or a #GdkPixmap).
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-@filled: TRUE if the arc should be filled, producing a 'pie slice'.
-@x: the x coordinate of the left edge of the bounding rectangle.
-@y: the y coordinate of the top edge of the bounding rectangle.
-@width: the width of the bounding rectangle.
-@height: the height of the bounding rectangle.
-@angle1: the start angle of the arc, relative to the 3 o'clock position,
-counter-clockwise, in 1/64ths of a degree.
-@angle2: the end angle of the arc, relative to @angle1, in 1/64ths of a degree.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_draw_polygon ##### -->
-<para>
-Draws an outlined or filled polygon.
-</para>
-
-@drawable: a #GdkDrawable (a #GdkWindow or a #GdkPixmap).
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-@filled: TRUE if the polygon should be filled. The polygon is closed
-automatically, connecting the last point to the first point if necessary.
-@points: an array of #GdkPoint structures specifying the points making up the
-polygon.
-@npoints: the number of points.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_draw_string ##### -->
-<para>
-Draws a string of characters in the given font or fontset.
-</para>
-
-@drawable: a #GdkDrawable (a #GdkWindow or a #GdkPixmap).
-@font: a #GdkFont.
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-@x: the x coordinate of the left edge of the text.
-@y: the y coordinate of the baseline of the text.
-@string: the string of characters to draw.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_draw_text ##### -->
-<para>
-Draws a number of characters in the given font or fontset.
-</para>
-
-@drawable: a #GdkDrawable (a #GdkWindow or a #GdkPixmap).
-@font: a #GdkFont.
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-@x: the x coordinate of the left edge of the text.
-@y: the y coordinate of the baseline of the text.
-@text: the characters to draw.
-@text_length: the number of characters of @text to draw.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_draw_text_wc ##### -->
-<para>
-Draws a number of wide characters using the given font of fontset.
-If the font is a 1-byte font, the string is converted into 1-byte characters
-(discarding the high bytes) before output.
-</para>
-
-@drawable: a #GdkDrawable (a #GdkWindow or a #GdkPixmap).
-@font: a #GdkFont.
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-@x: the x coordinate of the left edge of the text.
-@y: the y coordinate of the baseline of the text.
-@text: the wide characters to draw.
-@text_length: the number of characters to draw.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_draw_pixmap ##### -->
-<para>
-Draws a pixmap, or a part of a pixmap, onto another drawable.
-</para>
-
-@drawable: a #GdkDrawable (a #GdkWindow or a #GdkPixmap).
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-@src: the source #GdkPixmap to draw.
-@xsrc: the left edge of the source rectangle within @src.
-@ysrc: the top of the source rectangle within @src.
-@xdest: the x coordinate of the destination within @drawable.
-@ydest: the y coordinate of the destination within @drawable.
-@width: the width of the area to be copied, or -1 to make the area extend to
-the right edge of the source pixmap.
-@height: the height of the area to be copied, or -1 to make the area extend
-to the bottom edge of the source pixmap.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_draw_image ##### -->
-<para>
-Draws a #GdkImage onto a drawable.
-The depth of the #GdkImage must match the depth of the #GdkDrawable.
-</para>
-
-@drawable: a #GdkDrawable (a #GdkWindow or a #GdkPixmap).
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-@image: the #GdkImage to draw.
-@xsrc: the left edge of the source rectangle within @image.
-@ysrc: the top of the source rectangle within @image.
-@xdest: the x coordinate of the destination within @drawable.
-@ydest: the y coordinate of the destination within @drawable.
-@width: the width of the area to be copied, or -1 to make the area extend to
-the right edge of @image.
-@height: the height of the area to be copied, or -1 to make the area extend
-to the bottom edge of @image.
-
-

docs/reference/gdk/tmpl/event_structs.sgml

@@ -1,368 +0,0 @@
-<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
-Event Structures
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
-data structures specific to each type of event.
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
-<para>
-The event structs contain data specific to each type of event in GDK.
-</para>
-<note>
-<para>
-A common mistake is to forget to set the event mask of a widget so that the
-required events are received. See gtk_widget_set_events().
-</para>
-</note>
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### UNION GdkEvent ##### -->
-<para>
-The #GdkEvent struct contains a union of all of the event structs,
-and allows access to the data fields in a number of ways.
-</para>
-<para>
-The event type is always the first field in all of the event structs, and
-can always be accessed with the following code, no matter what type of event
-it is:
-<informalexample>
-<programlisting>
-  GdkEvent *event;  
-  GdkEventType type;
-
-  type = event->type;
-</programlisting>
-</informalexample>
-</para>
-
-<para>
-To access other fields of the event structs, the pointer to the event can be
-cast to the appropriate event struct pointer, or the union member name can be
-used. For example if the event type is %GDK_BUTTON_PRESS then the x coordinate
-of the button press can be accessed with:
-<informalexample>
-<programlisting>
-  GdkEvent *event;  
-  gdouble x;
-
-  x = ((GdkEventButton*)event)->x;
-</programlisting>
-</informalexample>
-or:
-<informalexample>
-<programlisting>
-  GdkEvent *event;  
-  gdouble x;
-
-  x = event->button.x;
-</programlisting>
-</informalexample>
-</para>
-
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkEventAny ##### -->
-<para>
-Contains the fields which are common to all event structs.
-Any event pointer can safely be cast to a pointer to a #GdkEventAny to access
-these fields.
-</para>
-
-@type: the type of the event.
-@window: the window which received the event.
-@send_event: TRUE if the event was sent explicitly (e.g. using XSendEvent).
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkEventKey ##### -->
-<para>
-Describes a key press or key release event.
-</para>
-
-@type: the type of the event (%GDK_KEY_RELEASE or %GDK_KEY_RELEASE).
-@window: the window which received the event.
-@send_event: TRUE if the event was sent explicitly (e.g. using XSendEvent).
-@time: the time of the event in milliseconds.
-@state: a bit-mask representing the state of the modifier keys (e.g. Control,
-Shift and Alt) and the pointer buttons. See #GdkModifierType.
-@keyval: the key that was pressed or released. See the &lt;gdk/gdkkeysym.h&gt;
-header file for a complete list of GDK key codes.
-@length: the length of @string.
-@string: a null-terminated multi-byte string containing the composed characters
-resulting from the key press. When text is being input, in a GtkEntry for
-example, it is these characters which should be added to the input buffer.
-When using <link linkend="gdk-Input-Methods"> Input Methods</link> to support
-internationalized text input, the composed characters appear here after the
-pre-editing has been completed.
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkEventButton ##### -->
-<para>
-Used for button press and button release events. The
-<structfield>type</structfield> field will be one of %GDK_BUTTON_PRESS,
-%GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS, %GDK_3BUTTON_PRESS, and %GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE.
-</para>
-<para>
-Double and triple-clicks result in a sequence of events being received.
-For double-clicks the order of events will be:
-<orderedlist>
-<listitem><para>%GDK_BUTTON_PRESS</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>%GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>%GDK_BUTTON_PRESS</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>%GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>%GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-Note that the first click is received just like a normal
-button press, while the second click results in a %GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS being
-received just after the %GDK_BUTTON_PRESS.
-</para>
-<para>
-Triple-clicks are very similar to double-clicks, except that %GDK_3BUTTON_PRESS
-is inserted after the third click. The order of the events is:
-<orderedlist>
-<listitem><para>%GDK_BUTTON_PRESS</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>%GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>%GDK_BUTTON_PRESS</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>%GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>%GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>%GDK_BUTTON_PRESS</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>%GDK_3BUTTON_PRESS</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>%GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</para>
-<para>
-For a double click to occur, the second button press must occur within 1/4 of
-a second of the first. For a triple click to occur, the third button press
-must also occur within 1/2 second of the first button press.
-</para>
-
-@type: the type of the event (%GDK_BUTTON_PRESS, %GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS,
-%GDK_3BUTTON_PRESS or %GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE).
-@window: the window which received the event.
-@send_event: TRUE if the event was sent explicitly (e.g. using XSendEvent).
-@time: the time of the event in milliseconds.
-@x: the x coordinate of the mouse relative to the window.
-@y: the y coordinate of the mouse relative to the window.
-@pressure: the pressure of the button press, intended for input devices such
-as graphics tablets. It defaults to 0.5.
-@xtilt: the horizontal tilt of the input device. Defaults to 0.
-@ytilt: the vertical tilt of the input device. Defaults to 0.
-@state: a bit-mask representing the state of the modifier keys (e.g. Control,
-Shift and Alt) and the pointer buttons. See #GdkModifierType.
-@button: the button which was pressed or released, numbered from 1 to 5.
-Normally button 1 is the left mouse button, 2 is the middle button,
-and 3 is the right button. On 2-button mice, the middle button can often
-be simulated by pressing both mouse buttons together.
-@source: the input device where the event came from, usually %GDK_SOURCE_MOUSE.
-@deviceid: the input device ID, usually %GDK_CORE_POINTER but may be
-different if touch screens or graphics tablets are being used.
-@x_root: the x coordinate of the mouse relative to the root of the screen.
-@y_root: the y coordinate of the mouse relative to the root of the screen.
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkEventMotion ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@type: the type of the event.
-@window: the window which received the event.
-@send_event: TRUE if the event was sent explicitly (e.g. using XSendEvent).
-@time: 
-@x: 
-@y: 
-@pressure: 
-@xtilt: 
-@ytilt: 
-@state: 
-@is_hint: 
-@source: 
-@deviceid: 
-@x_root: 
-@y_root: 
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkEventExpose ##### -->
-<para>
-Generated when all or part of a window becomes visible and needs to be
-redrawn.
-</para>
-
-@type: the type of the event (%GDK_EXPOSE).
-@window: the window which received the event.
-@send_event: TRUE if the event was sent explicitly (e.g. using XSendEvent).
-@area: the area that needs to be redrawn.
-@count: the number of contiguous %GDK_EXPOSE events following this one.
-The only use for this is "exposure compression", i.e. handling all contiguous
-%GDK_EXPOSE events in one go, though GDK performs some exposure compression
-so this is not normally needed.
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkEventVisibility ##### -->
-<para>
-Generated when the window visibility status has changed.
-</para>
-
-@type: the type of the event (%GDK_VISIBILITY_NOTIFY).
-@window: the window which received the event.
-@send_event: TRUE if the event was sent explicitly (e.g. using XSendEvent).
-@state: the new visibility state (%GDK_VISIBILITY_FULLY_OBSCURED,
-%GDK_VISIBILITY_PARTIAL or %GDK_VISIBILITY_UNOBSCURED).
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkVisibilityState ##### -->
-<para>
-Specifies the visiblity status of a window for a #GdkEventVisibility.
-</para>
-
-@GDK_VISIBILITY_UNOBSCURED: the window is completely visible.
-@GDK_VISIBILITY_PARTIAL: the window is partially visible.
-@GDK_VISIBILITY_FULLY_OBSCURED: the window is not visible at all.
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkEventCrossing ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@type: the type of the event.
-@window: the window which received the event.
-@send_event: TRUE if the event was sent explicitly (e.g. using XSendEvent).
-@subwindow: 
-@time: the time of the event in milliseconds.
-@x: 
-@y: 
-@x_root: 
-@y_root: 
-@mode: 
-@detail: 
-@focus: 
-@state: 
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkCrossingMode ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@GDK_CROSSING_NORMAL: 
-@GDK_CROSSING_GRAB: 
-@GDK_CROSSING_UNGRAB: 
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkNotifyType ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR: 
-@GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL: 
-@GDK_NOTIFY_INFERIOR: 
-@GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR: 
-@GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR_VIRTUAL: 
-@GDK_NOTIFY_UNKNOWN: 
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkEventFocus ##### -->
-<para>
-Describes a change of keyboard focus.
-</para>
-
-@type: the type of the event (%GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE).
-@window: the window which received the event.
-@send_event: TRUE if the event was sent explicitly (e.g. using XSendEvent).
-@in: TRUE if the window has gained the keyboard focus, FALSE if it has lost
-the focus.
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkEventConfigure ##### -->
-<para>
-Generated when a window size or position has changed.
-</para>
-
-@type: the type of the event (%GDK_CONFIGURE).
-@window: the window which received the event.
-@send_event: TRUE if the event was sent explicitly (e.g. using XSendEvent).
-@x: the new x coordinate of the window, relative to its parent.
-@y: the new y coordinate of the window, relative to its parent.
-@width: the new width of the window.
-@height: the new height of the window.
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkEventProperty ##### -->
-<para>
-Describes a property change on a window.
-</para>
-
-@type: the type of the event (%GDK_PROPERTY_NOTIFY).
-@window: the window which received the event.
-@send_event: TRUE if the event was sent explicitly (e.g. using XSendEvent).
-@atom: the property that was changed.
-@time: the time of the event in milliseconds.
-@state: whether the property was changed (%GDK_PROPERTY_NEW_VALUE) or
-deleted (%GDK_PROPERTY_DELETE).
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkPropertyState ##### -->
-<para>
-Specifies the type of a property change for a #GdkEventProperty.
-</para>
-
-@GDK_PROPERTY_NEW_VALUE: the property value wan changed.
-@GDK_PROPERTY_DELETE: the property was deleted.
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkEventSelection ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@type: the type of the event.
-@window: the window which received the event.
-@send_event: TRUE if the event was sent explicitly (e.g. using XSendEvent).
-@selection: 
-@target: 
-@property: 
-@requestor: 
-@time: the time of the event in milliseconds.
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkEventDND ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@type: the type of the event.
-@window: the window which received the event.
-@send_event: TRUE if the event was sent explicitly (e.g. using XSendEvent).
-@context: 
-@time: the time of the event in milliseconds.
-@x_root: 
-@y_root: 
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkEventProximity ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@type: the type of the event.
-@window: the window which received the event.
-@send_event: TRUE if the event was sent explicitly (e.g. using XSendEvent).
-@time: the time of the event in milliseconds.
-@source: 
-@deviceid: 
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkEventClient ##### -->
-<para>
-An event sent by another client application.
-</para>
-
-@type: the type of the event (%GDK_CLIENT_EVENT).
-@window: the window which received the event.
-@send_event: TRUE if the event was sent explicitly (e.g. using XSendEvent).
-@message_type: the type of the message, which can be defined by the
-application.
-@data_format: the format of the data, given as the number of bits in each
-data element, i.e. 8, 16, or 32. 8-bit data uses the b array of the data
-union, 16-bit data uses the s array, and 32-bit data uses the l array.
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkEventNoExpose ##### -->
-<para>
-Generated when the area of a #GdkDrawable being copied, with gdk_draw_pixmap()
-or gdk_window_copy_area(), was completely available.
-</para>
-<para>
-FIXME: add more here.
-</para>
-
-@type: the type of the event (%GDK_NO_EXPOSE).
-@window: the window which received the event.
-@send_event: TRUE if the event was sent explicitly (e.g. using XSendEvent).
-

docs/reference/gdk/tmpl/events.sgml

@@ -1,303 +0,0 @@
-<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
-Events
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
-functions for handling events from the window system.
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
-<para>
-This section describes functions dealing with events from the window system.
-</para>
-<para>
-In GTK+ applications the events are handled automatically in
-gtk_main_do_event() and passed on to the appropriate widgets, so these
-functions are rarely needed. Though some of the fields in the
-<link linkend="gdk-Event-Structures">Event Structures</link> are useful.
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
-<para>
-<variablelist>
-<varlistentry>
-<term><link linkend="gdk-Event-Structures">Event Structures</link></term>
-<listitem><para>
-The structs used for each type of event.
-</para></listitem>
-</varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkEventType ##### -->
-<para>
-Specifies the type of the event.
-</para>
-<para>
-Do not confuse these events with the signals that GTK+ widgets emit.
-Although many of these events result in corresponding signals being emitted,
-the events are often transformed or filtered along the way.
-</para>
-
-@GDK_NOTHING: a special code to indicate a null event.
-@GDK_DELETE: the window manager has requested that the toplevel window be
-hidden or destroyed, usually when the user clicks on a special icon in the
-title bar.
-@GDK_DESTROY: the window has been destroyed.
-@GDK_EXPOSE: all or part of the window has become visible and needs to be
-redrawn.
-@GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY: the pointer (usually a mouse) has moved.
-@GDK_BUTTON_PRESS: a mouse button has been pressed.
-@GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS: a mouse button has been double-clicked (clicked twice
-within a short period of time). Note that each click also generates a
-%GDK_BUTTON_PRESS event.
-@GDK_3BUTTON_PRESS: a mouse button has been clicked 3 times in a short period
-of time. Note that each click also generates a %GDK_BUTTON_PRESS event.
-@GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE: a mouse button has been released.
-@GDK_KEY_PRESS: a key has been pressed.
-@GDK_KEY_RELEASE: a key has been released.
-@GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY: the pointer has entered the window.
-@GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY: the pointer has left the window.
-@GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE: the keyboard focus has entered or left the window.
-@GDK_CONFIGURE: the size, position or stacking order of the window has changed.
-Note that GTK+ discards these events for %GDK_WINDOW_CHILD windows.
-@GDK_MAP: the window has been mapped.
-@GDK_UNMAP: the window has been unmapped.
-@GDK_PROPERTY_NOTIFY: a property on the window has been changed or deleted.
-@GDK_SELECTION_CLEAR: the application has lost ownership of a selection.
-@GDK_SELECTION_REQUEST: another application has requested a selection.
-@GDK_SELECTION_NOTIFY: a selection has been received.
-@GDK_PROXIMITY_IN: an input device has moved into contact with a sensing
-surface (e.g. a touchscreen or graphics tablet).
-@GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT: an input device has moved out of contact with a sensing
-surface.
-@GDK_DRAG_ENTER: the mouse has entered the window while a drag is in progress.
-@GDK_DRAG_LEAVE: the mouse has left the window while a drag is in progress.
-@GDK_DRAG_MOTION: the mouse has moved in the window while a drag is in
-progress.
-@GDK_DRAG_STATUS: the status of the drag operation initiated by the window
-has changed.
-@GDK_DROP_START: a drop operation onto the window has started.
-@GDK_DROP_FINISHED: the drop operation initiated by the window has completed.
-@GDK_CLIENT_EVENT: a message has been received from another application.
-@GDK_VISIBILITY_NOTIFY: the window visibility status has changed.
-@GDK_NO_EXPOSE: indicates that the source region was completely available
-when parts of a drawable were copied. This is not very useful.
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkEventMask ##### -->
-<para>
-A set of bit-flags to indicate which events a window is to receive.
-Most of these masks map onto one or more of the #GdkEventType event types
-above.
-</para>
-<para>
-%GDK_POINTER_MOTION_HINT_MASK is a special mask which is used to reduce the
-number of %GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY events received. Normally a %GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY
-event is received each time the mouse moves. However, if the application
-spends a lot of time processing the event (updating the display, for example),
-it can easily lag behind the position of the mouse. When using the
-%GDK_POINTER_MOTION_HINT_MASK the server will only send %GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY
-events when the application asks for them, by calling gdk_window_get_pointer().
-</para>
-
-@GDK_EXPOSURE_MASK: 
-@GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK: 
-@GDK_POINTER_MOTION_HINT_MASK: 
-@GDK_BUTTON_MOTION_MASK: 
-@GDK_BUTTON1_MOTION_MASK: 
-@GDK_BUTTON2_MOTION_MASK: 
-@GDK_BUTTON3_MOTION_MASK: 
-@GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK: 
-@GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE_MASK: 
-@GDK_KEY_PRESS_MASK: 
-@GDK_KEY_RELEASE_MASK: 
-@GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY_MASK: 
-@GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK: 
-@GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK: 
-@GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK: 
-@GDK_PROPERTY_CHANGE_MASK: 
-@GDK_VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_MASK: 
-@GDK_PROXIMITY_IN_MASK: 
-@GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT_MASK: 
-@GDK_SUBSTRUCTURE_MASK: 
-@GDK_ALL_EVENTS_MASK: the combination of all the above event masks.
-
-<!-- ##### MACRO GDK_CURRENT_TIME ##### -->
-<para>
-Represents the current time, and can be used anywhere a time is expected.
-</para>
-
-
-
-<!-- ##### MACRO GDK_PRIORITY_EVENTS ##### -->
-<para>
-This is the priority that events from the X server are given in the
-<link linkend="glib-The-Main-Event-Loop">GLib Main Loop</link>.
-</para>
-
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_events_pending ##### -->
-<para>
-Checks if any events are waiting to be processed.
-</para>
-
-@Returns: TRUE if any events are pending.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_event_peek ##### -->
-<para>
-Gets a copy of the first #GdkEvent in the event queue.
-(Note that this function will not get more events from the X server.
-It only checks the events that have already been moved to the GDK event queue.)
-</para>
-
-@Returns: a copy of the first #GdkEvent on the event queue, or NULL if no
-events are in the queue. The returned #GdkEvent should be freed with
-gdk_event_free().
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_event_get ##### -->
-<para>
-Gets the next #GdkEvent to be processed, fetching events from the X server if
-necessary.
-</para>
-
-@Returns: the next #GdkEvent to be processed, or NULL if no events are pending.
-The returned #GdkEvent should be freed with gdk_event_free().
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_event_get_graphics_expose ##### -->
-<para>
-Waits for a GraphicsExpose or NoExpose event from the X server.
-This is used in the #GtkText and #GtkCList widgets in GTK+ to make sure any
-GraphicsExpose events are handled before the widget is scrolled.
-</para>
-
-@window: the #GdkWindow to wait for the events for.
-@Returns: a #GdkEventExpose if a GraphicsExpose was received, or NULL if a
-NoExpose event was received.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_event_put ##### -->
-<para>
-Appends a copy of the given event onto the front of the event queue.
-</para>
-
-@event: a #GdkEvent.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_event_copy ##### -->
-<para>
-Copies a #GdkEvent, copying or incrementing the reference count of the
-resources associated with it (e.g. #GdkWindow's and strings).
-</para>
-
-@event: a #GdkEvent.
-@Returns: a copy of @event. The returned #GdkEvent should be freed with
-gdk_event_free().
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_event_free ##### -->
-<para>
-Frees a #GdkEvent, freeing or decrementing any resources associated with it.
-Note that this function should only be called with events returned from
-gdk_event_peek(), gdk_event_get(), gdk_event_get_graphics_expose() and
-gdk_event_copy().
-</para>
-
-@event: a #GdkEvent.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_event_get_time ##### -->
-<para>
-Gets the timestamp from a #GdkEvent.
-</para>
-
-@event: a #GdkEvent.
-@Returns: the timestamp from @event, or #GDK_CURRENT_TIME if the event has
-no timestamp.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_event_handler_set ##### -->
-<para>
-Sets the function to call to handle all events from GDK.
-</para>
-<para>
-Note that GTK+ uses this to install its own event handler, so it is probably
-not useful for GTK+ applications.
-</para>
-
-@func: the function to call to handle events from GDK.
-@data: user data to pass to the function.
-@notify: the function to call when the handler function is removed, i.e. when
-gdk_event_handler_set() is called with another event handler.
-
-
-<!-- ##### USER_FUNCTION GdkEventFunc ##### -->
-<para>
-Specifies the type of function passed to gdk_event_handler_set() to handle
-all GDK events.
-</para>
-
-@event: the #GdkEvent to process.
-@data: user data set when the event handler was installed with
-gdk_event_handler_set().
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_event_send_client_message ##### -->
-<para>
-Sends an X ClientMessage event to a given window.
-</para>
-<para>
-This could be used for communicating between different applications,
-though the amount of data is limited to 20 bytes.
-</para>
-
-@event: the #GdkEvent to send, which should be a #GdkEventClient.
-@xid: the window to send the X ClientMessage event to.
-@Returns: non-zero on success.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_event_send_clientmessage_toall ##### -->
-<para>
-Sends an X ClientMessage event to all toplevel windows.
-</para>
-<para>
-Toplevel windows are determined by checking for the WM_STATE property, as
-described in the Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual (ICCCM).
-If no windows are found with the WM_STATE property set, the message is sent
-to all children of the root window.
-</para>
-
-@event: the #GdkEvent to send, which should be a #GdkEventClient.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_add_client_message_filter ##### -->
-<para>
-Adds a filter to be called when X ClientMessage events are received.
-</para>
-
-@message_type: the type of ClientMessage events to receive. This will be
-checked against the <structfield>message_type</structfield> field of the
-XClientMessage event struct.
-@func: the function to call to process the event.
-@data: user data to pass to @func.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_get_show_events ##### -->
-<para>
-Returns non-zero if event debugging output is enabled.
-</para>
-
-@Returns: non-zero if event debugging output is enabled.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_set_show_events ##### -->
-<para>
-Sets whether event debugging information is output.
-Note that GTK+ must be compiled with debugging enabled, i.e. using the
-'--enable-debug' configure option.
-</para>
-
-@show_events: TRUE to output event debugging information.
-
-

docs/reference/gdk/tmpl/fonts.sgml

@@ -1,643 +0,0 @@
-<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
-Fonts
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
-loading and manipulating fonts
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
-<para>
-The GdkFont data type represents a font for drawing on
-the screen. These functions provide support for
-loading fonts, and also for determining the dimensions
-of characters and strings when drawn with a particular
-font.
-</para>
-
-<para>
-Fonts in X are specified by a
-<firstterm>X Logical Font Description</firstterm>. 
-The following description is considerably simplified.
-For definitive information about XLFD's see the 
-X reference documentation. A X Logical Font Description (XLFD)
-consists of a sequence of fields separated (and surrounded by) '-'
-characters. For example, Adobe Helvetica Bold 12 pt, has the
-full description: 
-
-<programlisting>
-"-adobe-helvetica-bold-r-normal--12-120-75-75-p-70-iso8859-1"
-</programlisting>
-</para>
-
-<para>
-The fields in the XLFD are:
-
-<informaltable pgwide=1 frame="none">
-<tgroup cols="2"><colspec colwidth="2*"><colspec colwidth="8*">
-<tbody>
-
-<row>
-<entry>Foundry</entry>
-<entry>the company or organization where the font originated.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>Family</entry>
-<entry>the font family (a group of related font designs).</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>Weight</entry>
-<entry>A name for the font's typographic weight
-For example, 'bold' or 'medium').</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>Slant</entry>
-<entry>The slant of the font. Common values are 'R' for Roman,
-'I' for italoc, and 'O' for oblique.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>Set Width</entry>
-<entry>A name for the width of the font. For example,
-'normal' or 'condensed'.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>Add Style</entry>
-<entry>Additional information to distinguish a font from
-other fonts of the same family.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>Pixel Size</entry>
-<entry>The body size of the font in pixels.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>Point Size</entry>
-<entry>The body size of the font in 10ths of a point.
-(A <firstterm>point</firstterm> is 1/72.27 inch) </entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>Resolution X</entry>
-<entry>The horizontal resolution that the font was designed for.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>Resolution Y</entry>
-<entry>The vertical resolution that the font was designed for .</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>Spacing</entry>
-<entry>The type of spacing for the font - can be 'p' for proportional,
-'m' for monospaced or 'c' for charcell.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>Average Width</entry>
-<entry>The average width of a glyph in the font. For monospaced
-and charcell fonts, all glyphs in the font have this width</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>Charset Registry</entry>
-<entry>The registration authority that owns the encoding for
-the font. Together with the Charset Encoding field, this
-defines the character set for the font.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>Charset Encoding</entry>
-<entry>An identifier for the particular character set encoding.</entry>
-</row>
-
-</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
-</para>
-
-<para>
-When specifying a font via a X logical Font Description,
-'*' can be used as a wildcard to match any portion of
-the XLFD. For instance, the above example could
-also be specified as
-
-<programlisting>
-"-*-helvetica-bold-r-normal--*-120-*-*-*-*-iso8859-1"
-</programlisting>
-
-It is generally a good idea to use wildcards for any
-portion of the XLFD that your program does not care
-about specifically, since that will improve the
-chances of finding a matching font.
-</para>
-
-<para>
-A <firstterm>fontset</firstterm> is a list of fonts
-that is used for drawing international text that may
-contain characters from a number of different character
-sets. It is represented by a list of XLFD's. 
-</para>
-
-<para>
-The font for a given character set is determined by going
-through the list of XLFD's in order. For each one, if
-the registry and and encoding fields match the desired
-character set, then that font is used, otherwise if
-the XLFD contains wild-cards for the registry and encoding
-fields, the registry and encoding for the desired character
-set are subsituted in and a lookup is done. If a match is found
-that font is used. Otherwise, processing continues
-on to the next font in the list.
-</para>
-
-<para>
-The functions for determining the metrics of a string
-come in several varieties that can take a number
-of forms of string input:
-
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>8-bit string</term>
-    <listitem><para>
-    When using functions like gdk_string_width() that
-    take a <type>gchar *</type>, if the font is of type
-    %GDK_FONT_FONT and is an 8-bit font, then each
-    <type>gchar</type> indexes the glyphs in the font directly.
-    </para></listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>16-bit string</term>
-    <listitem><para>
-    For functions taking a <type>gchar *</type>, if the
-    font is of type %GDK_FONT_FONT, and is a 16-bit
-    font, then the <type>gchar *</type> argument is
-    interpreted as a <type>guint16 *</type> cast to
-    a <type>gchar *</type> and each <type>guint16</type>
-    indexes the glyphs in the font directly.
-    </para></listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>Multibyte string</term>
-    <listitem><para>
-    For functions taking a <type>gchar *</type>, if the
-    font is of type %GDK_FONT_FONTSET, then the input
-    string is interpreted as a <firstterm>multibyte</firstterm>
-    encoded according to the current locale. (A multibyte
-    string is one in which each character may consist
-    of one or more bytes, with different lengths for different
-    characters in the string). They can be converted to and
-    from wide character strings (see below) using
-    gdk_wcstombs() and gdk_mbstowcs().) The string will
-    be rendered using one or more different fonts from
-    the fontset.
-    </para></listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>Wide character string</term>
-    <listitem><para>
-    For a number of the text-measuring functions, GTK+
-    provides a variant (such as gdk_text_width_wc()) which
-    takes a <type>GdkWChar *</type> instead of a 
-    <type>gchar *</type>. The input is then taken to
-    be a wide character string in the encoding of the
-    current locale. (A wide character string is a string
-    in which each character consists of several bytes,
-    and the width of each character in the string is 
-    constant.)
-    </para></listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-</para>
-
-<para>
-GDK provides functions to determine a number of different
-measurements (metrics) for a given string. (Need diagram
-here).
-
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>ascent</term>
-    <listitem><para>
-    The vertical distance from the origin of the drawing
-    opereration to the top of the drawn character.
-    </para></listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>descent</term>
-    <listitem><para>
-    The vertical distance from the origin of the drawing
-    opereration to the bottom of the drawn character.
-    </para></listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>left bearing</term>
-    <listitem><para>
-    The horizontal distance from the origin of the drawing
-    operation to the left-most part of the drawn character.
-    </para></listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>right bearing</term>
-    <listitem><para>
-    The horizontal distance from the origin of the drawing
-    operation to the right-most part of the drawn character.
-    </para></listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>width bearing</term>
-    <listitem><para>
-    The horizontal distance from the origin of the drawing
-    operation to the correct origin for drawing another
-    string to follow the current one. Depending on the
-    font, this could be greater than or less than the 
-    right bearing.
-    </para></listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkFont ##### -->
-<para>
-The GdkFont structure represents a font or fontset. It
-contains the following public fields. A new GdkFont
-structure is returned by gdk_font_load() or gdk_fontset_load(),
-and is reference counted with gdk_font_ref() and gdk_font_unref()
-
-<informaltable pgwide=1 frame="none" role="struct">
-<tgroup cols="2"><colspec colwidth="2*"><colspec colwidth="8*">
-<tbody>
-
-<row>
-<entry><structfield>type</structfield></entry>
-<entry>a value of type #GdkFontType which indicates
-whether this font is a single font or a fontset.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry><structfield>ascent</structfield></entry>
-<entry>the maximum distance that the font, when drawn,
-ascends above the baseline.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry><structfield>descent</structfield></entry>
-<entry>the maximum distance that the font, when drawn,
-descends below the baseline.</entry>
-</row>
-
-</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
-</para>
-
-@type: 
-@ascent: 
-@descent: 
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkFontType ##### -->
-<para>
-Indicates the type of a font. The possible values
-are currently:
-
-<informaltable pgwide=1 frame="none" role="enum">
-<tgroup cols="2"><colspec colwidth="2*"><colspec colwidth="8*">
-<tbody>
-
-<row>
-<entry>GDK_FONT_FONT</entry>
-<entry>the font is a single font.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>GDK_FONT_FONT</entry>
-<entry>the font is a fontset.</entry>
-</row>
-
-</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
-</para>
-
-@GDK_FONT_FONT: 
-@GDK_FONT_FONTSET: 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_font_load ##### -->
-<para>
-Loads a font.
-</para>
-
-<para>
-Currently, this function will always return a new
-font, however, in the future, it may be changed to
-look up the font in a cache. You should make no
-assumptions about the initial reference count.
-</para>
-
-@font_name: a XLFD describing the font to load.
-@Returns: a #GdkFont, or NULL if the font could not be loaded.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_fontset_load ##### -->
-<para>
-Loads a fontset.
-</para>
-<para>
-Currently this function will always return a new
-font, however, in the future, it may be changed to
-look up the font in a cache. You should make no
-assumptions about the initial reference count.
-</para>
-
-@fontset_name: a comma-separated list of XLFDs describing
-   the component fonts of the fontset to load.
-@Returns: a #GdkFont, or NULL if the fontset could not be loaded.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_font_ref ##### -->
-<para>
-Increase the reference count of a count by one.
-</para>
-
-@font: a #GdkFont
-@Returns: @font
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_font_unref ##### -->
-<para>
-Decrease the reference count of a count by one.
-If the result is zero, destroys the font.
-</para>
-
-@font: a #GdkFont
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_font_id ##### -->
-<para>
-Returns the X Font ID for the given font. 
-</para>
-
-@font: a #GdkFont.
-@Returns: the numeric X Font ID
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_font_equal ##### -->
-<para>
-Compares two fonts for equality. Single fonts compare equal
-if they have the same X font ID. This operation does
-not currently work correctly for fontsets.
-</para>
-
-@fonta: a #GdkFont.
-@fontb: another #GdkFont.
-@Returns: %TRUE if the fonts are equal.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_string_extents ##### -->
-<para>
-Returns the metrics of a NULL-terminated string.
-</para>
-
-@font: a #GdkFont.
-@string: the NULL-terminated string to measure.
-@lbearing: the left bearing of the string.
-@rbearing: the right bearing of the string.
-@width: the width of the string.
-@ascent: the ascent of the string.
-@descent: the descent of the string.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_text_extents ##### -->
-<para>
-Returns the metrics of a string.
-</para>
-
-@font: a #GdkFont
-@text: the text to measure
-@text_length: the length of the text in bytes. (If the
-  font is a 16-bit font, this is twice the length
-  of the text in characters.)
-@lbearing: the left bearing of the string.
-@rbearing: the right bearing of the string.
-@width: the width of the string.
-@ascent: the ascent of the string.
-@descent: the descent of the string.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_text_extents_wc ##### -->
-<para>
-Returns the metrics of a string of wide characters.
-</para>
-
-@font: a #GdkFont
-@text: the text to measure.
-@text_length: the length of the text in character.
-@lbearing: the left bearing of the string.
-@rbearing: the right bearing of the string.
-@width: the width of the string.
-@ascent: the ascent of the string.
-@descent: the descent of the string.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_string_width ##### -->
-<para>
-Determine the width of a NULL-terminated string.
-(The distance from the origin of the string to the 
-point where the next string in a sequence of strings
-should be drawn)
-</para>
-
-@font: a #GdkFont
-@string: the NULL-terminated string to measure
-@Returns: the width of the string in pixels.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_text_width ##### -->
-<para>
-Determine the width of a given string.
-</para>
-
-@font: a #GdkFont
-@text: the text to measure.
-@text_length: the length of the text in bytes.
-@Returns: the width of the string in pixels.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_text_width_wc ##### -->
-<para>
-Determine the width of a given wide-character string.
-</para>
-
-@font: a #GdkFont
-@text: the text to measure.
-@text_length: the length of the text in characters.
-@Returns: the width of the string in pixels.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_char_width ##### -->
-<para>
-Determine the width of a given character.
-</para>
-
-@font: a #GdkFont
-@character: the character to measure.
-@Returns: the width of the character in pixels.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_char_width_wc ##### -->
-<para>
-Determine the width of a given wide character. (Encoded
-in the wide-character encoding of the current locale).
-</para>
-
-@font: a #GdkFont
-@character: the character to measure.
-@Returns: the width of the character in pixels.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_string_measure ##### -->
-<para>
-Determines the distance from the origin to the rightmost
-portion of a NULL-terminated string when drawn. This is not the
-correct value for determining the origin of the next
-portion when drawing text in multiple pieces.
-See gdk_string_width().
-</para>
-
-@font: a #GdkFont
-@string: the NULL-terminated string to measure.
-@Returns: the right bearing of the string in pixels.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_text_measure ##### -->
-<para>
-Determines the distance from the origin to the rightmost
-portion of a string when drawn. This is not the
-correct value for determining the origin of the next
-portion when drawing text in multiple pieces. 
-See gdk_text_width().
-</para>
-
-@font: a #GdkFont
-@text: the text to measure.
-@text_length: the length of the text in bytes.
-@Returns: the right bearing of the string in pixels.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_char_measure ##### -->
-<para>
-Determines the distance from the origin to the rightmost
-portion of a character when drawn. This is not the
-correct value for determining the origin of the next
-portion when drawing text in multiple pieces. 
-</para>
-
-@font: a #GdkFont
-@character: the character to measure.
-@Returns: the right bearing of the character in pixels.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_string_height ##### -->
-<para>
-Determines the total height of a given NULL-terminated
-string. This value is not generally useful, because you
-cannot determine how this total height will be drawn in
-relation to the baseline. See gdk_string_extents().
-</para>
-
-@font: a #GdkFont
-@string: the NULL-terminated string to measure.
-@Returns: the height of the string in pixels.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_text_height ##### -->
-<para>
-Determines the total height of a given string.
-This value is not generally useful, because you cannot
-determine how this total height will be drawn in
-relation to the baseline. See gdk_text_extents().
-</para>
-
-@font: a #GdkFont
-@text: the text to measure.
-@text_length: the length of the text in bytes.
-@Returns: the height of the string in pixels.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_char_height ##### -->
-<para>
-Determines the total height of a given character.
-This value is not generally useful, because you cannot
-determine how this total height will be drawn in
-relation to the baseline. See gdk_text_extents().
-</para>
-
-@font: a #GdkFont
-@character: the character to measure.
-@Returns: the height of the character in pixels.
-
-
-<!-- ##### TYPEDEF GdkWChar ##### -->
-<para>
-Specifies a wide character type, used to represent character codes.
-This is needed since some native languages have character sets which have
-more than 256 characters (Japanese and Chinese, for example).
-</para>
-<para>
-Wide character values between 0 and 127 are always identical in meaning to
-the ASCII character codes. The wide character value 0 is often used to
-terminate strings of wide characters in a similar way to normal strings
-using the char type.
-</para>
-<para>
-An alternative to wide characters is multi-byte characters, which extend
-normal char strings to cope with larger character sets. As the name suggests,
-multi-byte characters use a different number of bytes to store different
-character codes. For example codes 0-127 (i.e. the ASCII codes) often
-use just one byte of memory, while other codes may use 2, 3 or even 4 bytes.
-Multi-byte characters have the advantage that they can often be used in an
-application with little change, since strings are still represented as arrays
-of char values. However multi-byte strings are much easier to manipulate since
-the character are all of the same size.
-</para>
-<para>
-Applications typically use wide characters to represent character codes
-internally, and multi-byte strings when saving the characters to a file.
-The gdk_wcstombs() and gdk_mbstowcs() functions can be used to convert from
-one representation to the other.
-</para>
-<para>
-See the 'Extended Characters' section of the GNU C Library Reference Manual
-for more detailed information on wide and multi-byte characters.
-</para>
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_wcstombs ##### -->
-<para>
-Converts a wide character string to a multi-byte string.
-(The function name comes from an acronym of 'Wide Character String TO
-Multi-Byte String').
-</para>
-
-@src: a wide character string.
-@Returns: the multi-byte string corresponding to @src, or NULL if the
-conversion failed. The returned string should be freed with g_free() when no
-longer needed.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_mbstowcs ##### -->
-<para>
-Converts a multi-byte string to a wide character string.
-(The function name comes from an acronym of 'Multi-Byte String TO Wide
-Character String').
-</para>
-
-@dest: the space to place the converted wide character string into.
-@src: the multi-byte string to convert, which must be null-terminated.
-@dest_max: the maximum number of wide characters to place in @dest.
-@Returns: the number of wide characters written into @dest, or -1 if the
-conversion failed.
-
-

docs/reference/gdk/tmpl/gcs.sgml

@@ -1,639 +0,0 @@
-<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
-Graphics Contexts
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
-objects to encapsulate drawing properties.
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
-<para>
-All drawing operations in GDK take a 
-<firstterm>graphics context</firstterm> (GC) argument. 
-A graphics context encapsulates information about
-the way things are drawn, such as the foreground
-color or line width. By using graphics contexts, 
-the number of arguments to each drawing call is
-greatly reduced, and communication overhead is
-minimized, since identical arguments do not need
-to be passed repeatedly.
-</para>
-<para>
-Most values of a graphics context can be set at
-creation time by using gdk_gc_new_with_values(),
-or can be set one-by-one using functions such
-as gdk_gc_set_foreground(). A few of the values
-in the GC, such as the dash pattern, can only
-be set by the latter method.
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkGC ##### -->
-<para>
-The #GdkGC structure represents a graphics context.
-It is an opaque structure with no user-visible
-elements.
-</para>
-
-@dummy_var: 
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkGCValues ##### -->
-<para>
-The #GdkGCValues structure holds a set of values used
-to create or modify a graphics context.
-
-<informaltable pgwide=1 frame="none" role="struct">
-<tgroup cols="2"><colspec colwidth="2*"><colspec colwidth="8*">
-<tbody>
-
-<row>
-<entry>#GdkColor	foreground;</entry>
-<entry>the foreground color.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>#GdkColor	background;</entry>
-<entry>the background color.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>#GdkFont *font;</entry>
-<entry>the default font..</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>#GdkFunction function;</entry>
-<entry>the bitwise operation used when drawing.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>#GdkFill fill;</entry>
-<entry>the fill style.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>#GdkPixmap *tile;</entry>
-<entry>the tile pixmap.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>#GdkPixmap *stipple;</entry>
-<entry>the stipple bitmap.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>#GdkPixmap *clip_mask;</entry>
-<entry>the clip mask bitmap.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>#GdkSubwindowMode subwindow_mode;</entry>
-<entry>the subwindow mode.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>#gint ts_x_origin;</entry>
-<entry>the x origin of the tile or stipple.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>#gint ts_y_origin;</entry>
-<entry>the y origin of the tile or stipple.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>#gint clip_x_origin;</entry>
-<entry>the x origin of the clip mask.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>#gint clip_y_origin;</entry>
-<entry>the y origin of the clip mask.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>#gint graphics_exposures;</entry>
-<entry>whether graphics exposures are enabled.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>#gint line_width;</entry>
-<entry>the line width</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>#GdkLineStyle line_style;</entry>
-<entry>the way dashed lines are drawn</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>#GdkCapStyle cap_style;</entry>
-<entry>the way the ends of lines are drawn</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>#GdkJoinStyle join_style;</entry>
-<entry>the way joins between lines are drawn</entry>
-</row>
-
-</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
-</para>
-
-@foreground: 
-@background: 
-@font: 
-@function: 
-@fill: 
-@tile: 
-@stipple: 
-@clip_mask: 
-@subwindow_mode: 
-@ts_x_origin: 
-@ts_y_origin: 
-@clip_x_origin: 
-@clip_y_origin: 
-@graphics_exposures: 
-@line_width: 
-@line_style: 
-@cap_style: 
-@join_style: 
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkGCValuesMask ##### -->
-<para>
-A set of bit flags used to indicate which fields
-#GdkGCValues structure are set.
-</para>
-
-@GDK_GC_FOREGROUND: 
-@GDK_GC_BACKGROUND: 
-@GDK_GC_FONT: 
-@GDK_GC_FUNCTION: 
-@GDK_GC_FILL: 
-@GDK_GC_TILE: 
-@GDK_GC_STIPPLE: 
-@GDK_GC_CLIP_MASK: 
-@GDK_GC_SUBWINDOW: 
-@GDK_GC_TS_X_ORIGIN: 
-@GDK_GC_TS_Y_ORIGIN: 
-@GDK_GC_CLIP_X_ORIGIN: 
-@GDK_GC_CLIP_Y_ORIGIN: 
-@GDK_GC_EXPOSURES: 
-@GDK_GC_LINE_WIDTH: 
-@GDK_GC_LINE_STYLE: 
-@GDK_GC_CAP_STYLE: 
-@GDK_GC_JOIN_STYLE: 
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkFunction ##### -->
-<para>
-Determines how the bit values for the source pixels are combined with
-the bit values for destination pixels to produce the final result. The
-sixteen values here correspond to the 16 different possible 2x2 truth
-tables.  Only a couple of these values are usually useful; for colored
-images, only %GDK_COPY, %GDK_XOR and %GDK_INVERT are generally
-useful. For bitmaps, %GDK_AND and %GDK_OR are also useful.
-</para>
-
-@GDK_COPY: 
-@GDK_INVERT: 
-@GDK_XOR: 
-@GDK_CLEAR: 
-@GDK_AND: 
-@GDK_AND_REVERSE: 
-@GDK_AND_INVERT: 
-@GDK_NOOP: 
-@GDK_OR: 
-@GDK_EQUIV: 
-@GDK_OR_REVERSE: 
-@GDK_COPY_INVERT: 
-@GDK_OR_INVERT: 
-@GDK_NAND: 
-@GDK_SET: 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_gc_new ##### -->
-<para>
-Create a new graphics context with default values. 
-</para>
-
-@window: a #GdkDrawable. The created GC must always be used
- with drawables of the same depth as this one.
-@Returns: the new graphics context.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_gc_new_with_values ##### -->
-<para>
-Create a new GC with the given initial values.
-</para>
-
-@window: a #GdkDrawable. The created GC must always be used
- with drawables of the same depth as this one.
-@values: a structure containing initial values for the GC.
-@values_mask: a bit mask indicating which fields in @values
-   are set.
-@Returns: the new graphics context.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_gc_ref ##### -->
-<para>
-Increase the reference count on a graphics context.
-</para>
-
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-@Returns: @gc.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_gc_unref ##### -->
-<para>
-Decrease the reference count on a graphics context. If
-the resulting reference count is zero, the graphics
-context will be destroyed.
-</para>
-
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_gc_destroy ##### -->
-<para>
-Identical to gdk_gc_unref(). This function is obsolete
-and should not be used.
-</para>
-
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_gc_get_values ##### -->
-<para>
-Retrieves the current values from a graphics context.
-</para>
-
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-@values: the #GdkGCValues structure in which to store the results.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_gc_set_foreground ##### -->
-<para>
-Sets the foreground color for a graphics context.
-</para>
-
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-@color: the new foreground color.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_gc_set_background ##### -->
-<para>
-Sets the background color for a graphics context.
-</para>
-
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-@color: the new background color.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_gc_set_font ##### -->
-<para>
-Sets the font for a graphics context. (Note that
-all text-drawing functions in GDK take a @font
-argument; the value set here is used when that
-argument is %NULL.)
-</para>
-
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-@font: the new font.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_gc_set_function ##### -->
-<para>
-Determines how the current pixel values and the
-pixel values being drawn are combined to produce
-the final pixel values.
-</para>
-
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-@function: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_gc_set_fill ##### -->
-<para>
-Set the fill mode for a graphics context.
-</para>
-
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-@fill: the new fill mode.
-
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkFill ##### -->
-<para>
-Determines how primitives are drawn.
-
-<informaltable pgwide=1 frame="none" role="enum">
-<tgroup cols="2"><colspec colwidth="2*"><colspec colwidth="8*">
-<tbody>
-
-<row>
-<entry>GDK_SOLID</entry>
-<entry>draw with the foreground color.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>GDK_TILED</entry>
-<entry>draw with a tiled pixmap.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>GDK_STIPPLED</entry>
-<entry>draw using the stipple bitmap. Pixels corresponding
-to bits in the stipple bitmap that are set will be drawn in the 
-foreground color; pixels corresponding to bits that are
-not set will be left untouched.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>GDK_OPAQUE_STIPPLED</entry>
-<entry>draw using the stipple bitmap. Pixels corresponding
-to bits in the stipple bitmap that are set will be drawn in the 
-foreground color; pixels corresponding to bits that are
-not set will be drawn with the background color.</entry>
-</row>
-
-</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
-</para>
-
-@GDK_SOLID: 
-@GDK_TILED: 
-@GDK_STIPPLED: 
-@GDK_OPAQUE_STIPPLED: 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_gc_set_tile ##### -->
-<para>
-Set a tile pixmap for a graphics context.
-This will only be used if the fill mode
-is %GDK_TILED.
-</para>
-
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-@tile: the new tile pixmap.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_gc_set_stipple ##### -->
-<para>
-Set the stipple bitmap for a graphics context. The
-stipple will only be used if the fill mode is
-%GDK_STIPPLED or %GDK_OPAQUE_STIPPLED.
-</para>
-
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-@stipple: the new stipple bitmap.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_gc_set_ts_origin ##### -->
-<para>
-Set the origin when using tiles or stipples with
-the GC. The tile or stipple will be aligned such
-that the upper left corner of the tile or stipple
-will coincide with this point.
-</para>
-
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-@x: the x-coordinate of the origin.
-@y: the y-coordinate of the origin.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_gc_set_clip_origin ##### -->
-<para>
-Sets the origin of the clip mask. The coordinates are
-interpreted relative to the upper-left corner of
-the destination drawable of the current operation.
-</para>
-
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-@x: the x-coordinate of the origin.
-@y: the y-coordinate of the origin.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_gc_set_clip_mask ##### -->
-<para>
-Sets the clip mask for a graphics context from a bitmap.
-The clip mask is interpreted relative to the clip
-origin. (See gdk_gc_set_clip_origin()).
-</para>
-
-@gc: the #GdkGC.
-@mask: a bitmap.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_gc_set_clip_rectangle ##### -->
-<para>
-Sets the clip mask for a graphics context from a
-rectangle. The clip mask is interpreted relative to the clip
-origin. (See gdk_gc_set_clip_origin()).
-
-</para>
-
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-@rectangle: the rectangle to clip to.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_gc_set_clip_region ##### -->
-<para>
-Sets the clip mask for a graphics context from a region structure.
-The clip mask is interpreted relative to the clip origin. (See
-gdk_gc_set_clip_origin()).
-</para>
-
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-@region: the #GdkRegion.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_gc_set_subwindow ##### -->
-<para>
-Sets how drawing with this GC on a window will affect child
-windows of that window. 
-</para>
-
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-@mode: the subwindow mode.
-
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkSubwindowMode ##### -->
-<para>
-
-Determines how drawing onto a window will affect child
-windows of that window. 
-
-<informaltable pgwide=1 frame="none" role="enum">
-<tgroup cols="2"><colspec colwidth="3*"><colspec colwidth="7*">
-<tbody>
-
-<row>
-<entry>GDK_CLIP_BY_CHILDREN</entry>
-<entry>only draw onto the window itself.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>GDK_INCLUDE_INFERIORS</entry>
-<entry>Draw onto the window and child windows.</entry>
-</row>
-
-</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
-</para>
-
-@GDK_CLIP_BY_CHILDREN: 
-@GDK_INCLUDE_INFERIORS: 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_gc_set_exposures ##### -->
-<para>
-Sets whether copying non-visible portions of a drawable
-using this graphics context generate exposure events
-for the corresponding regions of the destination
-drawable. (See gdk_draw_pixmap()).
-</para>
-
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-@exposures: if %TRUE, exposure events will be generated.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_gc_set_line_attributes ##### -->
-<para>
-Sets various attributes of how lines are drawn. See
-the corresponding members of GdkGCValues for full
-explanations of the arguments.
-</para>
-
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-@line_width: the width of lines.
-@line_style: the dash-style for lines.
-@cap_style: the manner in which the ends of lines are drawn.
-@join_style: the in which lines are joined together.
-
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkLineStyle ##### -->
-<para>
-Determines how lines are drawn.
-
-<informaltable pgwide=1 frame="none" role="enum">
-<tgroup cols="2"><colspec colwidth="2*"><colspec colwidth="8*">
-<tbody>
-
-<row>
-<entry>GDK_LINE_SOLID</entry>
-<entry>lines are drawn solid.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>GDK_LINE_ON_OFF_DASH</entry>
-<entry>even segments are drawn; odd segments are not drawn.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>GDK_LINE_DOUBLE_DASH</entry>
-<entry>even segments are normally. Odd segments are drawn 
-in the background color if the fill style is %GDK_SOLID,
-or in the background color masked by the stipple if the
-fill style is %GDK_STIPPLED.</entry>
-</row>
-
-</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
-</para>
-
-@GDK_LINE_SOLID: 
-@GDK_LINE_ON_OFF_DASH: 
-@GDK_LINE_DOUBLE_DASH: 
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkCapStyle ##### -->
-<para>
-Determines how the end of lines are drawn.
-
-<informaltable pgwide=1 frame="none" role="struct">
-<tgroup cols="2"><colspec colwidth="2*"><colspec colwidth="8*">
-<tbody>
-
-<row>
-<entry>GDK_CAP_NOT_LAST</entry>
-<entry>the same as %GDK_CAP_BUTT for lines of non-zero width.
-       for zero width lines, the final point on the line
-       will not be drawn.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>GDK_CAP_BUTT</entry>
-<entry>the ends of the lines are drawn squared off and extending
-       to the coordinates of the end point.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>GDK_CAP_ROUND</entry>
-<entry>the ends of the lines are drawn as semicircles with the
-       diameter equal to the line width and centered at the
-       end point.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>GDK_CAP_PROJECTING</entry>
-<entry>the ends of the lines are drawn squared off and extending
-       half the width of the line beyond the end point.</entry>
-</row>
-</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
-</para>
-
-@GDK_CAP_NOT_LAST: 
-@GDK_CAP_BUTT: 
-@GDK_CAP_ROUND: 
-@GDK_CAP_PROJECTING: 
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkJoinStyle ##### -->
-<para>
-Determines how the joins between segments of a polygon are drawn.
-
-<informaltable pgwide=1 frame="none" role="struct">
-<tgroup cols="2"><colspec colwidth="2*"><colspec colwidth="8*">
-<tbody>
-
-<row>
-<entry>GDK_JOIN_MITER</entry>
-<entry>the sides of each line are extended to meet at an angle.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>GDK_JOIN_ROUND</entry>
-<entry>the sides of the two lines are joined by a circular arc.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>GDK_JOIN_BEVEL</entry>
-<entry>the sides of the two lines are joined by a straight line which
-       makes an equal angle with each line.</entry>
-</row>
-
-</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
-</para>
-
-@GDK_JOIN_MITER: 
-@GDK_JOIN_ROUND: 
-@GDK_JOIN_BEVEL: 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_gc_set_dashes ##### -->
-<para>
-Sets the way dashed-lines are drawn. Lines will be
-drawn with alternating on and off segments of the
-lengths specified in @dash_list. The manner in
-which the on and off segments are drawn is determined
-by the @line_style value of the GC. (This can
-be changed with gdk_gc_set_line_attributes)
-</para>
-
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-@dash_offset: the
-@dash_list: an array of dash lengths.
-@n: the number of elements in @dash_list.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_gc_copy ##### -->
-<para>
-Copy the set of values from one graphics context
-onto another graphics context.
-</para>
-
-@dst_gc: the destination graphics context.
-@src_gc: the source graphics context.
-
-

docs/reference/gdk/tmpl/general.sgml

@@ -1,346 +0,0 @@
-<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
-General
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
-library initialization and miscellaneous functions.
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
-<para>
-This section describes the GDK initialization functions and miscellaneous
-utility functions.
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_init ##### -->
-<para>
-Initializes the GDK library and connects to the X server.
-If initialization fails, a warning message is output and the application
-terminates with a call to exit(1).
-</para>
-<para>
-Any arguments used by GDK are removed from the array and @argc and @argv are
-updated accordingly.
-</para>
-<para>
-GTK+ initializes GDK in gtk_init() and so this function is not usually needed
-by GTK+ applications.
-</para>
-
-@argc: the number of command line arguments.
-@argv: the array of command line arguments.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_init_check ##### -->
-<para>
-Initializes the GDK library and connects to the X server, returning TRUE on
-success.
-</para>
-<para>
-Any arguments used by GDK are removed from the array and @argc and @argv are
-updated accordingly.
-</para>
-<para>
-GTK+ initializes GDK in gtk_init() and so this function is not usually needed
-by GTK+ applications.
-</para>
-
-@argc: the number of command line arguments.
-@argv: the array of command line arguments.
-@Returns: TRUE if initialization succeeded.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_exit ##### -->
-<para>
-Exits the application using the exit() system call.
-</para>
-<para>
-This routine is provided mainly for backwards compatability, since it used to
-perform tasks necessary to exit the application cleanly. Those tasks are now
-performed in a function which is automatically called on exit (via the use
-of g_atexit()).
-</para>
-
-@error_code: the error code to pass to the exit() call.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_set_locale ##### -->
-<para>
-Initializes the support for internationalization by calling the setlocale()
-system call. This function is called by gtk_set_locale() and so GTK+
-applications should use that instead.
-</para>
-<para>
-The locale to use is determined by the LANG environment variable,
-so to run an application in a certain locale you can do something like this:
-<informalexample>
-<programlisting>
-  export LANG="fr"
-  ... run application ...
-</programlisting>
-</informalexample>
-</para>
-<para>
-If the locale is not supported by X then it is reset to the standard "C"
-locale.
-</para>
-
-@Returns: the resulting locale.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_set_sm_client_id ##### -->
-<para>
-Sets the SM_CLIENT_ID property on the application's leader window so that
-the window manager can save the application's state using the X11R6 ICCCM
-session management protocol.
-</para>
-<para>
-The leader window is automatically created by GDK and never shown. It's only
-use is for session management. The WM_CLIENT_LEADER property is automatically
-set on all X windows created by the application to point to the leader window.
-</para>
-<para>
-See the X Session Management Library documentation for more information on
-session management and the Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual
-(ICCCM) for information on the WM_CLIENT_LEADER property. (Both documents are
-part of the X Windows distribution.)
-</para>
-
-@sm_client_id: the client id assigned by the session manager when the
-connection was opened, or NULL to remove the property.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_get_display ##### -->
-<para>
-Gets the name of the display, which usually comes from the DISPLAY
-environment variable or the --display command line option.
-</para>
-
-@Returns: the name of the display.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_flush ##### -->
-<para>
-Flushes the X output buffer and waits until all requests have been processed
-by the server. This is rarely needed by applications. It's main use is for
-trapping X errors with gdk_error_trap_push() and gdk_error_trap_pop().
-</para>
-
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_screen_width ##### -->
-<para>
-Returns the width of the screen in pixels.
-</para>
-
-@Returns: the width of the screen in pixels.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_screen_height ##### -->
-<para>
-Returns the height of the screen in pixels.
-</para>
-
-@Returns: the height of the screen in pixels.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_screen_width_mm ##### -->
-<para>
-Returns the width of the screen in millimeters.
-Note that on many X servers this value will not be correct.
-</para>
-
-@Returns: the width of the screen in millimeters, though it is not always
-correct.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_screen_height_mm ##### -->
-<para>
-Returns the height of the screen in millimeters.
-Note that on many X servers this value will not be correct.
-</para>
-
-@Returns: the height of the screen in millimeters, though it is not always
-correct.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_pointer_grab ##### -->
-<para>
-Grabs the pointer (usually a mouse) so that all events are passed to this
-application until the pointer is ungrabbed with gdk_pointer_ungrab(), or
-the grab window becomes unviewable.
-This overrides any previous pointer grab by this client.
-</para>
-<para>
-Pointer grabs are used for operations which need complete control over mouse
-events, even if the mouse leaves the application.
-For example in GTK+ it is used for Drag and Drop, for dragging the handle in
-the #GtkHPaned and #GtkVPaned widgets, and for resizing columns in #GtkCList
-widgets.
-</para>
-<para>
-Note that if the event mask of an X window has selected both button press and
-button release events, then a button press event will cause an automatic
-pointer grab until the button is released.
-X does this automatically since most applications expect to receive button
-press and release events in pairs.
-It is equivalent to a pointer grab on the window with @owner_events set to
-TRUE.
-</para>
-
-@window: the #GdkWindow which will own the grab (the grab window).
-@owner_events: if FALSE then all pointer events are reported with respect to
-@window and are only reported if selected by @event_mask. If TRUE then pointer
-events for this application are reported as normal, but pointer events outside
-this application are reported with respect to @window and only if selected by
-@event_mask. In either mode, unreported events are discarded.
-@event_mask: specifies the event mask, which is used in accordance with
-@owner_events.
-@confine_to: TRUE to confine the pointer to @window. If the pointer is outside
-@window, it will automatically be moved to the closest edge of @window and
-enter and leave events will be generated as necessary.
-@cursor: the cursor to display while the grab is active. If this is NULL then
-the normal cursors are used for @window and its descendants, and the cursor
-for @window is used for all other windows.
-@time: the timestamp of the event which led to this pointer grab. This usually
-comes from a #GdkEventButton struct, though #GDK_CURRENT_TIME can be used if
-the time isn't known.
-@Returns: 0 if the grab was successful.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_pointer_ungrab ##### -->
-<para>
-Ungrabs the pointer, if it is grabbed by this application.
-</para>
-
-@time: a timestamp from a #GdkEvent, or #GDK_CURRENT_TIME if no timestamp is
-available.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_pointer_is_grabbed ##### -->
-<para>
-Returns TRUE if the pointer is currently grabbed by this application.
-</para>
-<para>
-Note that the return value is not completely reliable since the X server may
-automatically ungrab the pointer, without informing the application, if the
-grab window becomes unviewable. It also does not take passive pointer grabs
-into account.
-</para>
-
-@Returns: TRUE if the pointer is currently grabbed by this application.
-Though this value is not always correct.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_keyboard_grab ##### -->
-<para>
-Grabs the keyboard so that all events are passed to this
-application until the keyboard is ungrabbed with gdk_keyboard_ungrab().
-This overrides any previous keyboard grab by this client.
-</para>
-
-@window: the #GdkWindow which will own the grab (the grab window).
-@owner_events: if FALSE then all keyboard events are reported with respect to
-@window. If TRUE then keyboard events for this application are reported as
-normal, but keyboard events outside this application are reported with respect
-to @window. Both key press and key release events are alwasy reported,
-independant of the event mask set by the application.
-@time: a timestamp from a #GdkEvent, or #GDK_CURRENT_TIME if no timestamp is
-available.
-@Returns: 0 if the grab was successful.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_keyboard_ungrab ##### -->
-<para>
-Ungrabs the keyboard, if it is grabbed by this application.
-</para>
-
-@time: a timestamp from a #GdkEvent, or #GDK_CURRENT_TIME if no timestamp is
-available.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_key_repeat_disable ##### -->
-<para>
-Disables the keyboard auto-repeat mode.
-This should be used with care as it may affect other applications.
-</para>
-
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_key_repeat_restore ##### -->
-<para>
-Restores the keyboard auto-repeat mode to its state when the application was
-started.
-</para>
-
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_beep ##### -->
-<para>
-Emits a short beep.
-</para>
-
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_get_use_xshm ##### -->
-<para>
-Returns TRUE if GDK will attempt to use the MIT-SHM shared memory extension.
-</para>
-<para>
-The shared memory extension is used for #GdkImage, and consequently for
-<link linkend="gdk-GdkRGB">GdkRGB</link>.
-It enables much faster drawing by communicating with the X server through
-SYSV shared memory calls. However, it can only be used if the X client and
-server are on the same machine and the server supports it.
-</para>
-
-@Returns: TRUE if use of the MIT shared memory extension will be attempted.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_set_use_xshm ##### -->
-<para>
-Sets whether the use of the MIT shared memory extension should be attempted.
-This function is mainly for internal use. It is only safe for an application
-to set this to FALSE, since if it is set to TRUE and the server does not
-support the extension it may cause warning messages to be output.
-</para>
-
-@use_xshm: TRUE if use of the MIT shared memory extension should be attempted.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_error_trap_push ##### -->
-<para>
-This function allows X errors to be trapped instead of the normal behavior
-of exiting the application. It should only be used if it is not possible to
-avoid the X error in any other way.
-</para>
-<example>
-<title>Trapping an X error.</title>
-<programlisting>
-  gdk_error_trap_push ();
-
-  /* ... Call the X function which may cause an error here ... */
-
-  /* Flush the X queue to catch errors now. */
-  gdk_flush ();
-
-  if (gdk_error_trap_pop ())
-    {
-      /* ... Handle the error here ... */
-    }
-</programlisting>
-</example>
-
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_error_trap_pop ##### -->
-<para>
-Removes the X error trap installed with gdk_error_trap_push().
-</para>
-
-@Returns: the X error code, or 0 if no error occurred.
-
-

docs/reference/gdk/tmpl/images.sgml

@@ -1,156 +0,0 @@
-<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
-Images
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
-an area for bit-mapped graphics stored on the X Windows client.
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
-<para>
-The #GdkImage type represents an area for drawing graphics.
-It has now been superceded to a large extent by the much more flexible
-<link linkend="gdk-GdkRGB">GdkRGB</link> functions.
-</para>
-<para>
-To create an empty #GdkImage use gdk_image_new().
-To create a #GdkImage from bitmap data use gdk_image_new_bitmap().
-To create an image from part of a #GdkWindow use gdk_image_get().
-</para>
-<para>
-The image can be manipulated with gdk_image_get_pixel() and
-gdk_image_put_pixel(), or alternatively by changing the actual pixel data.
-Though manipulating the pixel data requires complicated code to cope with
-the different formats that may be used.
-</para>
-<para>
-To draw a #GdkImage in a #GdkWindow or #GdkPixmap use gdk_draw_image().
-</para>
-<para>
-To destroy a #GdkImage use gdk_image_destroy().
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
-<para>
-<variablelist>
-
-<varlistentry>
-<term><link linkend="gdk-Bitmaps-and-Pixmaps">Bitmaps and Pixmaps</link></term>
-<listitem><para>
-Graphics which are stored on the X Windows server.
-Since these are stored on the server they can be drawn very quickly, and all
-of the <link linkend="gdk-Drawing-Primitives">Drawing Primitives</link> can be
-used to draw on them. Their main disadvantage is that manipulating individual
-pixels can be very slow.
-</para></listitem>
-</varlistentry>
-
-<varlistentry>
-<term><link linkend="gdk-GdkRGB">GdkRGB</link></term>
-<listitem><para>
-Built on top of #GdkImage, this provides much more functionality,
-including the dithering of colors to produce better output on low-color
-displays.
-</para></listitem>
-</varlistentry>
-
-</variablelist>
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkImage ##### -->
-<para>
-The #GdkImage struct contains information on the image and the pixel data.
-</para>
-
-@type: the type of the image.
-@visual: the visual.
-@byte_order: the byte order.
-@width: the width of the image in pixels.
-@height: the height of the image in pixels.
-@depth: the depth of the image, i.e. the number of bits per pixel.
-@bpp: the number of bytes per pixel.
-@bpl: the number of bytes per line of the image.
-@mem: the pixel data.
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_image_new ##### -->
-<para>
-Creates a new #GdkImage.
-</para>
-
-@type: the type of the #GdkImage, one of %GDK_IMAGE_NORMAL, %GDK_IMAGE_SHARED
-and %GDK_IMAGE_FASTEST. %GDK_IMAGE_FASTEST is probably the best choice, since
-it will try creating a %GDK_IMAGE_SHARED image first and if that fails it will
-then use %GDK_IMAGE_NORMAL.
-@visual: the #GdkVisual to use for the image.
-@width: the width of the image in pixels.
-@height: the height of the image in pixels.
-@Returns: a new #GdkImage, or NULL if the image could not be created.
-
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkImageType ##### -->
-<para>
-Specifies the type of a #GdkImage.
-</para>
-
-@GDK_IMAGE_NORMAL: The original X image type, which is quite slow since the
-image has to be transferred from the client to the server to display it.
-@GDK_IMAGE_SHARED: A faster image type, which uses shared memory to transfer
-the image data between client and server. However this will only be available
-if client and server are on the same machine and the shared memory extension
-is supported by the server.
-@GDK_IMAGE_FASTEST: Specifies that %GDK_IMAGE_SHARED should be tried first,
-and if that fails then %GDK_IMAGE_NORMAL will be used.
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_image_new_bitmap ##### -->
-<para>
-Creates a new #GdkImage with a depth of 1 from the given data.
-</para>
-
-@visual: the #GdkVisual to use for the image.
-@data: the pixel data.
-@width: the width of the image in pixels.
-@height: the height of the image in pixels.
-@Returns: a new #GdkImage.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_image_get ##### -->
-<para>
-Gets part of a #GdkWindow and stores it in a new #GdkImage.
-</para>
-
-@window: the #GdkWindow to copy from.
-@x: the left edge of the rectangle to copy from @window.
-@y: the top edge of the rectangle to copy from @window.
-@width: the width of the area to copy, in pixels.
-@height: the height of the area to copy, in pixels.
-@Returns: a new #GdkImage with a copy of the given area of @window.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_image_destroy ##### -->
-<para>
-Destroys a #GdkImage, freeing any resources allocated for it.
-</para>
-
-@image: a #GdkImage.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_image_put_pixel ##### -->
-<para>
-Sets a pixel in a #GdkImage to a given pixel value.
-</para>
-
-@image: a #GdkImage.
-@x: the x coordinate of the pixel to set.
-@y: the y coordinate of the pixel to set.
-@pixel: the pixel value to set.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_image_get_pixel ##### -->
-<para>
-Gets a pixel value at a specified position in a #GdkImage.
-</para>
-
-@image: a #GdkImage.
-@x: the x coordinate of the pixel to get.
-@y: the y coordinate of the pixel to get.
-@Returns: the pixel value at the given position.
-
-

docs/reference/gdk/tmpl/input.sgml

@@ -1,130 +0,0 @@
-<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
-Input
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
-Callbacks on file descriptors.
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
-<para>
-The functions in this section are used to establish
-callbacks when some condition becomes true for
-a file descriptor. They are currently just wrappers around
-the <link linkend="glib-IO-Channels">IO Channel</link>
-facility.
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
-<para>
-<variablelist>
-
-<varlistentry>
-<term><link linkend="glib-The-Main-Event-Loop">GLib Main Loop</link></term>
-<listitem><para>The main loop in which input callbacks run.</para></listitem>
-</varlistentry>
-
-<varlistentry>
-<term><link linkend="glib-IO-Channels">IO Channels</link></term>
-<listitem><para>A newer and more flexible way of doing IO
-callbacks.</para></listitem>
-</varlistentry>
-
-</variablelist>
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_input_add_full ##### -->
-<para>
-Establish a callback when a condition becomes true on
-a file descriptor.
-</para>
-
-@source: a file descriptor.
-@condition: the condition.
-@function: the callback function.
-@data: callback data passed to @function.
-@destroy: callback function to call with @data when the input
-  handler is removed.
-@Returns: a tag that can later be used as an argument to
- gdk_input_remove().
-
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkInputCondition ##### -->
-<para>
-A set of bit flags used to specify conditions for which
-an input callback will be triggered. The three members
-of this enumeration correspond to the @readfds, 
-@writefds, and @exceptfds arguments to the 
-<function>select</function> system call.
-
-<informaltable pgwide=1 frame="none" role="enum">
-<tgroup cols="2"><colspec colwidth="2*"><colspec colwidth="8*">
-<tbody>
-
-<row>
-<entry>GDK_INPUT_READ</entry>
-<entry>the file descriptor has become available for reading.
-(Or, as is standard in Unix, a socket or pipe was closed
-at the other end; this is the case if a subsequent read
-on the file descriptor returns a count of zero.)</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>GDK_INPUT_WRITE</entry>
-<entry>the file descriptor has become available for writing.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>GDK_INPUT_EXCEPTION</entry>
-<entry>an exception was raised on the file descriptor.</entry>
-</row>
-
-</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
-</para>
-
-@GDK_INPUT_READ: 
-@GDK_INPUT_WRITE: 
-@GDK_INPUT_EXCEPTION: 
-
-<!-- ##### USER_FUNCTION GdkInputFunction ##### -->
-<para>
-A callback function that will be called when some condition
-occurs.
-</para>
-
-@data: the user data passed to gdk_input_add() or gdk_input_add_full().
-@source: the source where the condition occurred.
-@condition: the triggering condition.
-
-
-<!-- ##### USER_FUNCTION GdkDestroyNotify ##### -->
-<para>
-A callback function called when a piece of user data is 
-no longer being stored by GDK. Will typically free the
-structure or object that @data points to.
-</para>
-
-@data: the user data.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_input_add ##### -->
-<para>
-Establish a callback when a condition becomes true on
-a file descriptor.
-</para>
-
-@source: a file descriptor.
-@condition: the condition.
-@function: the callback function.
-@data: callback data passed to @function.
-@Returns: a tag that can later be used as an argument to
- gdk_input_remove().
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_input_remove ##### -->
-<para>
-Remove a callback added with gdk_input_add() or 
-gdk_input_add_full().
-</para>
-
-@tag: the tag returned when the callback was set up.
-
-

docs/reference/gdk/tmpl/input_contexts.sgml

@@ -1,243 +0,0 @@
-<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
-Input Contexts
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
-internationalized text input properties.
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
-<para>
-A #GdkIC input context is used for each user interface element which supports
-internationalized text input. See the
-<link linkend="gdk-Input-Methods">Input Methods</link> section for an overview
-of how internationalized text input works in GTK+.
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkIC ##### -->
-<para>
-The #GdkIC struct is an opaque structure representing an input context
-for use with the global <link linkend="gdk-Input-Methods">Input Method</link>.
-</para>
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_ic_new ##### -->
-<para>
-Creates a new #GdkIC using the given attributes.
-</para>
-
-@attr: a #GdkICAttr struct containing attributes to use for the input context.
-@mask: a #GdkICAttributesType mask specifying which of the attributes in @attr
-are set.
-@Returns: a new #GdkIC.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_ic_destroy ##### -->
-<para>
-Destroys the input context.
-</para>
-
-@ic: a #GdkIC.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_ic_get_events ##### -->
-<para>
-Returns the mask of events that the input method needs to function properly.
-This is typically called in a widget's realize method after creating the
-#GdkIC. The returned event mask is then combined with the widget's
-own event mask and applied using gdk_window_set_events().
-</para>
-
-@ic: a #GdkIC.
-@Returns: the mask of events that the input method needs to function
-properly.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_ic_get_style ##### -->
-<para>
-Returns the pre-edit and status style of the #GdkIC.
-</para>
-
-@ic: a #GdkIC.
-@Returns: the pre-edit and status style of the #GdkIC.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_ic_get_attr ##### -->
-<para>
-Gets attributes of a #GdkIC.
-</para>
-
-@ic: a #GdkIC.
-@attr: a #GdkICAttr struct to contain the returned attributes.
-@mask: a #GdkICAttributesType mask specifying which attributes to get.
-@Returns: a #GdkICAttributesType mask specifying which of the attributes
-were not retrieved succesfully.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_ic_set_attr ##### -->
-<para>
-Sets attributes of the #GdkIC.
-</para>
-<para>
-Note that the GDK_IC_STYLE and GDK_IC_CLIENT_WINDOW attributes can only be set
-when creating the #GdkIC, and the GDK_IC_FILTER_EVENTS attribute is read-only.
-</para>
-
-@ic: a #GdkIC.
-@attr: a #GdkICAttr struct containing attributes to use for the input context.
-@mask: a #GdkICAttributesType mask specifying which of the attributes in @attr
-are set.
-@Returns: a #GdkICAttributesType mask indicating which of the attributes
-were not set successfully.
-
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkICAttr ##### -->
-<para>
-The #GdkICAttr struct is used when getting and setting attributes of the
-input context. It is used together with a #GdkICAttributesType mask which
-specifies which of the fields are being set or returned.
-</para>
-
-@style: the pre-edit and status style. This attribute is required when
-creating the #GdkIC, and cannot be changed.
-@client_window: the #GdkWindow in which the input method will display its
-pre-edit and status areas or create subwindows.
-The preedit_area and status_area attributes are specified relative to this
-window. This attribute is required when creating the #GdkIC, and cannot be
-changed.
-@focus_window: the #GdkWindow which is to be used when editing text.
-gdk_im_begin() sets this attribute before starting the text input process,
-so it is normally not necessary to set it elsewhere.
-@filter_events: the mask of events that the input method requires.
-See the gdk_ic_get_events() function. This attribute is read-only and is
-never changed.
-@spot_location: the position of the insertion cursor, for use with the
-%GDK_IM_PREEDIT_POSITION style. The y coordinate specifies the baseline of
-the text.
-@line_spacing: the line spacing to be used in the pre-edit and status areas
-when displaying multi-line text.
-@cursor: the cursor to use in the input method's windows.
-If this attribute isn't set it is determined by the input method.
-@preedit_fontset: the font to use for the pre-edit area.
-If this attribute isn't set it is determined by the input method.
-@preedit_area: the area in which the input method will display pre-editing
-data, used for the %GDK_IM_PREEDIT_POSITION and %GDK_IM_PREEDIT_AREA styles.
-@preedit_area_needed: the area that the input method requests for displaying
-pre-editing data, used for the %GDK_IM_PREEDIT_POSITION and
-%GDK_IM_PREEDIT_AREA styles.
-@preedit_foreground: the foreground color to use for the pre-edit area.
-This color must already be allocated in the preedit_colormap.
-If this attribute isn't set it is determined by the input method.
-@preedit_background: the background color to use for the pre-edit area.
-This color must already be allocated in the preedit_colormap.
-If this attribute isn't set it is determined by the input method.
-@preedit_pixmap: the background pixmap to use for the pre-edit area.
-If this attribute isn't set it is determined by the input method.
-@preedit_colormap: the colormap the input method should use to allocate colors.
-The default value is the colormap of client_window.
-@status_fontset: the font to use for the status area.
-If this attribute isn't set it is determined by the input method.
-@status_area: the are that the input method will display status information in.
-This is used for the %GDK_IM_STATUS_AREA style.
-@status_area_needed: the size that the input method requests for displaying
-status information, for the %GDK_IM_STATUS_AREA style.
-@status_foreground: the foreground color to use for the status area.
-This color must already be allocated in the status_colormap.
-If this attribute isn't set it is determined by the input method.
-@status_background: the background color to use for the status area.
-This color must already be allocated in the status_colormap.
-If this attribute isn't set it is determined by the input method.
-@status_pixmap: the background pixmap to use for the status area.
-If this attribute isn't set it is determined by the input method.
-@status_colormap: the colormap the input method should use to allocate colors.
-The default value is the colormap of client_window.
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkICAttributesType ##### -->
-<para>
-The #GdkICAttributesType contains a set of bit-flags which are used to
-specify which of the attributes in a #GdkICAttr are being set or returned.
-</para>
-<para>
-It also contains several combinations of the flags which specify required
-attributes for the various styles:
-<variablelist>
-<varlistentry>
-<term>%GDK_IC_ALL_REQ:</term>
-<listitem><para>
-the set of attributes required for all styles.
-</para></listitem>
-</varlistentry>
-
-<varlistentry>
-<term>%GDK_IC_PREEDIT_AREA_REQ:</term>
-<listitem><para>
-the set of additional attributes required for the
-%GDK_IM_PREEDIT_AREA pre-edit style.
-</para></listitem>
-</varlistentry>
-
-<varlistentry>
-<term>%GDK_IC_PREEDIT_POSITION_REQ:</term>
-<listitem><para>
-the set of additional attributes required for the
-%GDK_IM_PREEDIT_POSITION pre-edit style.
-</para></listitem>
-</varlistentry>
-
-<varlistentry>
-<term>%GDK_IC_STATUS_AREA_REQ:</term>
-<listitem><para>
-the set of additional attributes required for the
-%GDK_IM_STATUS_AREA status style.
-</para></listitem>
-</varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-</para>
-
-@GDK_IC_STYLE: 
-@GDK_IC_CLIENT_WINDOW: 
-@GDK_IC_FOCUS_WINDOW: 
-@GDK_IC_FILTER_EVENTS: 
-@GDK_IC_SPOT_LOCATION: 
-@GDK_IC_LINE_SPACING: 
-@GDK_IC_CURSOR: 
-@GDK_IC_PREEDIT_FONTSET: 
-@GDK_IC_PREEDIT_AREA: 
-@GDK_IC_PREEDIT_AREA_NEEDED: 
-@GDK_IC_PREEDIT_FOREGROUND: 
-@GDK_IC_PREEDIT_BACKGROUND: 
-@GDK_IC_PREEDIT_PIXMAP: 
-@GDK_IC_PREEDIT_COLORMAP: 
-@GDK_IC_STATUS_FONTSET: 
-@GDK_IC_STATUS_AREA: 
-@GDK_IC_STATUS_AREA_NEEDED: 
-@GDK_IC_STATUS_FOREGROUND: 
-@GDK_IC_STATUS_BACKGROUND: 
-@GDK_IC_STATUS_PIXMAP: 
-@GDK_IC_STATUS_COLORMAP: 
-@GDK_IC_ALL_REQ: 
-@GDK_IC_PREEDIT_AREA_REQ: 
-@GDK_IC_PREEDIT_POSITION_REQ: 
-@GDK_IC_STATUS_AREA_REQ: 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_ic_attr_new ##### -->
-<para>
-Creates a new #GdkICAttr struct, with all fields set to 0.
-The #GdkICAttr struct should be freed with gdk_ic_attr_destroy() when no
-longer needed.
-</para>
-
-@Returns: a new #GdkICAttr struct.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_ic_attr_destroy ##### -->
-<para>
-Destroys the given #GdkICAttr struct, freeing the allocated memory.
-</para>
-
-@attr: a #GdkICAttr struct.
-
-

docs/reference/gdk/tmpl/input_devices.sgml

@@ -1,301 +0,0 @@
-<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
-Input Devices
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
-Functions for handling extended input devices.
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
-<para>
-In addition to the normal keyboard and mouse input devices, GTK+ also
-contains support for <firstterm>extended input devices</firstterm>. In
-particular, this support is targeted at graphics tablets. Graphics
-tablets typically return sub-pixel positioning information and possibly
-information about the pressure and tilt of the stylus. Under
-X, the support for extended devices is done through the 
-<firstterm>XInput</firstterm> extension.
-</para>
-<para>
-Because handling extended input devices may involve considerable
-overhead, they need to be turned on for each #GdkWindow
-individually using gdk_input_set_extension_events().
-(Or, more typically, for GtkWidgets, using gtk_widget_set_extension_events()).
-As an additional complication, depending on the support from
-the windowing system, its possible that a normal mouse
-cursor will not be displayed for a particular extension
-device. If an application does not want to deal with displaying
-a cursor itself, it can ask only to get extension events
-from devices that will display a cursor, by passing the
-%GDK_EXTENSION_EVENTS_CURSOR value to
-gdk_input_set_extension_events(). Otherwise, the application
-must retrieve the device information using gdk_input_list_devices(),
-check the <structfield>has_cursor</structfield> field, and, 
-if it is %FALSE, draw a cursor itself when it receives 
-motion events.
-</para>
-<para>
-Each pointing device is assigned a unique integer ID; events from a
-particular device can be identified by the
-<structfield>deviceid</structfield> field in the event structure. The
-events generated by pointer devices have also been extended to contain
-<structfield>pressure</structfield>, <structfield>xtilt</structfield>
-and <structfield>ytilt</structfield> fields which contain the extended
-information reported as additional <firstterm>valuators</firstterm>
-from the device. The <structfield>pressure</structfield> field is a 
-a double value ranging from 0.0 to 1.0, while the tilt fields are
-double values ranging from -1.0 to 1.0. (With -1.0 representing the
-maximum title to the left or up, and 1.0 representing the maximum
-tilt to the right or down.)
-</para>
-<para>
-One additional field in each event is the
-<structfield>source</structfield> field, which contains an
-enumeration value describing the type of device; this currently
-can be one of 
-%GDK_SOURCE_MOUSE,
- %GDK_SOURCE_PEN,
-%GDK_SOURCE_ERASER,
-or %GDK_SOURCE_CURSOR. This field is present to allow simple
-applications to (for instance) delete when they detect eraser
-devices without having to keep track of complicated per-device
-settings.
-</para>
-<para>
-Various aspects of each device may be configured. The easiest way of
-creating a GUI to allow the user to conifigure such a device
-is to use to use the #GtkInputDialog widget in GTK+. 
-However, even when using this widget, application writers
-will need to directly query and set the configuration parameters
-in order to save the state between invocations of the application.
-The configuration of devices is queried using gdk_input_list_devices.
-Each device must is activated using gdk_input_set_mode(), which
-also controls whether the device's range is mapped to the
-entire screen or to a single window. The mapping of the valuators of
-the device onto the predefined valuator types is set using
-gdk_input_set_axes. And the source type for each device
-can be set with gdk_input_set_source().
-</para>
-<para>
-Devices may also have associated <firstterm>keys</firstterm>
-or macro buttons. Such keys can be globally set to map
-into normal X keyboard events. The mapping is set using
-gdk_input_set_key().
-</para>
-<para>
-The interfaces in this section will most likely be considerably
-modified in the future to accomodate devices that may have different
-sets of additional valuators than the pressure xtilt and ytilt.
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### MACRO GDK_CORE_POINTER ##### -->
-<para>
-This macro contains an integer value representing
-the device ID for the core pointer device.
-</para>
-
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_input_list_devices ##### -->
-<para>
-Lists all available input devices, along with their
-configuration information.
-</para>
-
-@Returns: A #GList of #GdkDeviceInfo structures. This list
-          is internal data of GTK+ and should not be modified 
-          or freed.
-
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkDeviceInfo ##### -->
-<para>
-The #GdkDeviceInfo structure contains information about a 
-device. It has the following fields:
-</para>
-
-@deviceid: a unique integer ID for this device.
-@name: the human-readable name for the device.
-@source: the type of device.
-@mode: a value indicating whether the device is enabled and
-       how the device coordinates map to the screen.
-@has_cursor: if %TRUE, a cursor will be displayed indicating 
-             the current on-screen location to the user. Otherwise,
-             the application is responsible for drawing a cursor 
-             itself.
-@num_axes: the number of axes for this device.
-@axes: a pointer to an array of GdkAxisUse values which
-       give the mapping of axes onto the possible valuators
-       for a GDK device.
-@num_keys: the number of macro buttons.
-@keys: a pointer to an array of #GdkDeviceKey structures  
-       which describe what key press events are generated
-       for each macro button.
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkDeviceKey ##### -->
-<para>
-The #GdkDeviceKey structure contains information
-about the mapping of one device macro button onto
-a normal X key event. It has the following fields:
-</para>
-
-@keyval: the keyval to generate when the macro button is pressed.
-         If this is 0, no keypress will be generated.
-@modifiers: the modifiers set for the generated key event.
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_input_set_extension_events ##### -->
-<para>
-Turns extension events on or off for a particular window,
-and specifies the event mask for extension events.
-</para>
-
-@window: a #GdkWindow.
-@mask: the event mask
-@mode: the type of extension events that are desired.
-
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkExtensionMode ##### -->
-<para>
-An enumeration used to specify which extension events
-are desired for a particular widget.
-</para>
-
-@GDK_EXTENSION_EVENTS_NONE: no extension events are desired.
-@GDK_EXTENSION_EVENTS_ALL: all extension events are desired.
-@GDK_EXTENSION_EVENTS_CURSOR: extension events are desired only if a cursor
-                              will be displayed for the device.
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_input_set_source ##### -->
-<para>
-Sets the source type for a device.
-</para>
-
-@deviceid: the device to configure
-@source: the new source type.
-
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkInputSource ##### -->
-<para>
-An enumeration describing the type of an input device
-in general terms.
-</para>
-
-@GDK_SOURCE_MOUSE: the device is a mouse. (This will be reported for the core
-                    pointer, even if it is something else, such as a trackball.)
-@GDK_SOURCE_PEN: the device is a stylus of a graphics tablet or similar device.
-@GDK_SOURCE_ERASER: the device is an eraser. Typically, this would be the other end
-                    of a stylus on a graphics tablet.
-@GDK_SOURCE_CURSOR: the device is a graphics tablet "puck" or similar device.
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_input_set_mode ##### -->
-<para>
-Enables or disables a device, and determines how the
-device maps onto the screen.
-</para>
-
-@deviceid: the device to configure.
-@mode: the new mode.
-@Returns: %TRUE if the device supports the given mode, otherwise 
-          %FALSE and the device's mode is unchanged.
-
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkInputMode ##### -->
-<para>
-An enumeration that describes the mode of an input device.
-</para>
-
-@GDK_MODE_DISABLED: the device is disabled and will not report any events.
-@GDK_MODE_SCREEN: the device is enabled. The device's coordinate space
-                    maps to the entire screen.
-@GDK_MODE_WINDOW: the device is enabled. The device's coordinate space
-                    is mapped to a single window. The manner in which this window
-                    is chosen is undefined, but it will typically be the same
-                    way in which the focus window for key events is determined.
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_input_set_axes ##### -->
-<para>
-Sets the mapping of the axes (valuators) of a device
-onto the predefined valuator types that GTK+ understands.
-</para>
-
-@deviceid: the device to configure.
-@axes: an array of GdkAxisUse. This length of this array
-       must match the number of axes for the device.
-
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkAxisUse ##### -->
-<para>
-An enumeration describing the way in which a device
-axis (valuator) maps onto the predefined valuator
-types that GTK+ understands.
-</para>
-
-@GDK_AXIS_IGNORE: the axis is ignored.
-@GDK_AXIS_X: the axis is used as the x axis.
-@GDK_AXIS_Y: the axis is used as the y axis.
-@GDK_AXIS_PRESSURE: the axis is used for pressure information.
-@GDK_AXIS_XTILT: the axis is used for x tilt information.
-@GDK_AXIS_YTILT: the axis is used for x tilt information.
-@GDK_AXIS_LAST: a constant equal to the numerically highest axis value.
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_input_set_key ##### -->
-<para>
-Sets the key event generated when a macro button is pressed.
-</para>
-
-@deviceid: the device to configure.
-@index: the index of the macro button.
-@keyval: the key value for the #GdkKeypressEvent to generate.
-         (a value of 0 means no event will be generated.)
-@modifiers: the modifier field for the generated 
-            #GdkKeyPressEvent.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_input_window_get_pointer ##### -->
-<para>
-Returns information about the current position of the pointer
-within a window, including extended device information.
-Any of the return parameters may be %NULL, in which case,
-they will be ignored.
-</para>
-
-@window: a #GdkWindow.
-@deviceid: a device ID.
-@x: location to store current x postion.
-@y: location to store current y postion.
-@pressure: location to store current pressure.
-@xtilt: location to store current tilt in the x direction.
-@ytilt: location to store current tilt in the y direction.
-@mask: location to store the current modifier state.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_input_motion_events ##### -->
-<para>
-Retrieves the motion history for a given device/window pair.
-</para>
-
-@window: a #GdkWindow.
-@deviceid: the device for which to retrieve motion history.
-@start: the start time.
-@stop: the stop time.
-@nevents_return: location to store the number of events returned.
-@Returns: a newly allocated array containing all the events
-          from @start to @stop. This array should be freed
-          with g_free() when you are finished using it.
-
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkTimeCoord ##### -->
-<para>
-The #GdkTimeCoord structure stores a single event in a
-motion history. It contains the following fields:
-</para>
-
-@time: The timestamp for this event.
-@x: the x position.
-@y: the y position.
-@pressure: the pressure.
-@xtilt: the tilt in the x direction.
-@ytilt: the tilt in the y direction.
-

docs/reference/gdk/tmpl/input_methods.sgml

@@ -1,213 +0,0 @@
-<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
-Input Methods
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
-support for internationalized text input.
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
-<para>
-Input Methods provide a way for complex character sets to be used in GTK+.
-Languages such as Chinese, Japanese, and Korean (often abbreviated to CJK)
-use a large number of ideographs, making it impossible to support all
-characters with a simple keyboard. Instead, text is usually
-<emphasis>pre-edited</emphasis> using a phonetic alphabet and then
-<emphasis>composed</emphasis> to form the ideographs.
-</para>
-<para>
-GTK+ makes use of the input method mechanism provided by the X Windows
-platform. When a GTK+ application is started, it opens a connection to the
-input method appropriate for the current locale (if any). 
-</para>
-<para>
-Widgets which handle textual input, such as #GtkEntry, need to do a number of
-things to support internationalized text input:
-<variablelist>
-<varlistentry>
-<term>When the widget is realized:</term>
-<listitem><para>Check if an input method is being used with gdk_im_ready().
-If it is, create a new <link linkend="gdk-Input-Contexts">Input Context</link>
-using gdk_ic_new(). Find out which events the
-<link linkend="gdk-Input-Contexts">Input Context</link> needs to receive
-with gdk_ic_get_events(), and make sure that the widget's window receives
-these events using gdk_window_set_events().
-</para></listitem>
-</varlistentry>
-
-<varlistentry>
-<term>When the widget's size, state or cursor position changes:</term>
-<listitem><para>
-Update the appropriate
-<link linkend="gdk-Input-Contexts">Input Context</link> attributes
-using gdk_ic_set_attr().
-</para></listitem>
-</varlistentry>
-
-<varlistentry>
-<term>When the keyboard focus enters or leaves the widget:</term>
-<listitem><para>
-Call gdk_im_begin() or gdk_im_end() to start or finish editing the text.
-</para></listitem>
-</varlistentry>
-
-<varlistentry>
-<term>When the widget receives a key_press event:</term>
-<listitem><para>
-The <structfield>string</structfield> and <structfield>length</structfield>
-fields of the #GdkEventKey struct should be used to insert the composed text
-into the widget.
-</para></listitem>
-</varlistentry>
-
-<varlistentry>
-<term>When the widget is unrealized:</term>
-<listitem><para>
-Destroy the <link linkend="gdk-Input-Contexts">Input Context</link>.
-</para></listitem>
-</varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-</para>
-<para>
-See the XLib reference manual for more detailed information on input methods,
-and the #GtkEntry and #GtkText widgets for some example code.
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
-<para>
-<variablelist>
-<varlistentry>
-<term><link linkend="gdk-Input-Contexts">Input Contexts</link></term>
-<listitem><para>
-Used for each widget that handles internationalized text input using the
-global input method.
-</para></listitem>
-</varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkIMStyle ##### -->
-<para>
-A set of bit-flags used to specify the input method styles which are supported
-or which are currently in use. The flags can be divided into 2 groups, the
-pre-edit flags and the status flags.
-</para>
-<para>
-The pre-edit flags specify how pre-editing data is displayed.
-For example, this could display the text being typed in in the phonetic
-alphabet before it is composed and inserted as an ideograph.
-</para>
-<para>
-The status flags specify how status information is displayed.
-The status information can be thought of as an extension of the
-standard keyboard mode indicators, such as the Caps Lock indicator.
-</para>
-<note>
-<para>
-The %GDK_IM_PREEDIT_CALLBACKS and %GDK_IM_STATUS_CALLBACKS styles are not 
-currently supported in GTK+.
-</para>
-</note>
-
-@GDK_IM_PREEDIT_AREA: The application provides the input method with an area
-in which to perform <emphasis>off-the-spot</emphasis> pre-editing.
-@GDK_IM_PREEDIT_CALLBACKS: The application registers a number of callback
-functions which are used to display pre-editing data.
-@GDK_IM_PREEDIT_POSITION: The application provides the input method with the
-position of the insertion cursor, for <emphasis>over-the-spot</emphasis>
-pre-editing. The input method creates its own window over the widget to
-display the pre-editing data.
-@GDK_IM_PREEDIT_NOTHING: The input method uses the root X window to perform
-pre-editing, so the application does not need to do anything.
-@GDK_IM_PREEDIT_NONE: No pre-editing is done by the input method, or no
-pre-editing data needs to be displayed.
-@GDK_IM_PREEDIT_MASK: A bit-mask containing all the pre-edit flags.
-@GDK_IM_STATUS_AREA: The application provides the input method with an area
-in which to display status information.
-@GDK_IM_STATUS_CALLBACKS: The applications registers a number of callback
-functions which are used to display status information.
-@GDK_IM_STATUS_NOTHING: The input method uses the root X window to display
-status information, so the application does not need to do anything.
-@GDK_IM_STATUS_NONE: The input method does not display status information.
-@GDK_IM_STATUS_MASK: A bit-mask containing all the status flags.
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_im_ready ##### -->
-<para>
-Checks if an input method is to be used for the current locale.
-If GTK+ has been compiled without support for input methods, or the current
-locale doesn't need an input method, then this will return FALSE.
-</para>
-
-@Returns: TRUE if an input method is available and should be used.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_im_decide_style ##### -->
-<para>
-Decides which input method style should be used, by comparing the styles given
-in @supported_style with those of the available input method.
-</para>
-
-@supported_style: styles which are supported by the widget.
-@Returns: the best style in @supported_style that is also supported by the
-available input method.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_im_set_best_style ##### -->
-<para>
-Sets the best pre-edit and/or status style which should be used.
-This will affect the style chosen in gdk_im_decide_style().
-</para>
-<para>
-The order of the pre-edit styles is (from worst to best):
-%GDK_IM_PREEDIT_NONE, %GDK_IM_PREEDIT_NOTHING, %GDK_IM_PREEDIT_AREA,
-%GDK_IM_PREEDIT_POSITION, %GDK_IM_PREEDIT_CALLBACKS.
-The order of the status styles is:
-%GDK_IM_STATUS_NONE, %GDK_IM_STATUS_NOTHING, %GDK_IM_STATUS_AREA,
-%GDK_IM_STATUS_CALLBACKS.
-</para>
-<para>
-So, for example, to set the best allowed pre-edit style to %GDK_IM_PREEDIT_AREA
-you would do this:
-
-<informalexample>
-<programlisting>
-  gdk_im_set_best_style (GDK_IM_PREEDIT_AREA);
-</programlisting>
-</informalexample>
-
-Or to set the best allowed pre-edit style to %GDK_IM_PREEDIT_POSITION and the
-best allowed status style to %GDK_IM_STATUS_NOTHING you can do this:
-
-<informalexample>
-<programlisting>
-  gdk_im_set_best_style (GDK_IM_PREEDIT_POSITION | GDK_IM_STATUS_NOTHING);
-</programlisting>
-</informalexample>
-</para>
-
-@best_allowed_style: a bit-mask with the best pre-edit style and/or the best
-status style to use. If 0 is used, then the current bit-mask of all allowed
-styles is returned.
-@Returns: a bit-mask of all the styles allowed.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_im_begin ##### -->
-<para>
-Starts editing, using the given input context and #GdkWindow.
-This should be called when the widget receives the input focus, typically in
-the widget's focus_in_event method.
-</para>
-
-@ic: a #GdkInputContext.
-@window: the #GdkWindow which will be receiving the key press events.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_im_end ##### -->
-<para>
-Stops editing using the input method.
-This should be called when the widget loses the input focus, typically in
-the widget's focus_out_event method.
-</para>
-
-
-

docs/reference/gdk/tmpl/keys.sgml

@@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
-<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
-Key Values
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
-functions for manipulating keyboard codes.
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
-<para>
-Key values are the codes which are sent whenever a key is pressed or released.
-They appear in the <structfield>keyval</structfield> field of the
-#GdkEventKey structure, which is passed to signal handlers for the
-"key-press-event" and "key-release-event" signals.
-The complete list of key values can be found in the &lt;gdk/gdkkeysyms.h&gt;
-header file.
-</para>
-<para>
-Key values can be converted into a string representation using
-gdk_keyval_name(). The reverse function, converting a string to a key value,
-is provided by gdk_keyval_from_name().
-</para>
-<para>
-The case of key values can be determined using gdk_keyval_is_upper() and
-gdk_keyval_is_lower(). Key values can be converted to upper or lower case
-using gdk_keyval_to_upper() and gdk_keyval_to_lower().
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_keyval_name ##### -->
-<para>
-Converts a key value into a symbolic name.
-The names are the same as those in the &lt;gdk/gdkkeysyms.h&gt; header file
-but without the leading "GDK_".
-</para>
-
-@keyval: a key value.
-@Returns: a string containing the name of the key, or NULL if @keyval is not
-a valid key. The string should not be modified.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_keyval_from_name ##### -->
-<para>
-Converts a key name to a key value.
-</para>
-
-@keyval_name: a key name.
-@Returns: the corresponding key value, or %GDK_VoidSymbol if the key name is
-not a valid key.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_keyval_is_upper ##### -->
-<para>
-Returns TRUE if the given key value is in upper case.
-</para>
-
-@keyval: a key value.
-@Returns: TRUE if @keyval is in upper case, or if @keyval is not subject to
-case conversion.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_keyval_is_lower ##### -->
-<para>
-Returns TRUE if the given key value is in lower case.
-</para>
-
-@keyval: a key value.
-@Returns: TRUE if @keyval is in lower case, or if @keyval is not subject to
-case conversion.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_keyval_to_upper ##### -->
-<para>
-Converts a key value to upper case, if applicable.
-</para>
-
-@keyval: a key value.
-@Returns: the upper case form of @keyval, or @keyval itself if it is already
-in upper case or it is not subject to case conversion.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_keyval_to_lower ##### -->
-<para>
-Converts a key value to lower case, if applicable.
-</para>
-
-@keyval: a key value.
-@Returns: the lower case form of @keyval, or @keyval itself if it is already
-in lower case or it is not subject to case conversion.
-
-

docs/reference/gdk/tmpl/pixmaps.sgml

@@ -1,196 +0,0 @@
-<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
-Bitmaps and Pixmaps
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
-Offscreen drawables.
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
-<para>
-Pixmaps are offscreen drawables. They can be drawn upon with the
-standard drawing primitives, then copied to another drawable (such as
-a #GdkWindow) with gdk_pixmap_draw(). The depth of a pixmap
-is the number of bits per pixels. Bitmaps are simply pixmaps
-with a depth of 1. (That is, they are monochrome bitmaps - each
-pixel can be either on or off).
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
-<para>
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkPixmap ##### -->
-<para>
-An opaque structure representing an offscreen drawable.
-Pointers to structures of type #GdkPixmap, #GdkBitmap,
-and #GdkWindow, can often be used interchangeably. 
-The type #GdkDrawable refers generically to any of
-these types.
-</para>
-
-@user_data: 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_pixmap_new ##### -->
-<para>
-Create a new pixmap with a given size and depth.
-</para>
-
-@window: a #GdkWindow, used to determine default values for the
-  new pixmap. Can be %NULL if @depth is specified,
-@width: The width of the new pixmap in pixels.
-@height: The height of the new pixmap in pixels.
-@depth: The depth (number of bits per pixel) of the new pixmap. 
-  If -1, and @window is not %NULL, the depth of the new
-  pixmap will be equal to that of @window.
-@Returns: the #GdkBitmap
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_bitmap_create_from_data ##### -->
-<para>
-Creates a new bitmap from data in XBM format.
-</para>
-
-@window: a #GdkWindow, used to determine default values for the
-  new pixmap. Can be %NULL, in which case the root window is
-  used.
-@data: a pointer to the XBM data.
-@width: the width of the new pixmap in pixels.
-@height: the height of the new pixmap in pixels.
-@Returns: the #GdkBitmap
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_pixmap_create_from_data ##### -->
-<para>
-Create a two-color pixmap from data in XBM data.
-</para>
-
-@window: a #GdkWindow, used to determine default values for the
-  new pixmap. Can be %NULL, if the depth is given.
-@data: a pointer to the data.
-@width: the width of the new pixmap in pixels.
-@height: the height of the new pixmap in pixels.
-@depth: the depth (number of bits per pixel) of the new pixmap.
-@fg: the foreground color.
-@bg: the background color.
-@Returns: the #GdkPixmap
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_pixmap_create_from_xpm ##### -->
-<para>
-Create a pixmap from a XPM file.
-</para>
-
-@window: a #GdkWindow, used to determine default values for the
-  new pixmap.
-@mask: a pointer to a place to store a bitmap representing
-the transparency mask of the XPM file. Can be %NULL,
-in which case transparency will be ignored.
-@transparent_color: the color to be used for the pixels
-that are transparent in the input file. Can be %NULL,
-in which case a default color will be used.
-@filename: the filename of a file containing XPM data.
-@Returns: the #GdkPixmap
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_pixmap_colormap_create_from_xpm ##### -->
-<para>
-Create a pixmap from a XPM file using a particular colormap.
-</para>
-
-@window: a #GdkWindow, used to determine default values for the
-  new pixmap. Can be %NULL if @colormap is given.
-@colormap: the #GdkColormap that the new pixmap will be use.
-  If omitted, the colormap for @window will be used.
-@mask: a pointer to a place to store a bitmap representing
-the transparency mask of the XPM file. Can be %NULL,
-in which case transparency will be ignored.
-@transparent_color: the color to be used for the pixels
-that are transparent in the input file. Can be %NULL,
-in which case a default color will be used.
-@filename: the filename of a file containing XPM data.
-@Returns: the #GdkPixmap.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_pixmap_create_from_xpm_d ##### -->
-<para>
-Create a pixmap from data in XPM format.
-</para>
-
-@window: a #GdkWindow, used to determine default values for the
-  new pixmap.
-@mask: Pointer to a place to store a bitmap representing
-the transparency mask of the XPM file. Can be %NULL,
-in which case transparency will be ignored.
-@transparent_color: This color will be used for the pixels
-that are transparent in the input file. Can be %NULL
-in which case a default color will be used.
-@data: Pointer to a string containing the XPM data.
-@Returns: the #GdkPixmap
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_pixmap_colormap_create_from_xpm_d ##### -->
-<para>
-Create a pixmap from data in XPM format using a particular
-colormap.
-</para>
-
-@window: a #GdkWindow, used to determine default values for the
-  new pixmap. Can be %NULL if @colormap is given.
-@colormap: the #GdkColormap that the new pixmap will be use.
-  If omitted, the colormap for @window will be used.
-@mask: a pointer to a place to store a bitmap representing
-the transparency mask of the XPM file. Can be %NULL,
-in which case transparency will be ignored.
-@transparent_color: the color to be used for the pixels
-that are transparent in the input file. Can be %NULL,
-in which case a default color will be used.
-@data: Pointer to a string containing the XPM data.
-@Returns: the #GdkPixmap.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_pixmap_ref ##### -->
-<para>
-Increase the reference count of a pixmap.
-</para>
-
-@pixmap: a #GdkPixmap
-@Returns: @pixmap
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_pixmap_unref ##### -->
-<para>
-Decrease the reference count of a pixmap. If the resulting
-reference count is zero, destroy the pixmap.
-</para>
-
-@pixmap: a #GdkPixmap
-
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkBitmap ##### -->
-<para>
-An opaque structure representing an offscreen drawable of depth
-1. Pointers to structures of type GdkPixmap, #GdkBitmap, and
-#GdkWindow, can often be used interchangeably.  The type #GdkDrawable
-refers generically to any of these types.
-</para>
-
-@user_data: 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_bitmap_ref ##### -->
-<para>
-Increase the reference count of a bitmap. An alias
-for gdk_pixmap_ref().
-</para>
-
-@pixmap: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_bitmap_unref ##### -->
-<para>
-Decrease the reference count of a bitmap. An alias
-for gdk_pixmap_unref().
-</para>
-
-@pixmap: 
-
-